NVIM v0.1.7

FEATURES:
0213e99aaf PR #5561 'inccommand'

FIXES:
c685879eea PR #5632 SECURITY FIX
d28d108648 CheckHealth: Fix version comparison.
7be113d795 PR #5670 shell_write_cb: Schedule error message.
1d4563771b jobs: ensure calling jobclose() on a pty job sends SIGHUP.
36c0ec6dd4 tui/suspend_event(): set STDIN to "blocking"
7a4d069bcc, cf52b881d9 man.vim: avoid errors in unusual circumstances
ed198737fd PR #5546 ex_global: Catch CTRL-C even if it is mapped.

CHANGES:
9147331e21 PR #2905 encoding: only allow encoding=utf-8
5f0260808c PR #5636 build: Upgrade jemalloc
f1fed42ca7 PR #5567 l10n: Update Ukrainian translation

.asan-blacklist

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-# libuv queue.h pointer arithmetic is not accepted by asan
-fun:queue_node_data
-fun:dictwatcher_node_data

.ci/after_success.sh

@@ -3,8 +3,6 @@
 set -e
 set -o pipefail
 
-if [[ -n "${CI_TARGET}" ]]; then
-  exit
+if [[ -n "${GCOV}" ]]; then
+  coveralls --gcov "$(which "${GCOV}")" --encoding iso-8859-1 || echo 'coveralls upload failed.'
 fi
-
-[ "$USE_GCOV" = on ] && { coveralls --gcov "$(which "${GCOV}")" --encoding iso-8859-1 || echo 'coveralls upload failed.' ; }

.ci/before_cache.sh

@@ -3,12 +3,6 @@
 set -e
 set -o pipefail
 
-if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" != linux ]]; then
-  # Caches are only enabled for Travis's Linux container infrastructure,
-  # but this script is still executed on OS X.
-  exit
-fi
-
 # Don't cache pip's log and selfcheck.
 rm -rf "${HOME}/.cache/pip/log"
 rm -f "${HOME}/.cache/pip/selfcheck.json"
@@ -16,7 +10,7 @@ rm -f "${HOME}/.cache/pip/selfcheck.json"
 # Update the third-party dependency cache only if the build was successful.
 if [[ -f "${SUCCESS_MARKER}" ]]; then
   rm -rf "${HOME}/.cache/nvim-deps"
-  mv -T "${DEPS_BUILD_DIR}" "${HOME}/.cache/nvim-deps"
+  mv "${DEPS_BUILD_DIR}" "${HOME}/.cache/nvim-deps"
   touch "${CACHE_MARKER}"
   echo "Updated third-party dependencies (timestamp: $(stat -c '%y' "${CACHE_MARKER}"))."
 fi

.ci/before_install.sh

@@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" == osx ]]; then
 fi
 
 echo "Upgrade Python 2's pip."
-pip2.7 install --user --upgrade pip
+pip2.7 -q install --user --upgrade pip
 
 if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" == osx ]]; then
   echo "Install Python 3."
   brew install python3
   echo "Upgrade Python 3's pip."
-  pip3 install --user --upgrade pip
+  pip3 -q install --user --upgrade pip
 else
   # TODO: Replace with upgrade when Travis gets python3-pip package.
   echo "Install pip for Python 3."

.ci/before_script.sh

@@ -19,20 +19,16 @@ if [[ -n "${LLVM_SYMBOLIZER}" ]] && [[ ! $(type -P "${LLVM_SYMBOLIZER}") ]]; the
   echo "\$LLVM_SYMBOLIZER: '${LLVM_SYMBOLIZER}' is not executable."
   exit 1
 fi
-if [ "${BUILD_32BIT}" = ON ] && [ "${BUILD_MINGW}" = ON ]; then
-  >&2 echo "32-bit MinGW builds not supported."
-  exit 1
-fi
 
 if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" == osx ]]; then
   # Adds user to a dummy group.
   # That allows to test changing the group of the file by `os_fchown`.
   sudo dscl . -create /Groups/chown_test
   sudo dscl . -append /Groups/chown_test GroupMembership "${USER}"
-else
-  # Compile dependencies.
-  build_deps
 fi
 
+# Compile dependencies.
+build_deps
+
 rm -rf "${LOG_DIR}"
 mkdir -p "${LOG_DIR}"

.ci/build.bat

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+:: These are native MinGW builds, but they use the toolchain inside
+:: MSYS2, this allows using all the dependencies and tools available
+:: in MSYS2, but we cannot build inside the MSYS2 shell.
+echo on
+if "%CONFIGURATION%" == "MINGW_32" (
+	set ARCH=i686
+	set BITS=32
+) else (
+	set ARCH=x86_64
+	set BITS=64
+)
+:: We cannot have sh.exe in the PATH (MinGW)
+set PATH=%PATH:C:\Program Files\Git\usr\bin;=%
+set PATH=C:\msys64\mingw%BITS%\bin;C:\Windows\System32;C:\Windows;%PATH%
+:: The default cpack in the PATH is not CMake
+set PATH=C:\Program Files (x86)\CMake\bin\cpack.exe;%PATH%
+
+:: Build third-party dependencies
+C:\msys64\usr\bin\bash -lc "pacman --verbose --noconfirm -Su" || goto :error
+C:\msys64\usr\bin\bash -lc "pacman --verbose --noconfirm --needed -S mingw-w64-%ARCH%-cmake mingw-w64-%ARCH%-perl mingw-w64-%ARCH%-python2 mingw-w64-%ARCH%-diffutils gperf" || goto :error
+
+mkdir .deps
+cd .deps
+cmake -G "MinGW Makefiles" -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release ..\third-party\ || goto :error
+mingw32-make VERBOSE=1 || goto :error
+cd ..
+
+:: Build Neovim
+mkdir build
+cd build
+cmake -G "MinGW Makefiles" -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release -DBUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE=gtest -DGPERF_PRG="C:\msys64\usr\bin\gperf.exe" .. || goto :error
+mingw32-make VERBOSE=1 || goto :error
+bin\nvim --version || goto :error
+
+:: Functional tests
+mingw32-make functionaltest VERBOSE=1 || goto :error
+
+:: Build artifacts
+cpack -G ZIP -C Release
+if defined APPVEYOR_REPO_TAG_NAME cpack -G NSIS -C Release
+
+goto :EOF
+:error
+exit /b %errorlevel%

.ci/common/build.sh

@@ -2,9 +2,6 @@ build_deps() {
   if [[ "${BUILD_32BIT}" == ON ]]; then
     DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS="${DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_FLAGS_32BIT}"
   fi
-  if [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
-    DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS="${DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_FLAGS_MINGW}"
-  fi
   if [[ "${FUNCTIONALTEST}" == "functionaltest-lua" ]]; then
     DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS="${DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS} -DUSE_BUNDLED_LUA=ON"
   fi
@@ -14,10 +11,15 @@ build_deps() {
   # If there is a valid cache and we're not forced to recompile,
   # use cached third-party dependencies.
   if [[ -f "${CACHE_MARKER}" ]] && [[ "${BUILD_NVIM_DEPS}" != true ]]; then
-    echo "Using third-party dependencies from Travis's cache (last updated: $(stat -c '%y' "${CACHE_MARKER}"))."
+    if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" == osx ]]; then
+      local statcmd="stat -f '%Sm'"
+    else
+      local statcmd="stat -c '%y'"
+    fi
+    echo "Using third-party dependencies from Travis's cache (last updated: $(${statcmd} "${CACHE_MARKER}"))."
 
      mkdir -p "$(dirname "${DEPS_BUILD_DIR}")"
-     mv -T "${HOME}/.cache/nvim-deps" "${DEPS_BUILD_DIR}"
+     mv "${HOME}/.cache/nvim-deps" "${DEPS_BUILD_DIR}"
   else
     mkdir -p "${DEPS_BUILD_DIR}"
   fi
@@ -26,7 +28,7 @@ build_deps() {
   # update CMake configuration and update to newer deps versions.
   cd "${DEPS_BUILD_DIR}"
   echo "Configuring with '${DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS}'."
-  cmake ${DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS} "${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/third-party/"
+  CC= cmake ${DEPS_CMAKE_FLAGS} "${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/third-party/"
 
   if ! ${MAKE_CMD}; then
     exit 1
@@ -42,9 +44,6 @@ build_nvim() {
   if [[ "${BUILD_32BIT}" == ON ]]; then
     CMAKE_FLAGS="${CMAKE_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_FLAGS_32BIT}"
   fi
-  if [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
-    CMAKE_FLAGS="${CMAKE_FLAGS} ${CMAKE_FLAGS_MINGW}"
-  fi
 
   mkdir -p "${BUILD_DIR}"
   cd "${BUILD_DIR}"

.ci/common/test.sh

@@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ run_functionaltests() {
 }
 
 run_oldtests() {
+  ${MAKE_CMD} -C "${BUILD_DIR}" helptags
   if ! make -C "${TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR}/src/nvim/testdir"; then
     reset
     asan_check "${LOG_DIR}"
@@ -83,8 +84,9 @@ install_nvim() {
     exit 1
   }
 
+  local genvimsynf=syntax/vim/generated.vim
   # Check that all runtime files were installed
-  for file in doc/tags syntax/vim/generated.vim $(
+  for file in doc/tags $genvimsynf $(
     cd runtime ; git ls-files | grep -e '.vim$' -e '.ps$' -e '.dict$' -e '.py$' -e '.tutor$'
   ) ; do
     if ! test -e "${INSTALL_PREFIX}/share/nvim/runtime/$file" ; then
@@ -93,6 +95,13 @@ install_nvim() {
     fi
   done
 
+  # Check that generated syntax file has function names, #5060.
+  local gpat='syn keyword vimFuncName .*eval'
+  if ! grep -q "$gpat" "${INSTALL_PREFIX}/share/nvim/runtime/$genvimsynf"; then
+    echo "It appears that $genvimsynf does not contain $gpat."
+    exit 1
+  fi
+
   for file in $(
     cd runtime ; git ls-files | grep -e '.awk$' -e '.sh$' -e '.bat$'
   ) ; do

.ci/install.sh

@@ -9,24 +9,19 @@ fi
 
 if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" == osx ]]; then
   brew install gettext
-elif [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
-  # TODO: When Travis gets a recent version of Mingw-w64 use packages:
-  # binutils-mingw-w64-i686 gcc-mingw-w64-i686 g++-mingw-w64-i686 mingw-w64-dev mingw-w64-tools
-
-  echo "Downloading MinGW..."
-  curl -sSL "https://github.com/neovim/deps/raw/master/opt/i686-w64-mingw32-gcc-4.8.0-linux64_rubenvb.tar.xz" \
-    | tar xJf - -C "${HOME}/.local"
-  
+  brew reinstall -s libtool
 fi
 
-# Set CC to default to avoid compilation problems
-# when installing Python modules.
+# Use default CC to avoid compilation problems when installing Python modules.
 echo "Install neovim module and coveralls for Python 2."
-CC=cc pip2.7 install --user --upgrade neovim cpp-coveralls
+CC=cc pip2.7 -q install --user --upgrade neovim cpp-coveralls
 
 echo "Install neovim module for Python 3."
 if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" == osx ]]; then
-  CC=cc pip3 install --user --upgrade neovim
+  CC=cc pip3 -q install --user --upgrade neovim
 else
-  CC=cc pip3.3 install --user --upgrade neovim
+  CC=cc pip3.3 -q install --user --upgrade neovim
 fi
+
+echo "Install neovim RubyGem."
+gem install --no-document --version ">= 0.2.0" neovim

.ci/run_tests.sh

@@ -3,14 +3,6 @@
 set -e
 set -o pipefail
 
-# TODO: Stop here for MinGW builds,
-#       building Neovim doesn't work yet.
-if [[ "${BUILD_MINGW}" == ON ]]; then
-  echo "Neovim doesn't build on MinGW yet; stopping build."
-  touch "${SUCCESS_MARKER}"
-  exit
-fi
-
 CI_DIR="$(cd "$(dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}")" && pwd)"
 source "${CI_DIR}/common/build.sh"
 source "${CI_DIR}/common/test.sh"

.ci/script.sh

@@ -12,9 +12,6 @@ fi
 # as $USER, while retaining the environment variables defined and belonging
 # to secondary groups given above in usermod.
 if [[ "${TRAVIS_OS_NAME}" == osx ]]; then
-  # Set up precompiled third-party dependencies.
-  eval "$(curl -Ss https://raw.githubusercontent.com/neovim/bot-ci/master/scripts/travis-setup.sh) deps-x64"
-
   sudo -E su "${USER}" -c ".ci/run_tests.sh"
 else
   .ci/run_tests.sh

.gitignore

@@ -23,11 +23,10 @@ tags
 
 # Files generated by the tests
 /src/nvim/testdir/del
-/src/nvim/testdir/mbyte.vim
-/src/nvim/testdir/small.vim
-/src/nvim/testdir/tiny.vim
 /src/nvim/testdir/test*.out
+/src/nvim/testdir/test*.res
 /src/nvim/testdir/test.log
+/src/nvim/testdir/messages
 /src/nvim/testdir/viminfo
 /src/nvim/testdir/test.ok
 /src/nvim/testdir/*.failed
@@ -44,27 +43,12 @@ tags
 # luarocks, not added as a subtree because of the large number of blobs
 /third-party/luarocks
 
-# luajit files
-/third-party/luajit/src/host/buildvm
-/third-party/luajit/src/host/buildvm_arch.h
-/third-party/luajit/src/host/minilua
-/third-party/luajit/src/jit/vmdef.lua
-/third-party/luajit/src/libluajit.a
-/third-party/luajit/src/lj_bcdef.h
-/third-party/luajit/src/lj_ffdef.h
-/third-party/luajit/src/lj_folddef.h
-/third-party/luajit/src/lj_libdef.h
-/third-party/luajit/src/lj_recdef.h
-/third-party/luajit/src/lj_vm.s
-/third-party/luajit/src/luajit
-
 # local make targets
 local.mk
 
 # runtime/doc
 /runtime/doc/*.html
 /runtime/doc/tags.ref
-/runtime/doc/doctags
 /runtime/doc/errors.log
 
 # clint errors, generated by `make lint`

.travis.yml

@@ -8,10 +8,8 @@ env:
     # Travis has 1.5 virtual cores according to
     # http://docs.travis-ci.com/user/speeding-up-the-build/#Paralellizing-your-build-on-one-VM
     - MAKE_CMD="make -j2"
-    # Update PATH for pip and MinGW.
-    - PATH="$(python2.7 -c 'import site; print(site.getuserbase())')/bin:$HOME/.local/mingw32/bin:$PATH"
-    # LLVM symbolizer path.
-    - LLVM_SYMBOLIZER="$(which llvm-symbolizer-3.6)"
+    # Update PATH for pip.
+    - PATH="$(python2.7 -c 'import site; print(site.getuserbase())')/bin:/usr/lib/llvm-symbolizer-3.8/bin:$PATH"
     # Build directory for Neovim.
     - BUILD_DIR="$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/build"
     # Build directory for third-party dependencies.
@@ -34,14 +32,10 @@ env:
     - CMAKE_FLAGS_32BIT="-DCMAKE_SYSTEM_LIBRARY_PATH=/lib32:/usr/lib32:/usr/local/lib32
                          -DCMAKE_IGNORE_PATH=/lib:/usr/lib:/usr/local/lib
                          -DCMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/cmake/i386-linux-gnu.toolchain.cmake"
-    # Additional CMake flags for MinGW builds.
-    - CMAKE_FLAGS_MINGW="-DCMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE=$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/cmake/mingw32-w64-cross-travis.toolchain.cmake"
     # Environment variables for Clang sanitizers.
     - ASAN_OPTIONS="detect_leaks=1:check_initialization_order=1:log_path=$LOG_DIR/asan"
-    - ASAN_SYMBOLIZER_PATH="$LLVM_SYMBOLIZER"
-    - MSAN_SYMBOLIZER_PATH="$LLVM_SYMBOLIZER"
-    - TSAN_OPTIONS="external_symbolizer_path=$LLVM_SYMBOLIZER log_path=$LOG_DIR/tsan"
-    - UBSAN_OPTIONS="log_path=$LOG_DIR/ubsan"
+    - TSAN_OPTIONS="log_path=$LOG_DIR/tsan"
+    - UBSAN_OPTIONS="print_stacktrace=1 log_path=$LOG_DIR/ubsan"
     # Environment variables for Valgrind.
     - VALGRIND_LOG="$LOG_DIR/valgrind-%p.log"
     # Cache marker for third-party dependencies cache.
@@ -62,6 +56,7 @@ matrix:
       env: CI_TARGET=lint
     - os: linux
       compiler: gcc-5
+      env: GCOV=gcov-5 CMAKE_FLAGS="$CMAKE_FLAGS -DUSE_GCOV=ON"
     - os: linux
       compiler: gcc-5
       env: FUNCTIONALTEST=functionaltest-lua
@@ -72,24 +67,18 @@ matrix:
       compiler: gcc-5 -m32
       env: BUILD_32BIT=ON
     - os: linux
-      compiler: clang-3.6
-      env: GCOV=llvm-cov-3.6 CLANG_SANITIZER=ASAN_UBSAN CMAKE_FLAGS="$CMAKE_FLAGS -DUSE_GCOV=ON"
+      compiler: clang-3.8
+      env: CLANG_SANITIZER=ASAN_UBSAN
     - os: linux
-      compiler: clang-3.6
-      env: CLANG_SANITIZER=MSAN
-    - os: linux
-      compiler: clang-3.6
+      compiler: clang-3.8
       env: CLANG_SANITIZER=TSAN
     - os: osx
       compiler: clang
+      osx_image: xcode7.3  # macOS 10.11
     - os: osx
       compiler: gcc-4.9
-    - os: linux
-      env: BUILD_MINGW=ON
+      osx_image: xcode7.3  # macOS 10.11
   fast_finish: true
-  allow_failures:
-    # TODO: Remove when all MSan errors have been fixed.
-    - env: CLANG_SANITIZER=MSAN
 
 before_install: .ci/before_install.sh
 install:        .ci/install.sh
@@ -103,13 +92,13 @@ addons:
     sources:
       # TODO: Remove PPA when Travis gets Python >=3.3.
       - deadsnakes
-      - llvm-toolchain-precise-3.6
       - ubuntu-toolchain-r-test
+      - llvm-toolchain-precise-3.8
     packages:
       - autoconf
       - automake
       - build-essential
-      - clang-3.6
+      - clang-3.8
       - cmake
       - g++-5-multilib
       - g++-multilib
@@ -118,7 +107,7 @@ addons:
       - gdb
       - libc6-dev-i386
       - libtool
-      - llvm-3.6-dev
+      - llvm-3.8-dev
       - pkg-config
       - python3.3-dev
       - unzip

CMakeLists.txt

@@ -8,6 +8,9 @@ endif()
 # Point CMake at any custom modules we may ship
 list(APPEND CMAKE_MODULE_PATH "${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake")
 
+# We don't support building in-tree.
+include(PreventInTreeBuilds)
+
 # Prefer our bundled versions of dependencies.
 set(DEPS_PREFIX "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/.deps/usr" CACHE PATH "Path prefix for finding dependencies")
 if(CMAKE_CROSSCOMPILING AND NOT UNIX)
@@ -56,12 +59,17 @@ set_property(CACHE CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE PROPERTY
   STRINGS "Debug" "Dev" "Release" "MinSizeRel" "RelWithDebInfo")
 
 # If not in a git repo (e.g., a tarball) these tokens define the complete
-# version string, else it is combined with the result of `git describe`.
+# version string, else they are combined with the result of `git describe`.
 set(NVIM_VERSION_MAJOR 0)
 set(NVIM_VERSION_MINOR 1)
-set(NVIM_VERSION_PATCH 3)
+set(NVIM_VERSION_PATCH 7)
 set(NVIM_VERSION_PRERELEASE "") # for package maintainers
 
+# API level
+set(NVIM_API_LEVEL 1)         # Bump this after any API change.
+set(NVIM_API_LEVEL_COMPAT 0)  # Adjust this after a _breaking_ API change.
+set(NVIM_API_PRERELEASE false)
+
 file(TO_CMAKE_PATH ${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/.git FORCED_GIT_DIR)
 include(GetGitRevisionDescription)
 get_git_head_revision(GIT_REFSPEC NVIM_VERSION_COMMIT)
@@ -253,6 +261,10 @@ option(
 if(TRAVIS_CI_BUILD)
   message(STATUS "Travis CI build enabled.")
   add_definitions(-Werror)
+  if(DEFINED ENV{BUILD_32BIT})
+    # Get some test coverage for unsigned char
+    add_definitions(-funsigned-char)
+  endif()
 endif()
 
 if(CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE MATCHES Debug)
@@ -291,23 +303,25 @@ endif()
 include_directories("${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/config")
 include_directories("${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src")
 
-# Modules used by platform auto-detection
-include(CheckLibraryExists)
-
 find_package(LibUV REQUIRED)
 include_directories(SYSTEM ${LIBUV_INCLUDE_DIRS})
 
 find_package(Msgpack 1.0.0 REQUIRED)
 include_directories(SYSTEM ${MSGPACK_INCLUDE_DIRS})
 
-find_package(LuaJit REQUIRED)
-include_directories(SYSTEM ${LUAJIT_INCLUDE_DIRS})
+if(UNIX)
+  option(FEAT_TUI "Enable the Terminal UI" ON)
+else()
+  option(FEAT_TUI "Enable the Terminal UI" OFF)
+endif()
 
-find_package(Unibilium REQUIRED)
-include_directories(SYSTEM ${UNIBILIUM_INCLUDE_DIRS})
+if(FEAT_TUI)
+  find_package(Unibilium REQUIRED)
+  include_directories(SYSTEM ${UNIBILIUM_INCLUDE_DIRS})
 
-find_package(LibTermkey REQUIRED)
-include_directories(SYSTEM ${LIBTERMKEY_INCLUDE_DIRS})
+  find_package(LibTermkey REQUIRED)
+  include_directories(SYSTEM ${LIBTERMKEY_INCLUDE_DIRS})
+endif()
 
 find_package(LibVterm REQUIRED)
 include_directories(SYSTEM ${LIBVTERM_INCLUDE_DIRS})
@@ -326,7 +340,12 @@ if((CLANG_ASAN_UBSAN OR CLANG_MSAN OR CLANG_TSAN) AND NOT CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID MA
   message(FATAL_ERROR "Sanitizers are only supported for Clang.")
 endif()
 
-option(ENABLE_JEMALLOC "enable jemalloc" ON)
+if(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME STREQUAL "OpenBSD")
+  message(STATUS "detected OpenBSD; disabled jemalloc. #5318")
+  option(ENABLE_JEMALLOC "enable jemalloc" OFF)
+else()
+  option(ENABLE_JEMALLOC "enable jemalloc" ON)
+endif()
 
 if (ENABLE_JEMALLOC)
   if(CLANG_ASAN_UBSAN OR CLANG_MSAN OR CLANG_TSAN)
@@ -367,9 +386,9 @@ endforeach()
 
 # Find Lua interpreter
 include(LuaHelpers)
-set(LUA_DEPENDENCIES lpeg MessagePack bit)
+set(LUA_DEPENDENCIES lpeg mpack bit)
 if(NOT LUA_PRG)
-  foreach(CURRENT_LUA_PRG luajit lua)
+  foreach(CURRENT_LUA_PRG luajit lua5.1 lua5.2 lua)
     # If LUA_PRG is set find_program() will not search
     unset(LUA_PRG CACHE)
     unset(LUA_PRG_WORKS)
@@ -393,14 +412,20 @@ endif()
 message(STATUS "Using the Lua interpreter ${LUA_PRG}.")
 
 # Setup busted.
-find_program(BUSTED_PRG busted)
+find_program(BUSTED_PRG NAMES busted busted.bat)
 find_program(BUSTED_LUA_PRG busted-lua)
 if(NOT BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE)
-  set(BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE "utfTerminal")
+  if(WIN32)
+    set(BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE "plainTerminal")
+  else()
+    set(BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE "utfTerminal")
+  endif()
 endif()
 
 find_program(LUACHECK_PRG luacheck)
 
+find_program(GPERF_PRG gperf)
+
 include(InstallHelpers)
 
 file(GLOB MANPAGES
@@ -451,12 +476,24 @@ if(BUSTED_PRG)
     get_target_property(TEST_LIBNVIM_PATH nvim-test LOCATION)
   endif()
 
+  # When running tests from 'ninja' we need to use the
+  # console pool: to do so we need to use the USES_TERMINAL
+  # option, but this is only available in CMake 3.2
+  set(TEST_TARGET_ARGS)
+  if(NOT (${CMAKE_VERSION} VERSION_LESS 3.2.0))
+    list(APPEND TEST_TARGET_ARGS "USES_TERMINAL")
+  endif()
+
   configure_file(
     test/config/paths.lua.in
     ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/test/config/paths.lua)
 
   set(UNITTEST_PREREQS nvim-test unittest-headers)
-  set(FUNCTIONALTEST_PREREQS nvim tty-test shell-test)
+  if(WIN32)
+    set(FUNCTIONALTEST_PREREQS nvim shell-test)
+  else()
+    set(FUNCTIONALTEST_PREREQS nvim tty-test shell-test)
+  endif()
   set(BENCHMARK_PREREQS nvim tty-test)
 
   # Useful for automated build systems, if they want to manually run the tests.
@@ -469,55 +506,72 @@ if(BUSTED_PRG)
   add_custom_target(benchmark-prereqs
     DEPENDS ${BENCHMARK_PREREQS})
 
-  add_custom_target(unittest
-    COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
-      -DBUSTED_PRG=${BUSTED_PRG}
-      -DLUA_PRG=${LUA_PRG}
-      -DWORKING_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
-      -DBUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE=${BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE}
-      -DTEST_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/test
-      -DBUILD_DIR=${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}
-      -DTEST_TYPE=unit
-      -P ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/RunTests.cmake
-    DEPENDS ${UNITTEST_PREREQS})
+  check_lua_module(${LUA_PRG} "ffi" LUA_HAS_FFI)
+  if(LUA_HAS_FFI)
+    add_custom_target(unittest
+      COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
+        -DBUSTED_PRG=${BUSTED_PRG}
+        -DLUA_PRG=${LUA_PRG}
+        -DWORKING_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
+        -DBUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE=${BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE}
+        -DTEST_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/test
+        -DBUILD_DIR=${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}
+        -DTEST_TYPE=unit
+        -DSYSTEM_NAME=${CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME}
+        -P ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/RunTests.cmake
+      DEPENDS ${UNITTEST_PREREQS}
+      ${TEST_TARGET_ARGS})
+  else()
+    message(WARNING "The Luajit ffi is not available in ${LUA_PRG}"
+	    ", disabling unit tests")
+  endif()
 
   add_custom_target(functionaltest
     COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
       -DBUSTED_PRG=${BUSTED_PRG}
+      -DLUA_PRG=${LUA_PRG}
       -DNVIM_PRG=$<TARGET_FILE:nvim>
       -DWORKING_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
       -DBUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE=${BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE}
       -DTEST_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/test
       -DBUILD_DIR=${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}
       -DTEST_TYPE=functional
+      -DSYSTEM_NAME=${CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME}
       -P ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/RunTests.cmake
-    DEPENDS ${FUNCTIONALTEST_PREREQS})
+    DEPENDS ${FUNCTIONALTEST_PREREQS}
+    ${TEST_TARGET_ARGS})
 
   add_custom_target(benchmark
     COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
       -DBUSTED_PRG=${BUSTED_PRG}
+      -DLUA_PRG=${LUA_PRG}
       -DNVIM_PRG=$<TARGET_FILE:nvim>
       -DWORKING_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
       -DBUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE=${BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE}
       -DTEST_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/test
       -DBUILD_DIR=${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}
       -DTEST_TYPE=benchmark
+      -DCMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME=${CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME}
       -P ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/RunTests.cmake
-    DEPENDS ${BENCHMARK_PREREQS})
+    DEPENDS ${BENCHMARK_PREREQS}
+    ${TEST_TARGET_ARGS})
 endif()
 
 if(BUSTED_LUA_PRG)
   add_custom_target(functionaltest-lua
     COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
       -DBUSTED_PRG=${BUSTED_LUA_PRG}
+      -DLUA_PRG=${LUA_PRG}
       -DNVIM_PRG=$<TARGET_FILE:nvim>
       -DWORKING_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
       -DBUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE=${BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE}
       -DTEST_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/test
       -DBUILD_DIR=${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}
       -DTEST_TYPE=functional
+      -DCMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME=${CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME}
       -P ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/RunTests.cmake
-    DEPENDS ${FUNCTIONALTEST_PREREQS})
+    DEPENDS ${FUNCTIONALTEST_PREREQS}
+    ${TEST_TARGET_ARGS})
 endif()
 
 if(LUACHECK_PRG)
@@ -525,6 +579,7 @@ if(LUACHECK_PRG)
     COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
       -DLUACHECK_PRG=${LUACHECK_PRG}
       -DTEST_DIR=${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/test
+      -DCMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME=${CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME}
       -P ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake/RunTestsLint.cmake)
 endif()
 

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -1,162 +1,115 @@
 # Contributing to Neovim
 
-## Getting started
+Getting started
+---------------
 
-- Help us review [open pull requests](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pulls)!
-- Look for [entry-level issues][entry-level] to work on.
-    - [Documentation](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/labels/documentation)
-      improvements are also much appreciated.
-- Look at [Waffle][waffle] to see who is working on what issues.
-- If needed, refer to [the wiki][wiki-contributing] for guidance.
+If you want to help but don't know where to start, here are some
+low-risk/isolated tasks:
 
-## Reporting problems
+- Help us [review pull requests](#reviewing)!
+- Merge a [Vim patch].
+- Try a [complexity:low] issue.
+- Fix [clang-scan] or [coverity](#coverity) warnings.
 
-Before reporting an issue, see the following wiki articles:
+Reporting problems
+------------------
 
-- [Troubleshooting][wiki-troubleshooting]
-- [Frequently asked questions][wiki-faq]
+- Check the [**FAQ**][wiki-faq].
+- Search [existing issues][github-issues] (including closed!)
+- Update Neovim to the latest version to see if your problem persists.
+- If you're using a plugin manager, comment out your plugins, then add them back
+  in one by one, to narrow down the cause of the issue.
+- Crash reports which include a stacktrace are 10x more valuable.
+- [Bisecting][git-bisect] to the cause of a regression often leads to an
+  immediate fix.
 
-If your issue isn't mentioned there:
+Pull requests ("PRs")
+---------------------
 
-- Verify that it hasn't already been reported.
-- If not already running the latest version of Neovim, update to it to see if
-  your problem persists.
-- If you're experiencing compile or runtime warnings/failures, try searching for
-  the error message(s) you received (if any) on [Neovim's issue tracker][github-issues].
-- For runtime issues, try reproducing it using `nvim` with the smallest
-  possible `vimrc` (or none at all via `nvim -u NONE`), to rule out bugs in
-  plugins you're using. If you're using a plugin manager, comment out your
-  plugins, then add them back in one by one.
-
-Include as much detail as possible; we generally need to know:
-
-- What operating system you're using.
-- Which version of Neovim you're using. To get this, run `nvim --version` from
-  a shell, or run `:version` from inside `nvim`.
-- Whether the bug is present in Vim (not Neovim), and if so which version of
-  Vim. It's fine to report Vim bugs on the Neovim bug tracker, but it saves
-  everyone time if we know from the start that the bug is not a regression
-  caused by Neovim.
-- This isn't required, but what commit introduced the issue for you. You can
-  use [`git bisect`][git-bisect] for this.
-
-## Submitting contributions
-
-- Make it clear in the issue tracker what you are working on.
-- Be descriptive in your pull request description: what is it for, why is it
-  needed, etc.
-- Do ***not*** make cosmetic changes to unrelated files in the same pull
-  request. This creates noise, making reviews harder to do. If your text
-  editor strips all trailing whitespace in a file when you edit it, disable
-  it.
-
-### Tagging in the issue tracker
-
-When submitting pull requests (commonly referred to as "PRs"), include one of
-the following tags prepended to the title:
-
-- `[WIP]` - Work In Progress: the PR will change, so while there is no
-  immediate need for review, the submitter still might appreciate it.
-- `[RFC]` - Request For Comment: the PR needs reviewing and/or comments.
-- `[RDY]` - Ready: the PR has been reviewed by at least one other person and
-  has no outstanding issues.
-
-Assuming the above criteria has been met, feel free to change your PR's tag
-yourself, as opposed to waiting for a contributor to do it for you.
-
-### Branching & history
-
-- Do ***not*** work on your PR on the master branch, [use a feature branch
-  instead][git-feature-branch].
-- [Rebase your feature branch onto][git-rebasing] (upstream) master before
+- To avoid duplicate work, you may want to create a `[WIP]` pull request so that
+  others know what you are working on.
+- Avoid cosmetic changes to unrelated files in the same commit: extra noise
+  makes reviews more difficult.
+- Use a [feature branch][git-feature-branch] instead of the master branch.
+- [Rebase your feature branch][git-rebasing] onto (upstream) master before
   opening the PR.
-- Keep up to date with changes in (upstream) master so your PR is easy to
-  merge.
-- [Try to actively tidy your history][git-history-rewriting]: combine related
-  commits with interactive rebasing, separate monolithic commits, etc. If your
-  PR is still `[WIP]`, feel free to force-push to your feature branch to tidy
-  your history.
+- After addressing the review comments, it's fine to rebase and force-push to
+  your review.
+- Try to [tidy your history][git-history-rewriting]: combine related commits
+  with interactive rebasing, separate monolithic commits, etc.
 
-### For code pull requests
+### Stages: WIP, RFC, RDY
 
-#### Testing
+Pull requests have three stages: `[WIP]` (Work In Progress), `[RFC]` (Request
+For Comment) and `[RDY]` (Ready).
 
-We are unlikely to merge your PR if the Travis build fails:
+- Untagged PRs are assumed to be `[RFC]`, i.e. you are requesting a review.
+- Prepend `[WIP]` to the PR title if you are _not_ requesting feedback and the
+  work is still in flux.
+- Prepend `[RDY]` to the PR title if you are _done_ with the PR and are only
+  waiting on it to be merged.
 
-- Travis builds are compiled with the [`-Werror`][gcc-warnings] flag, so if
-  your PR introduces any compiler warnings then the Travis build will fail.
-- If any tests fail, the Travis build will fail.
-  See [Building Neovim#running-tests][wiki-building-running-tests] for
-  information on running tests locally.
-  Tests passing locally doesn't guarantee they'll pass in the Travis
-  build, as different compilers and platforms will be used.
-- Travis runs [Valgrind][valgrind] for the GCC/Linux build, but you may also
-  do so locally by running the following from a shell: `VALGRIND=1 make test`
+For example, a typical workflow is:
 
-#### Coding style
+1. You open a `[WIP]` PR where the work is _not_ ready for feedback, you just want to
+   let others know what you are doing.
+2. Once the PR is ready for review, you replace `[WIP]` in the title with `[RFC]`.
+   You may add fix up commits to address issues that come up during review.
+3. Once the PR is ready for merging, you rebase/squash your work appropriately and
+   then replace `[RFC]` in the title with `[RDY]`.
 
-We have a [style guide][style-guide] that all new code should follow.
-However, large portions of the existing Vim codebase violate it to some
-degree, and fixing them would increase merge conflicts and add noise to `git
-blame`.
+### Commit messages
 
-Weigh those costs when making cosmetic changes. In general, avoid pull
-requests dominated by style changes, but feel free to fix up lines that you
-happen to be modifying anyway. Fix anything that looks outright
-[barbarous](http://www.orwell.ru/library/essays/politics/english/e_polit), but
-otherwise prefer to leave things as they are.
-
-For new code, run `make lint` (which runs [clint.py][clint]) to detect style
-errors. It's not perfect, so some warnings may be false positives/negatives.
-To have `clint.py` ignore certain cases, put `// NOLINT` at the end of the
-line.
-
-We also provide a configuration file for [`clang-format`][clang-format], which
-can be used to format code according to the style guidelines. Be aware that
-this formatting method might need user supervision. To have `clang-format`
-ignore certain line ranges, use the following special comments:
-
-```c
-int formatted_code;
-// clang-format off
-    void    unformatted_code  ;
-// clang-format on
-    void formatted_code_again;
-```
-
-### Commit guidelines
-
-The purpose of these guidelines is to *make reviews easier* and make the
-[VCS][vcs] logs more valuable.
+Follow [commit message hygiene][hygiene] to *make reviews easier* and to make
+the VCS/git logs more valuable.
 
 - Try to keep the first line under 72 characters.
-- If necessary, include further description after a blank line.
-    - Don't make the description too verbose by including obvious things, but
-      don't spare clarifications for anything that may be not so obvious.
-      Some commit messages are pages long, and that's fine if there's no
-      better place for those comments to live.
-    - **Recommended:** Prefix logically-related commits with a consistent
-      identifier in each commit message. For already used identifiers, see the
-      commit history for the respective file(s) you're editing.
-      [For example](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/commits?author=elmart),
-      the following commits are related by task (*Introduce nvim namespace*) and
-      sub-task (*Contrib YCM*).
-      <br/> `Introduce nvim namespace: Contrib YCM: Fix style issues`
-      <br/> `Introduce nvim namespace: Contrib YCM: Fix build dir calculation`
-        - Sub-tasks can be *activity-oriented* (doing different things on the same area)
-          or *scope-oriented* (doing the same thing in different areas).
-    - Granularity helps, but it's conceptual size that matters, not extent size.
-- Use the [imperative voice][imperative]: "Fix bug" rather than "Fixed bug" or "Fixes bug."
+- **Prefix the commit subject with a _scope_:** `doc:`, `test:`, `foo.c:`,
+  `runtime:`, ...
+    - For commits that contain only style/lint changes, a single-word subject
+      line is preferred: `style` or `lint`.
+- A blank line must separate the subject from the description.
+- Use the _imperative voice_: "Fix bug" rather than "Fixed bug" or "Fixes bug."
 
-### Reviewing pull requests
+### Automated builds (CI)
 
-Using a checklist during reviews is highly recommended, so we [provide one at
-the wiki][wiki-review-checklist]. If you think it could be improved, feel free
-to edit it.
+Each pull request must pass the automated builds ([travis CI] and [quickbuild]).
+
+- CI builds are compiled with [`-Werror`][gcc-warnings], so if your PR
+  introduces any compiler warnings, the build will fail.
+- If any tests fail, the build will fail.
+  See [Building Neovim#running-tests][wiki-run-tests] to run tests locally.
+  Passing locally doesn't guarantee passing the CI build, because of the
+  different compilers and platforms tested against.
+- CI runs [ASan] and other analyzers. To run valgrind locally:
+  `VALGRIND=1 make test`
+- The `lint` build ([#3174][3174]) checks modified lines _and their immediate
+  neighbors_. This is to encourage incrementally updating the legacy style to
+  meet our style guidelines.
+    - A single word (`lint` or `style`) is sufficient as the subject line of
+      a commit that contains only style changes.
+- [How to investigate QuickBuild failures](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/4718#issuecomment-217631350)
+
+### Coverity
+
+[Coverity](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/neovim-neovim) runs against the
+master build. If you want to view the defects, just request access at the
+_Contributor_ level. An Admin will grant you permission.
+
+Use this commit-message format for coverity fixes:
+
+    coverity/<id>: <description of what fixed the defect>
+
+where `<id>` is the Coverity ID (CID). For example see [#804](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/804).
+
+Reviewing
+---------
+
+To help review pull requests, start with [this checklist][review-checklist].
 
 Reviewing can be done on GitHub, but you may find it easier to do locally.
-Using [`hub`][hub], you can do the following to create a new branch with the
-contents of a pull request, such as [#1820][github-pr-1820]:
+Using [`hub`][hub], you can create a new branch with the contents of a pull
+request, e.g. [#1820][1820]:
 
     hub checkout https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/1820
 
@@ -165,12 +118,6 @@ commits in the feature branch which aren't in the `master` branch; `-p`
 shows each commit's diff. To show the whole surrounding function of a change
 as context, use the `-W` argument as well.
 
-You may find it easier to instead use an interactive program for code reviews,
-such as [`tig`][tig].
-
-[clang-format]: http://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html
-[clint]: clint.py
-[entry-level]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/issues?labels=entry-level&state=open
 [gcc-warnings]: https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Warning-Options.html
 [git-bisect]: http://git-scm.com/book/tr/v2/Git-Tools-Debugging-with-Git
 [git-feature-branch]: https://www.atlassian.com/git/tutorials/comparing-workflows
@@ -178,16 +125,17 @@ such as [`tig`][tig].
 [git-history-rewriting]: http://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Rewriting-History
 [git-rebasing]: http://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Branching-Rebasing
 [github-issues]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/issues
-[github-pr-1820]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/1820
+[1820]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/1820
 [hub]: https://hub.github.com/
-[imperative]: http://tbaggery.com/2008/04/19/a-note-about-git-commit-messages.html
+[hygiene]: http://tbaggery.com/2008/04/19/a-note-about-git-commit-messages.html
 [style-guide]: http://neovim.io/develop/style-guide.xml
-[tig]: https://github.com/jonas/tig
-[valgrind]: http://valgrind.org/
-[vcs]: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Revision_control
-[waffle]: https://waffle.io/neovim/neovim
-[wiki-building-running-tests]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Building-Neovim#running-tests
-[wiki-contributing]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Contributing
+[ASan]: http://clang.llvm.org/docs/AddressSanitizer.html
+[wiki-run-tests]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Building-Neovim#running-tests
 [wiki-faq]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/FAQ
-[wiki-review-checklist]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Code-review-checklist
-[wiki-troubleshooting]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Troubleshooting
+[review-checklist]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Code-review-checklist
+[3174]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/issues/3174
+[travis CI]: https://travis-ci.org/neovim/neovim
+[quickbuild]: http://neovim-qb.szakmeister.net/dashboard
+[Vim patch]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Merging-patches-from-upstream-Vim
+[clang-scan]: https://neovim.io/doc/reports/clang/
+[complexity:low]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Acomplexity%3Alow

ISSUE_TEMPLATE.md

@@ -1,6 +1,5 @@
-- Neovim version:
-- [ ] Vim behaves differently?
-    - Vim version:
+- `nvim --version`:
+- Vim (version: ) behaves differently?
 - Operating system/version:
 - Terminal name/version:
 - `$TERM`:
@@ -9,7 +8,9 @@
 
 ### Expected behaviour
 
-### Steps to reproduce using `nvim -u NONE`
+### Steps to reproduce using `nvim -u NORC`
 
-1. `nvim -u NONE`
-2. 
+```
+nvim -u NORC
+
+```

Makefile

@@ -85,16 +85,19 @@ endif
 	mkdir -p build
 	touch $@
 
-oldtest: | nvim
+oldtest: | nvim helptags
 	+$(SINGLE_MAKE) -C src/nvim/testdir $(MAKEOVERRIDES)
 
+helptags: | nvim
+	+$(BUILD_CMD) -C build helptags
+
 functionaltest: | nvim
 	+$(BUILD_CMD) -C build functionaltest
 
 functionaltest-lua: | nvim
 	+$(BUILD_CMD) -C build functionaltest-lua
 
-testlint: | nvim
+testlint: | build/.ran-cmake deps
 	$(BUILD_CMD) -C build testlint
 
 unittest: | nvim
@@ -115,10 +118,12 @@ distclean: clean
 install: | nvim
 	+$(BUILD_CMD) -C build install
 
-lint:
-	cmake -DLINT_PRG=./clint.py \
+clint:
+	cmake -DLINT_PRG=./src/clint.py \
 		-DLINT_DIR=src \
 		-DLINT_SUPPRESS_URL="$(DOC_DOWNLOAD_URL_BASE)$(CLINT_ERRORS_FILE_PATH)" \
 		-P cmake/RunLint.cmake
 
-.PHONY: test testlint functionaltest unittest lint clean distclean nvim libnvim cmake deps install
+lint: clint testlint
+
+.PHONY: test testlint functionaltest unittest lint clint clean distclean nvim libnvim cmake deps install

README.md

@@ -1,61 +1,59 @@
-![Neovim](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/neovim/neovim.github.io/master/logos/neovim-logo.png)
+[![Neovim](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/neovim/neovim.github.io/master/logos/neovim-logo.png)](https://neovim.io)
 
-[Website](http://neovim.io) |
-[Community](http://neovim.io/community/) |
 [Wiki](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki) |
-[Documentation](http://neovim.io/doc) |
-[Mailing List](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/neovim) |
-[Twitter](http://twitter.com/Neovim) |
-[Bountysource](https://www.bountysource.com/teams/neovim)
+[Documentation](https://neovim.io/doc) |
+[Twitter](https://twitter.com/Neovim) |
+[Community](https://neovim.io/community/) |
+[Gitter **Chat**](https://gitter.im/neovim/neovim)
 
 [![Travis Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/neovim/neovim.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/neovim/neovim)
 [![AppVeyor Build status](https://ci.appveyor.com/api/projects/status/cf1jwc29198748we/branch/master?svg=true)](https://ci.appveyor.com/project/neovim/neovim/branch/master)
 [![Pull requests waiting for review](https://badge.waffle.io/neovim/neovim.svg?label=RFC&title=RFCs)](https://waffle.io/neovim/neovim)
 [![Coverage Status](https://img.shields.io/coveralls/neovim/neovim.svg)](https://coveralls.io/r/neovim/neovim)
 [![Coverity Scan Build](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/2227/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/2227)
-[![Clang Scan Build](http://neovim.io/doc/reports/clang/badge.svg)](http://neovim.io/doc/reports/clang)
-[![Join the chat at https://gitter.im/neovim/neovim](https://badges.gitter.im/Join%20Chat.svg)](https://gitter.im/neovim/neovim?utm_source=badge&utm_medium=badge&utm_campaign=pr-badge&utm_content=badge)
+[![Clang Scan Build](https://neovim.io/doc/reports/clang/badge.svg)](https://neovim.io/doc/reports/clang)
+<a href="https://buildd.debian.org/neovim"><img src="https://www.debian.org/logos/openlogo-nd-25.png" width="13" height="15">Debian</a>
 
 Neovim is a project that seeks to aggressively refactor Vim in order to:
 
-- Simplify maintenance and encourage [contributions](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Contributing)
+- Simplify maintenance and encourage [contributions](CONTRIBUTING.md)
 - Split the work between multiple developers
-- Enable the implementation of new/modern user interfaces without any
-  modifications to the core source
+- Enable advanced [external UIs] without modifications to the core
 - Improve extensibility with a new [plugin architecture](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Plugin-UI-architecture)
 
-For lots more details, see
+For more details, see
 [the wiki](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Introduction)!
 
-### What's been done so far
-
-- Automatic [history merge](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/2506) between multiple editor instances
-- [XDG-compliant](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/3470) configuration
-- Embedded [terminal emulator](https://neovim.io/doc/user/nvim_terminal_emulator.html)
-- Asynchronous [job control](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/2247)
-- [MessagePack](https://msgpack.org) remote API
-- [Pushdown automaton](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/3413) for state transitions
-
-See the [progress page](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Progress) for a comprehensive list.
-
 [![Throughput Graph](https://graphs.waffle.io/neovim/neovim/throughput.svg)](https://waffle.io/neovim/neovim/metrics)
 
-### What's being worked on now
+What's been done so far
+-----------------------
 
-- Port all IO to [libuv](https://github.com/libuv/libuv/blob/master/README.md)
-- Convert legacy tests to Lua tests
-- VimL => Lua translator
+- RPC API based on [MessagePack](https://msgpack.org)
+- Embedded [terminal emulator](https://neovim.io/doc/user/nvim_terminal_emulator.html)
+- Asynchronous [job control](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/2247)
+- [Shared data (shada)](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/2506) among multiple editor instances
+- [XDG base directories](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/3470) support
+- [libuv](https://github.com/libuv/libuv/)-based platform/OS/"mch" layer
+- [Pushdown automaton](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/3413) input model
+- 1000s of new tests
+- Legacy tests converted to Lua tests
 
-### How do I get it?
+See [`:help nvim-features`][nvim-features] for a comprehensive list.
 
-There is a formula for OSX/homebrew, a PKGBUILD for Arch Linux, RPM, deb, and
+What's being worked on now
+--------------------------
+
+See the [Roadmap].
+
+How do I get it?
+----------------
+
+There is a Debian package, homebrew formula, PKGBUILD for Arch Linux, RPM, and
 more. See [the wiki](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Installing-Neovim)!
 
-### Contributing
-
-...would be awesome! See [the wiki](https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Contributing) for more details.
-
-### License
+License
+-------
 
 Neovim is licensed under the terms of the Apache 2.0 license, except for
 parts that were contributed under the Vim license.
@@ -81,5 +79,8 @@ See `LICENSE` for details.
     features.  The money goes to Uganda anyway.
 
 [license-commit]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/commit/b17d9691a24099c9210289f16afb1a498a89d803
+[nvim-features]: https://neovim.io/doc/user/vim_diff.html#nvim-features
+[Roadmap]: https://neovim.io/roadmap/
+[external UIs]: https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Related-projects#gui-projects
 
 <!-- vim: set tw=80: -->

appveyor.yml

@@ -1,23 +1,10 @@
 version: '{build}'
-skip_tags: true
-os: Windows Server 2012 R2
-environment:
-  GYP_MSVS_VERSION: 2015
-  matrix:
-  - GENERATOR: Visual Studio 14 Win64
-    DEPS_PATH: deps64
-  - GENERATOR: Visual Studio 14
-    DEPS_PATH: deps32
-matrix:
-  # Allow builds to fail
-  allow_failures:
-  - os: Windows Server 2012 R2
+configuration:
+- MINGW_64
+- MINGW_32
 install: []
 build_script:
-# See http://help.appveyor.com/discussions/problems/539-cloning-gyp-fails
-- git config --global url."http://".insteadOf https://
-- mkdir %DEPS_PATH%
-- cd %DEPS_PATH%
-- cmake -G "%GENERATOR%" ..\third-party\
-- cmake --build .
-- cd ..
+- call .ci\build.bat
+artifacts:
+- path: build/Neovim.zip
+- path: build/Neovim.exe

cmake/FindMsgpack.cmake

@@ -42,7 +42,12 @@ if(MSGPACK_USE_STATIC)
     "${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_PREFIX}msgpack${CMAKE_STATIC_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}")
 endif()
 
-list(APPEND MSGPACK_NAMES msgpackc msgpack)
+if(MSVC)
+  # The import library for the msgpack DLL has a different name
+  list(APPEND MSGPACK_NAMES msgpack_import)
+else()
+  list(APPEND MSGPACK_NAMES msgpackc msgpack)
+endif()
 
 find_library(MSGPACK_LIBRARY NAMES ${MSGPACK_NAMES}
   # Check each directory for all names to avoid using headers/libraries from

cmake/LuaHelpers.cmake

@@ -8,8 +8,6 @@ function(check_lua_module LUA_PRG_PATH MODULE RESULT_VAR)
     RESULT_VARIABLE module_missing
     ERROR_QUIET)
   if(module_missing)
-    message(STATUS
-      "[${LUA_PRG_PATH}] The '${MODULE}' lua package is required for building Neovim")
     set(${RESULT_VAR} False PARENT_SCOPE)
   else()
     set(${RESULT_VAR} True PARENT_SCOPE)
@@ -29,6 +27,8 @@ function(check_lua_deps LUA_PRG_PATH MODULES RESULT_VAR)
   foreach(module ${MODULES})
     check_lua_module(${LUA_PRG_PATH} ${module} has_module)
     if(NOT has_module)
+      message(STATUS
+        "[${LUA_PRG_PATH}] The '${module}' lua package is required for building Neovim")
       set(${RESULT_VAR} False PARENT_SCOPE)
       return()
     endif()

cmake/PreventInTreeBuilds.cmake

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+function(PreventInTreeBuilds)
+  get_filename_component(srcdir "${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}" REALPATH)
+  get_filename_component(bindir "${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}" REALPATH)
+
+  if("${srcdir}" STREQUAL "${bindir}")
+    message("")
+    message("!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!")
+    message("Neovim doesn't support in-tree builds.  It's recommended that you")
+    message("use a build/ subdirectory:")
+    message("    mkdir build")
+    message("    cd build")
+    message("    cmake <OPTIONS> ..")
+    message("")
+    message("Make sure to cleanup some CMake artifacts from this failed build")
+    message("with:")
+    message("    rm -rf CMakeFiles CMakeCache.txt")
+    message("!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!")
+    message("")
+    message(FATAL_ERROR "Stopping build.")
+  endif()
+endfunction()
+
+PreventInTreeBuilds()

cmake/RunTests.cmake

@@ -2,6 +2,9 @@ get_filename_component(BUSTED_DIR ${BUSTED_PRG} PATH)
 set(ENV{PATH} "${BUSTED_DIR}:$ENV{PATH}")
 
 set(ENV{VIMRUNTIME} ${WORKING_DIR}/runtime)
+set(ENV{NVIM_RPLUGIN_MANIFEST} ${WORKING_DIR}/Xtest_rplugin_manifest)
+set(ENV{XDG_CONFIG_HOME} ${WORKING_DIR}/Xtest_xdg/config)
+set(ENV{XDG_DATA_HOME} ${WORKING_DIR}/Xtest_xdg/share)
 
 if(NVIM_PRG)
   set(ENV{NVIM_PROG} "${NVIM_PRG}")
@@ -25,15 +28,19 @@ if(DEFINED ENV{TEST_FILTER})
   set(TEST_TAG "--filter=$ENV{TEST_FILTER}")
 endif()
 
+set(ENV{SYSTEM_NAME} ${SYSTEM_NAME})
 execute_process(
   COMMAND ${BUSTED_PRG} ${TEST_TAG} ${TEST_FILTER} -v -o ${BUSTED_OUTPUT_TYPE}
-    --lazy --helper=${TEST_DIR}/${TEST_TYPE}/preload.lua
+    --lua=${LUA_PRG} --lazy --helper=${TEST_DIR}/${TEST_TYPE}/preload.lua
     --lpath=${BUILD_DIR}/?.lua ${TEST_PATH}
   WORKING_DIRECTORY ${WORKING_DIR}
   ERROR_VARIABLE err
   RESULT_VARIABLE res
   ${EXTRA_ARGS})
 
+file(REMOVE ${WORKING_DIR}/Xtest_rplugin_manifest)
+file(REMOVE_RECURSE ${WORKING_DIR}/Xtest_xdg)
+
 if(NOT res EQUAL 0)
   message(STATUS "Output to stderr:\n${err}")
   message(FATAL_ERROR "Running ${TEST_TYPE} tests failed with error: ${res}.")

cmake/RunTestsLint.cmake

@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
+set(IGNORE_FILES "${TEST_DIR}/*/preload.lua")
+
 execute_process(
-  COMMAND ${LUACHECK_PRG} -q ${TEST_DIR}
+  COMMAND ${LUACHECK_PRG} -q ${TEST_DIR} --exclude-files ${IGNORE_FILES}
   WORKING_DIRECTORY ${TEST_DIR}
   ERROR_VARIABLE err
   RESULT_VARIABLE res

cmake/WindowsDllCopy.cmake

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# In Windows we need to find dependency DLLs and install them along with our
+# binaries. This script uses the following variables:
+#
+# - BINARY: The binary file whose dependencies need to be installed
+# - DST: The destination path
+# - CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH: A list of directories to search for dependencies
+
+if(NOT DEFINED BINARY)
+  message(FATAL_ERROR "Missing required argument -DBINARY=")
+endif()
+if(NOT DEFINED DST)
+  message(FATAL_ERROR "Missing required arguments -DDST=")
+endif()
+if(NOT DEFINED CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH)
+  message(FATAL_ERROR "Missing required arguments -DCMAKE_PREFIX_PATH=")
+endif()
+
+include(GetPrerequisites)
+get_prerequisites(${BINARY} DLLS 1 1 "" "${CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH}")
+foreach(DLL_NAME ${DLLS})
+  find_program(DLL_PATH ${DLL_NAME})
+  if(NOT DLL_PATH)
+    message(FATAL_ERROR "Unable to find dependency ${DLL_NAME}")
+  endif()
+
+  message("Copying ${DLL_NAME} to ${DST}")
+  execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy ${DLL_PATH} ${DST})
+  unset(DLL_PATH CACHE)
+endforeach()
+

config/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -27,12 +27,15 @@ if(NOT HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H AND UNIX)
 endif()
 check_include_files(sys/utsname.h HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H)
 check_include_files(utime.h HAVE_UTIME_H)
+check_include_files(sys/uio.h HAVE_SYS_UIO_H)
 
 # Functions
 check_function_exists(fseeko HAVE_FSEEKO)
 check_function_exists(getpwent HAVE_GETPWENT)
 check_function_exists(getpwnam HAVE_GETPWNAM)
 check_function_exists(getpwuid HAVE_GETPWUID)
+check_function_exists(uv_translate_sys_error HAVE_UV_TRANSLATE_SYS_ERROR)
+check_function_exists(readv HAVE_READV)
 
 if(Iconv_FOUND)
   set(HAVE_ICONV 1)
@@ -67,6 +70,14 @@ if(HAVE_LANGINFO_H)
   check_symbol_exists(CODESET "langinfo.h" HAVE_NL_LANGINFO_CODESET)
 endif()
 
+check_include_files("endian.h" HAVE_ENDIAN_H)
+check_include_files("sys/endian.h" HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H)
+
+set(ENDIAN_INCLUDE_FILE "endian.h")
+if(HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H AND NOT HAVE_ENDIAN_H)
+  set(ENDIAN_INCLUDE_FILE "sys/endian.h")
+endif()
+
 set(SI "#include <stdint.h>\n")
 set(MS "int main(int argc,char**argv)\n{\n  uint64_t i=0x0102030405060708ULL;")
 set(ME "}")
@@ -74,7 +85,7 @@ check_c_source_compiles("
   #define _BSD_SOURCE 1
   #define _DEFAULT_SOURCE 1
   ${SI}
-  #include <endian.h>
+  #include <${ENDIAN_INCLUDE_FILE}>
   #ifndef be64toh
   # error No be64toh macros
   #endif
@@ -131,12 +142,16 @@ configure_file (
 find_program(WHOAMI_PROG whoami)
 find_program(HOSTNAME_PROG hostname)
 
-if (NOT DEFINED USERNAME AND EXISTS ${WHOAMI_PROG})
+if (DEFINED ENV{USERNAME})
+  set(USERNAME $ENV{USERNAME})
+elseif (NOT DEFINED USERNAME AND EXISTS ${WHOAMI_PROG})
   execute_process(COMMAND ${WHOAMI_PROG}
     OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
     OUTPUT_VARIABLE USERNAME)
 endif()
-if (EXISTS ${HOSTNAME_PROG})
+if (DEFINED ENV{HOSTNAME})
+  set(HOSTNAME $ENV{HOSTNAME})
+elseif (EXISTS ${HOSTNAME_PROG})
   execute_process(COMMAND ${HOSTNAME_PROG}
     OUTPUT_STRIP_TRAILING_WHITESPACE
     OUTPUT_VARIABLE HOSTNAME)

config/config.h.in

@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@
 #cmakedefine HAVE_PUTENV_S
 #cmakedefine HAVE_PWD_H
 #cmakedefine HAVE_READLINK
+#cmakedefine HAVE_UV_TRANSLATE_SYS_ERROR
 // TODO: add proper cmake check
 // #define HAVE_SELINUX 1
 #cmakedefine HAVE_SETENV
@@ -48,8 +49,15 @@
 #cmakedefine HAVE_WORKING_LIBINTL
 #cmakedefine UNIX
 #cmakedefine USE_FNAME_CASE
+#cmakedefine HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
+#cmakedefine HAVE_READV
+# ifndef HAVE_READV
+#  undef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H
+# endif
+#endif
 
-#define FEAT_CSCOPE
+#cmakedefine FEAT_TUI
 
 #ifndef UNIT_TESTING
 #cmakedefine HAVE_JEMALLOC
@@ -57,5 +65,6 @@
 
 #cmakedefine HAVE_BE64TOH
 #cmakedefine ORDER_BIG_ENDIAN
+#define ENDIAN_INCLUDE_FILE <@ENDIAN_INCLUDE_FILE@>
 
 #endif  // AUTO_CONFIG_H

config/versiondef.h.in

@@ -7,6 +7,10 @@
 #define NVIM_VERSION_PRERELEASE "@NVIM_VERSION_PRERELEASE@"
 #cmakedefine NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM "@NVIM_VERSION_MEDIUM@"
 
+#define NVIM_API_LEVEL @NVIM_API_LEVEL@
+#define NVIM_API_LEVEL_COMPAT @NVIM_API_LEVEL_COMPAT@
+#define NVIM_API_PRERELEASE @NVIM_API_PRERELEASE@
+
 #define NVIM_VERSION_CFLAGS "@NVIM_VERSION_CFLAGS@"
 #define NVIM_VERSION_BUILD_TYPE "@NVIM_VERSION_BUILD_TYPE@"
 

man/nvim.1

@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Like
 but used to store data not generally edited by the user,
 namely swap, backup, and ShaDa files.
 Defaults to
-.Pa ~/.local/share/nvim
+.Pa ~/.local/share
 if not set.
 .It Ev VIMINIT
 A string of Ex commands to be executed at startup.
@@ -391,9 +391,6 @@ See
 in the
 .Xr tmux 1
 manual page for more information.
-.It Ev NVIM_TUI_ENABLE_TRUE_COLOR
-If defined, assume the host terminal supports 24 bit colors.
-Has no effect in GUIs.
 .El
 .Sh FILES
 .Bl -tag -width "~/.config/nvim/init.vim"

neovim.rb

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-odie <<-EOS.undent
-
-  Whoops, the neovim Homebrew Formula has moved! Please instead run:
-
-    brew tap neovim/homebrew-neovim
-    brew install --HEAD neovim
-
-  Thanks!
-EOS

runtime/CMakeLists.txt

@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@ set(SYN_VIM_GENERATOR ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/scripts/genvimvim.lua)
 set(GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/runtime)
 set(GENERATED_SYN_VIM ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/syntax/vim/generated.vim)
 set(GENERATED_HELP_TAGS ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc/tags)
+set(GENERATED_PACKAGE_DIR ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/pack/dist/opt)
+set(FUNCS_DATA ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/funcs_data.mpack)
 
 file(MAKE_DIRECTORY ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR})
 file(MAKE_DIRECTORY ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/syntax)
@@ -9,15 +11,57 @@ file(MAKE_DIRECTORY ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/syntax/vim)
 
 add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${GENERATED_SYN_VIM}
   COMMAND ${LUA_PRG} ${SYN_VIM_GENERATOR}
-          ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/nvim ${GENERATED_SYN_VIM}
+          ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/nvim ${GENERATED_SYN_VIM} ${FUNCS_DATA}
   DEPENDS
     ${SYN_VIM_GENERATOR}
     ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/nvim/ex_cmds.lua
     ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/nvim/auevents.lua
     ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/nvim/options.lua
     ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/nvim/eval.c
+    ${FUNCS_DATA}
 )
 
+if(POLICY CMP0054)
+  cmake_policy(SET CMP0054 OLD)
+endif()
+
+file(GLOB PACKAGES ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/runtime/pack/dist/opt/*)
+
+set(GENERATED_PACKAGE_TAGS)
+foreach(PACKAGE ${PACKAGES})
+  get_filename_component(PACKNAME ${PACKAGE} NAME)
+  file(GLOB "${PACKNAME}_DOC_FILES" ${PACKAGE}/doc/*.txt)
+  if("${PACKNAME}_DOC_FILES")
+    file(MAKE_DIRECTORY ${GENERATED_PACKAGE_DIR}/${PACKNAME})
+    add_custom_target("${PACKNAME}-tags"
+      COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_directory
+        ${PACKAGE} ${GENERATED_PACKAGE_DIR}/${PACKNAME}
+      COMMAND "${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/bin/nvim"
+        -u NONE -i NONE -e --headless -c "helptags doc" -c quit
+      DEPENDS
+        nvim
+      WORKING_DIRECTORY "${GENERATED_PACKAGE_DIR}/${PACKNAME}"
+    )
+
+    add_custom_command(OUTPUT "${GENERATED_PACKAGE_DIR}/${PACKNAME}/doc/tags"
+      DEPENDS
+        "${PACKNAME}-tags"
+      )
+
+    set("${PACKNAME}_DOC_NAMES")
+    foreach(DF "${${PACKNAME}_DOC_FILES}")
+      get_filename_component(F ${DF} NAME)
+      list(APPEND "${PACKNAME}_DOC_NAMES" ${GENERATED_PACKAGE_DIR}/${PACKNAME}/doc/${F})
+    endforeach()
+
+    install_helper(
+      FILES ${GENERATED_PACKAGE_DIR}/${PACKNAME}/doc/tags "${${PACKNAME}_DOC_NAMES}"
+      DESTINATION ${CMAKE_INSTALL_DATAROOTDIR}/nvim/runtime/pack/dist/opt/${PACKNAME}/doc)
+
+    list(APPEND GENERATED_PACKAGE_TAGS "${GENERATED_PACKAGE_DIR}/${PACKNAME}/doc/tags")
+  endif()
+endforeach()
+
 file(GLOB DOCFILES ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/runtime/doc/*.txt)
 
 set(BUILDDOCFILES)
@@ -26,22 +70,25 @@ foreach(DF ${DOCFILES})
   list(APPEND BUILDDOCFILES ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc/${F})
 endforeach()
 
-add_custom_command(OUTPUT copy_docfiles
-    COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_directory
+add_custom_target(helptags
+  COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E copy_directory
     ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/runtime/doc ${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc
+  COMMAND "${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/bin/nvim"
+    -u NONE -i NONE -e --headless -c "helptags ++t doc" -c quit
+  DEPENDS
+    nvim
+  WORKING_DIRECTORY "${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}"
 )
 
 add_custom_command(OUTPUT ${GENERATED_HELP_TAGS}
-  COMMAND "${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/bin/nvim"
-    -u NONE
-    -i NONE
-    -e
-    --headless
-    -c "helptags ++t ."
-    -c quit
   DEPENDS
-    copy_docfiles
-    nvim
+    helptags
+)
+
+add_custom_target(doc_html
+  COMMAND make html
+  DEPENDS
+    ${GENERATED_HELP_TAGS}
   WORKING_DIRECTORY "${GENERATED_RUNTIME_DIR}/doc"
 )
 
@@ -50,6 +97,7 @@ add_custom_target(
   DEPENDS
     ${GENERATED_SYN_VIM}
     ${GENERATED_HELP_TAGS}
+    ${GENERATED_PACKAGE_TAGS}
 )
 
 # CMake is painful here.  It will create the destination using the user's
@@ -78,7 +126,7 @@ endforeach()
 
 file(GLOB_RECURSE RUNTIME_FILES
   RELATIVE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}
-  *.vim *.dict *.py *.ps *.tutor)
+  *.vim *.dict *.py *.rb *.ps *.tutor)
 
 foreach(F ${RUNTIME_FILES})
   get_filename_component(BASEDIR ${F} PATH)

runtime/autoload/health.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+function! s:enhance_syntax() abort
+  syntax keyword healthError ERROR
+  highlight link healthError Error
+
+  syntax keyword healthWarning WARNING
+  highlight link healthWarning WarningMsg
+
+  syntax keyword healthInfo INFO
+  highlight link healthInfo ModeMsg
+
+  syntax keyword healthSuccess SUCCESS
+  highlight link healthSuccess ModeMsg
+
+  syntax keyword healthSuggestion SUGGESTIONS
+  highlight link healthSuggestion String
+
+  syntax match healthHelp "|.\{-}|" contains=healthBar
+  syntax match healthBar  "|" contained conceal
+  highlight link healthHelp Identifier
+
+  " We do not care about markdown syntax errors in :CheckHealth output.
+  highlight! link markdownError Normal
+
+  " We don't need code blocks.
+  silent! syntax clear markdownCodeBlock
+endfunction
+
+" Runs the specified healthchecks.
+" Runs all discovered healthchecks if a:plugin_names is empty.
+function! health#check(plugin_names) abort
+  let healthchecks = empty(a:plugin_names)
+        \ ? s:discover_health_checks()
+        \ : s:to_fn_names(a:plugin_names)
+
+  tabnew
+  setlocal wrap breakindent
+  setlocal filetype=markdown bufhidden=wipe
+  setlocal conceallevel=2 concealcursor=nc
+  setlocal keywordprg=:help
+  call s:enhance_syntax()
+
+  if empty(healthchecks)
+    call setline(1, 'ERROR: No healthchecks found.')
+  else
+    redraw|echo 'Running healthchecks...'
+    for c in healthchecks
+      let output = ''
+      call append('$', split(printf("\n%s\n%s", c, repeat('=',72)), "\n"))
+      try
+        let output = "\n\n".execute('call '.c.'()')
+      catch
+        if v:exception =~# '^Vim\%((\a\+)\)\=:E117.*\V'.c
+          let output = execute(
+                \ 'call health#report_error(''No healthcheck found for "'
+                \ .s:to_plugin_name(c)
+                \ .'" plugin.'')')
+        else
+          let output = execute(
+                \ 'call health#report_error(''Failed to run healthcheck for "'
+                \ .s:to_plugin_name(c)
+                \ .'" plugin. Exception:''."\n".v:throwpoint."\n".v:exception)')
+        endif
+      endtry
+      call append('$', split(output, "\n") + [''])
+      redraw
+    endfor
+  endif
+
+  setlocal nomodified
+  redraw|echo ''
+endfunction
+
+" Starts a new report.
+function! health#report_start(name) abort
+  echo "\n## " . a:name
+endfunction
+
+" Indents lines *except* line 1 of a string if it contains newlines.
+function! s:indent_after_line1(s, columns) abort
+  let lines = split(a:s, "\n", 0)
+  if len(lines) < 2  " We do not indent line 1, so nothing to do.
+    return a:s
+  endif
+  for i in range(1, len(lines)-1)  " Indent lines after the first.
+    let lines[i] = substitute(lines[i], '^\s*', repeat(' ', a:columns), 'g')
+  endfor
+  return join(lines, "\n")
+endfunction
+
+" Changes ':help clipboard' to '|clipoard|'. Also removes surrounding quotes.
+function! s:help_to_link(s) abort
+  return substitute(a:s, '\v[''"]?:h%[elp] ([^''"]+)[''"]?', '|\1|', 'g')
+endfunction
+
+" Format a message for a specific report item
+function! s:format_report_message(status, msg, ...) abort " {{{
+  let output = '  - ' . a:status . ': ' . s:indent_after_line1(a:msg, 4)
+  let suggestions = []
+
+  " Optional parameters
+  if a:0 > 0
+    let suggestions = type(a:1) == type("") ? [a:1] : a:1
+    if type(suggestions) != type([])
+      echoerr "Expected String or List"
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  " Report each suggestion
+  if len(suggestions) > 0
+    let output .= "\n    - SUGGESTIONS:"
+  endif
+  for suggestion in suggestions
+    let output .= "\n      - " . s:indent_after_line1(suggestion, 10)
+  endfor
+
+  return s:help_to_link(output)
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" Use {msg} to report information in the current section
+function! health#report_info(msg) abort " {{{
+  echo s:format_report_message('INFO', a:msg)
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" Reports a successful healthcheck.
+function! health#report_ok(msg) abort " {{{
+  echo s:format_report_message('SUCCESS', a:msg)
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" Reports a health warning.
+function! health#report_warn(msg, ...) abort " {{{
+  if a:0 > 0
+    echo s:format_report_message('WARNING', a:msg, a:1)
+  else
+    echo s:format_report_message('WARNING', a:msg)
+  endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+" Reports a failed healthcheck.
+function! health#report_error(msg, ...) abort " {{{
+  if a:0 > 0
+    echo s:format_report_message('ERROR', a:msg, a:1)
+  else
+    echo s:format_report_message('ERROR', a:msg)
+  endif
+endfunction " }}}
+
+function! s:filepath_to_function(name) abort
+  return substitute(substitute(substitute(a:name, ".*autoload/", "", ""),
+        \ "\\.vim", "#check", ""), "/", "#", "g")
+endfunction
+
+function! s:discover_health_checks() abort
+  let healthchecks = globpath(&runtimepath, 'autoload/health/*.vim', 1, 1)
+  let healthchecks = map(healthchecks, '<SID>filepath_to_function(v:val)')
+  return healthchecks
+endfunction
+
+" Translates a list of plugin names to healthcheck function names.
+function! s:to_fn_names(plugin_names) abort
+  let healthchecks = []
+  for p in a:plugin_names
+    call add(healthchecks, 'health#'.p.'#check')
+  endfor
+  return healthchecks
+endfunction
+
+" Extracts 'foo' from 'health#foo#check'.
+function! s:to_plugin_name(fn_name) abort
+  return substitute(a:fn_name,
+        \ '\v.*health\#(.+)\#check.*', '\1', '')
+endfunction

runtime/autoload/health/nvim.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+let s:suggest_faq = 'See https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/FAQ'
+
+function! s:check_config() abort
+  call health#report_start('Configuration')
+  let sensible_pi = globpath(&runtimepath, '**/sensible.vim', 1, 1)
+  if empty(sensible_pi)
+    call health#report_ok('no issues found')
+  else
+    call health#report_info("found sensible.vim plugin:\n".join(sensible_pi, "\n"))
+    call health#report_error("sensible.vim plugin is not needed; Nvim has the same defaults built-in."
+      \ ." Also, sensible.vim sets 'ttimeoutlen' to a sub-optimal value.",
+      \ ["Remove sensible.vim plugin, or wrap it in a `if !has('nvim')` check."])
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+" Load the remote plugin manifest file and check for unregistered plugins
+function! s:check_rplugin_manifest() abort
+  call health#report_start('Remote Plugins')
+  let existing_rplugins = {}
+
+  for item in remote#host#PluginsForHost('python')
+    let existing_rplugins[item.path] = 'python'
+  endfor
+
+  for item in remote#host#PluginsForHost('python3')
+    let existing_rplugins[item.path] = 'python3'
+  endfor
+
+  let require_update = 0
+
+  for path in map(split(&runtimepath, ','), 'resolve(v:val)')
+    let python_glob = glob(path.'/rplugin/python*', 1, 1)
+    if empty(python_glob)
+      continue
+    endif
+
+    let python_dir = python_glob[0]
+    let python_version = fnamemodify(python_dir, ':t')
+
+    for script in glob(python_dir.'/*.py', 1, 1)
+          \ + glob(python_dir.'/*/__init__.py', 1, 1)
+      let contents = join(readfile(script))
+      if contents =~# '\<\%(from\|import\)\s\+neovim\>'
+        if script =~# '/__init__\.py$'
+          let script = fnamemodify(script, ':h')
+        endif
+
+        if !has_key(existing_rplugins, script)
+          let msg = printf('"%s" is not registered.', fnamemodify(path, ':t'))
+          if python_version ==# 'pythonx'
+            if !has('python2') && !has('python3')
+              let msg .= ' (python2 and python3 not available)'
+            endif
+          elseif !has(python_version)
+            let msg .= printf(' (%s not available)', python_version)
+          else
+            let require_update = 1
+          endif
+
+          call health#report_warn(msg)
+        endif
+
+        break
+      endif
+    endfor
+  endfor
+
+  if require_update
+    call health#report_warn('Out of date', ['Run `:UpdateRemotePlugins`'])
+  else
+    call health#report_ok('Up to date')
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+function! s:check_performance() abort
+  call health#report_start('Performance')
+
+  " check buildtype
+  let buildtype = matchstr(execute('version'), '\v\cbuild type:?\s*[^\n\r\t ]+')
+  if empty(buildtype)
+    call health#report_error('failed to get build type from :version')
+  elseif buildtype =~# '\v(MinSizeRel|Release|RelWithDebInfo)'
+    call health#report_ok(buildtype)
+  else
+    call health#report_info(buildtype)
+    call health#report_warn(
+          \ "Non-optimized build-type. Nvim will be slower.",
+          \ ["Install a different Nvim package, or rebuild with `CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=RelWithDebInfo`.",
+          \  s:suggest_faq])
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+function! s:check_tmux() abort
+  if empty($TMUX) || !executable('tmux')
+    return
+  endif
+  call health#report_start('tmux')
+
+  " check escape-time
+  let suggestions = ["Set escape-time in ~/.tmux.conf:\nset-option -sg escape-time 10",
+        \ s:suggest_faq]
+  let cmd = 'tmux show-option -qvgs escape-time'
+  let out = system(cmd)
+  let tmux_esc_time = substitute(out, '\v(\s|\r|\n)', '', 'g')
+  if v:shell_error
+    call health#report_error('command failed: '.cmd."\n".out)
+  elseif empty(tmux_esc_time)
+    call health#report_error('escape-time is not set', suggestions)
+  elseif tmux_esc_time > 300
+    call health#report_error(
+        \ 'escape-time ('.tmux_esc_time.') is higher than 300ms', suggestions)
+  else
+    call health#report_ok('escape-time: '.tmux_esc_time.'ms')
+  endif
+
+  " check $TERM
+  call health#report_info('$TERM: '.$TERM)
+  if $TERM !~# '\v(tmux-256color|screen-256color)'
+    call health#report_error(
+          \ '$TERM should be "screen-256color" or "tmux-256color" when running tmux.',
+          \ ["Set default-terminal in ~/.tmux.conf:\nset-option -g default-terminal \"screen-256color\"",
+          \  s:suggest_faq])
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+function! s:check_terminfo() abort
+  if !executable('infocmp')
+    return
+  endif
+  call health#report_start('terminfo')
+  let suggestions = [
+        \ "Set key_backspace to \\177 (ASCII BACKSPACE). Run these commands:\n"
+        \   .'infocmp $TERM | sed ''s/kbs=^[hH]/kbs=\\177/'' > $TERM.ti'
+        \   ."\n"
+        \   .'tic $TERM.ti',
+        \ s:suggest_faq]
+  let cmd = 'infocmp -L'
+  let out = system(cmd)
+  let kbs_entry = matchstr(out, 'key_backspace=\S*')
+
+  if v:shell_error
+    call health#report_error('command failed: '.cmd."\n".out)
+  elseif !empty(matchstr(out, '\Vkey_backspace=^H'))
+    call health#report_error('key_backspace (kbs) entry is ^H (ASCII DELETE): '
+        \ .kbs_entry, suggestions)
+  else
+    call health#report_info('key_backspace terminfo entry: '
+        \ .(empty(kbs_entry) ? '? (not found)' : kbs_entry))
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+function! health#nvim#check() abort
+  call s:check_config()
+  call s:check_performance()
+  call s:check_rplugin_manifest()
+  call s:check_terminfo()
+  call s:check_tmux()
+endfunction

runtime/autoload/health/provider.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+let s:shell_error = 0
+
+function! s:is_bad_response(s) abort
+  return a:s =~? '\v(^unable)|(^error)|(^outdated)'
+endfunction
+
+function! s:trim(s) abort
+  return substitute(a:s, '^\_s*\|\_s*$', '', 'g')
+endfunction
+
+" Simple version comparison.
+function! s:version_cmp(a, b) abort
+  let a = split(a:a, '\.', 0)
+  let b = split(a:b, '\.', 0)
+
+  for i in range(len(a))
+    if str2nr(a[i]) > str2nr(b[i])
+      return 1
+    elseif str2nr(a[i]) < str2nr(b[i])
+      return -1
+    endif
+  endfor
+
+  return 0
+endfunction
+
+" Handler for s:system() function.
+function! s:system_handler(jobid, data, event) abort
+  if a:event == 'stdout' || a:event == 'stderr'
+    let self.output .= join(a:data, '')
+  elseif a:event == 'exit'
+    let s:shell_error = a:data
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+" Run a system command and timeout after 30 seconds.
+function! s:system(cmd, ...) abort
+  let stdin = a:0 ? a:1 : ''
+  let opts = {
+        \ 'output': '',
+        \ 'on_stdout': function('s:system_handler'),
+        \ 'on_stderr': function('s:system_handler'),
+        \ 'on_exit': function('s:system_handler'),
+        \ }
+  let jobid = jobstart(a:cmd, opts)
+
+  if jobid < 1
+    call health#report_error(printf('Command error %d: %s', jobid,
+          \ type(a:cmd) == type([]) ? join(a:cmd) : a:cmd)))
+    let s:shell_error = 1
+    return opts.output
+  endif
+
+  if !empty(stdin)
+    call jobsend(jobid, stdin)
+  endif
+
+  let res = jobwait([jobid], 30000)
+  if res[0] == -1
+    call health#report_error(printf('Command timed out: %s',
+          \ type(a:cmd) == type([]) ? join(a:cmd) : a:cmd))
+    call jobstop(jobid)
+  elseif s:shell_error != 0
+    call health#report_error(printf("Command error (%d) %s: %s", jobid,
+          \ type(a:cmd) == type([]) ? join(a:cmd) : a:cmd,
+          \ opts.output))
+  endif
+
+  return opts.output
+endfunction
+
+function! s:systemlist(cmd, ...) abort
+  let stdout = split(s:system(a:cmd, a:0 ? a:1 : ''), "\n")
+  if a:0 > 1 && !empty(a:2)
+    return filter(stdout, '!empty(v:val)')
+  endif
+  return stdout
+endfunction
+
+" Fetch the contents of a URL.
+function! s:download(url) abort
+  if executable('curl')
+    let rv = s:system(['curl', '-sL', a:url])
+    return s:shell_error ? 'curl error: '.s:shell_error : rv
+  elseif executable('python')
+    let script = "
+          \try:\n
+          \    from urllib.request import urlopen\n
+          \except ImportError:\n
+          \    from urllib2 import urlopen\n
+          \\n
+          \response = urlopen('".a:url."')\n
+          \print(response.read().decode('utf8'))\n
+          \"
+    let rv = s:system(['python', '-c', script])
+    return empty(rv) && s:shell_error
+          \ ? 'python urllib.request error: '.s:shell_error
+          \ : rv
+  endif
+  return 'missing `curl` and `python`, cannot make pypi request'
+endfunction
+
+" Check for clipboard tools.
+function! s:check_clipboard() abort
+  call health#report_start('Clipboard')
+
+  let clipboard_tool = provider#clipboard#Executable()
+  if empty(clipboard_tool)
+    call health#report_warn(
+          \ "No clipboard tool found. Using the system clipboard won't work.",
+          \ ['See |clipboard|.'])
+  else
+    call health#report_ok('Clipboard tool found: '. clipboard_tool)
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+" Get the latest Neovim Python client version from PyPI.
+function! s:latest_pypi_version() abort
+  let pypi_version = 'unable to get pypi response'
+  let pypi_response = s:download('https://pypi.python.org/pypi/neovim/json')
+  if !empty(pypi_response)
+    try
+      let pypi_data = json_decode(pypi_response)
+    catch /E474/
+      return 'error: '.pypi_response
+    endtry
+    let pypi_version = get(get(pypi_data, 'info', {}), 'version', 'unable to parse')
+  endif
+  return pypi_version
+endfunction
+
+" Get version information using the specified interpreter.  The interpreter is
+" used directly in case breaking changes were introduced since the last time
+" Neovim's Python client was updated.
+"
+" Returns: [
+"     {python executable version},
+"     {current nvim version},
+"     {current pypi nvim status},
+"     {installed version status}
+" ]
+function! s:version_info(python) abort
+  let pypi_version = s:latest_pypi_version()
+  let python_version = s:trim(s:system([
+        \ a:python,
+        \ '-c',
+        \ 'import sys; print(".".join(str(x) for x in sys.version_info[:3]))',
+        \ ]))
+
+  if empty(python_version)
+    let python_version = 'unable to parse python response'
+  endif
+
+  let nvim_path = s:trim(s:system([
+        \ a:python,
+        \ '-c',
+        \ 'import neovim; print(neovim.__file__)']))
+  let nvim_path = s:shell_error ? '' : nvim_path
+
+  if empty(nvim_path)
+    return [python_version, 'unable to find nvim executable', pypi_version, 'unable to get nvim executable']
+  endif
+
+  " Assuming that multiple versions of a package are installed, sort them
+  " numerically in descending order.
+  function! s:compare(metapath1, metapath2)
+    let a = matchstr(fnamemodify(a:metapath1, ':p:h:t'), '[0-9.]\+')
+    let b = matchstr(fnamemodify(a:metapath2, ':p:h:t'), '[0-9.]\+')
+    return a == b ? 0 : a > b ? 1 : -1
+  endfunction
+
+  let nvim_version = 'unable to find nvim version'
+  let base = fnamemodify(nvim_path, ':h')
+  let metas = glob(base.'-*/METADATA', 1, 1) + glob(base.'-*/PKG-INFO', 1, 1)
+  let metas = sort(metas, 's:compare')
+
+  if !empty(metas)
+    for meta_line in readfile(metas[0])
+      if meta_line =~# '^Version:'
+        let nvim_version = matchstr(meta_line, '^Version: \zs\S\+')
+        break
+      endif
+    endfor
+  endif
+
+  let version_status = 'unknown'
+  if !s:is_bad_response(nvim_version) && !s:is_bad_response(pypi_version)
+    if s:version_cmp(nvim_version, pypi_version) == -1
+      let version_status = 'outdated'
+    else
+      let version_status = 'up to date'
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return [python_version, nvim_version, pypi_version, version_status]
+endfunction
+
+" Check the Python interpreter's usability.
+function! s:check_bin(bin) abort
+  if !filereadable(a:bin)
+    call health#report_error(printf('"%s" was not found.', a:bin))
+    return 0
+  elseif executable(a:bin) != 1
+    call health#report_error(printf('"%s" is not executable.', a:bin))
+    return 0
+  endif
+  return 1
+endfunction
+
+function! s:check_python(version) abort
+  call health#report_start('Python ' . a:version . ' provider')
+
+  let python_bin_name = 'python'.(a:version == 2 ? '' : '3')
+  let pyenv = resolve(exepath('pyenv'))
+  let pyenv_root = exists('$PYENV_ROOT') ? resolve($PYENV_ROOT) : 'n'
+  let venv = exists('$VIRTUAL_ENV') ? resolve($VIRTUAL_ENV) : ''
+  let host_prog_var = python_bin_name.'_host_prog'
+  let host_skip_var = python_bin_name.'_host_skip_check'
+  let python_bin = ''
+  let python_multiple = []
+
+  if exists('g:'.host_prog_var)
+    call health#report_info(printf('Using: g:%s = "%s"', host_prog_var, get(g:, host_prog_var)))
+  endif
+
+  let [python_bin_name, pythonx_errs] = provider#pythonx#Detect(a:version)
+  if empty(python_bin_name)
+    call health#report_warn('No Python interpreter was found with the neovim '
+            \ . 'module.  Using the first available for diagnostics.')
+    if !empty(pythonx_errs)
+      call health#report_warn(pythonx_errs)
+    endif
+    let old_skip = get(g:, host_skip_var, 0)
+    let g:[host_skip_var] = 1
+    let [python_bin_name, pythonx_errs] = provider#pythonx#Detect(a:version)
+    let g:[host_skip_var] = old_skip
+  endif
+
+  if !empty(python_bin_name)
+    if exists('g:'.host_prog_var)
+      let python_bin = exepath(python_bin_name)
+    endif
+    let python_bin_name = fnamemodify(python_bin_name, ':t')
+  endif
+
+  if !empty(pythonx_errs)
+    call health#report_error('Python provider error', pythonx_errs)
+  endif
+
+  if !empty(python_bin_name) && empty(python_bin) && empty(pythonx_errs)
+    if !exists('g:'.host_prog_var)
+      call health#report_info(printf('`g:%s` is not set.  Searching for '
+            \ . '%s in the environment.', host_prog_var, python_bin_name))
+    endif
+
+    if !empty(pyenv)
+      if empty(pyenv_root)
+        call health#report_warn(
+              \ 'pyenv was found, but $PYENV_ROOT is not set.',
+              \ ['Did you follow the final install instructions?']
+              \ )
+      else
+        call health#report_ok(printf('pyenv found: "%s"', pyenv))
+      endif
+
+      let python_bin = s:trim(s:system(
+            \ printf('"%s" which %s 2>/dev/null', pyenv, python_bin_name)))
+
+      if empty(python_bin)
+        call health#report_warn(printf('pyenv couldn''t find %s.', python_bin_name))
+      endif
+    endif
+
+    if empty(python_bin)
+      let python_bin = exepath(python_bin_name)
+
+      if exists('$PATH')
+        for path in split($PATH, ':')
+          let path_bin = path.'/'.python_bin_name
+          if path_bin != python_bin && index(python_multiple, path_bin) == -1
+                \ && executable(path_bin)
+            call add(python_multiple, path_bin)
+          endif
+        endfor
+
+        if len(python_multiple)
+          " This is worth noting since the user may install something
+          " that changes $PATH, like homebrew.
+          call health#report_info(printf('There are multiple %s executables found.  '
+                \ . 'Set "g:%s" to avoid surprises.', python_bin_name, host_prog_var))
+        endif
+
+        if python_bin =~# '\<shims\>'
+          call health#report_warn(printf('"%s" appears to be a pyenv shim.', python_bin), [
+                      \ 'The "pyenv" executable is not in $PATH,',
+                      \ 'Your pyenv installation is broken. You should set '
+                      \ . '"g:'.host_prog_var.'" to avoid surprises.',
+                      \ ])
+        endif
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  if !empty(python_bin)
+    if empty(venv) && !empty(pyenv) && !exists('g:'.host_prog_var)
+          \ && !empty(pyenv_root) && resolve(python_bin) !~# '^'.pyenv_root.'/'
+      call health#report_warn('pyenv is not set up optimally.', [
+            \ printf('Suggestion: Create a virtualenv specifically '
+            \ . 'for Neovim using pyenv and use "g:%s".  This will avoid '
+            \ . 'the need to install Neovim''s Python client in each '
+            \ . 'version/virtualenv.', host_prog_var)
+            \ ])
+    elseif !empty(venv) && exists('g:'.host_prog_var)
+      if !empty(pyenv_root)
+        let venv_root = pyenv_root
+      else
+        let venv_root = fnamemodify(venv, ':h')
+      endif
+
+      if resolve(python_bin) !~# '^'.venv_root.'/'
+        call health#report_warn('Your virtualenv is not set up optimally.', [
+              \ printf('Suggestion: Create a virtualenv specifically '
+              \ . 'for Neovim and use "g:%s".  This will avoid '
+              \ . 'the need to install Neovim''s Python client in each '
+              \ . 'virtualenv.', host_prog_var)
+              \ ])
+      endif
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  if empty(python_bin) && !empty(python_bin_name)
+    " An error message should have already printed.
+    call health#report_error(printf('"%s" was not found.', python_bin_name))
+  elseif !empty(python_bin) && !s:check_bin(python_bin)
+    let python_bin = ''
+  endif
+
+  " Check if $VIRTUAL_ENV is active
+  let virtualenv_inactive = 0
+
+  if exists('$VIRTUAL_ENV')
+    if !empty(pyenv)
+      let pyenv_prefix = resolve(s:trim(s:system([pyenv, 'prefix'])))
+      if $VIRTUAL_ENV != pyenv_prefix
+        let virtualenv_inactive = 1
+      endif
+    elseif !empty(python_bin_name) && exepath(python_bin_name) !~# '^'.$VIRTUAL_ENV.'/'
+      let virtualenv_inactive = 1
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  if virtualenv_inactive
+    let suggestions = [
+          \ 'If you are using Zsh, see: http://vi.stackexchange.com/a/7654/5229',
+          \ ]
+    call health#report_warn(
+          \ '$VIRTUAL_ENV exists but appears to be inactive. '
+          \ . 'This could lead to unexpected results.',
+          \ suggestions)
+  endif
+
+  " Diagnostic output
+  call health#report_info('Executable: ' . (empty(python_bin) ? 'Not found' : python_bin))
+  if len(python_multiple)
+    for path_bin in python_multiple
+      call health#report_info('Other python executable: ' . path_bin)
+    endfor
+  endif
+
+  if !empty(python_bin)
+    let [pyversion, current, latest, status] = s:version_info(python_bin)
+    if a:version != str2nr(pyversion)
+      call health#report_warn('Got an unexpected version of Python.' .
+                  \ ' This could lead to confusing error messages.')
+    endif
+    if a:version == 3 && str2float(pyversion) < 3.3
+      call health#report_warn('Python 3.3+ is recommended.')
+    endif
+
+    call health#report_info('Python'.a:version.' version: ' . pyversion)
+    call health#report_info(printf('%s-neovim version: %s', python_bin_name, current))
+
+    if s:is_bad_response(current)
+      let suggestions = [
+            \ 'Error found was: ' . current,
+            \ 'Use the command `$ pip' . a:version . ' install neovim`',
+            \ ]
+      call health#report_error(
+            \ 'Neovim Python client is not installed.',
+            \ suggestions)
+    endif
+
+    if s:is_bad_response(latest)
+      call health#report_warn('Unable to contact PyPI.')
+      call health#report_error('HTTP request failed: '.latest)
+    endif
+
+    if s:is_bad_response(status)
+      call health#report_warn(printf('Latest %s-neovim is NOT installed: %s',
+            \ python_bin_name, latest))
+    elseif !s:is_bad_response(latest)
+      call health#report_ok(printf('Latest %s-neovim is installed: %s',
+            \ python_bin_name, latest))
+    endif
+  endif
+
+endfunction
+
+function! s:check_ruby() abort
+  call health#report_start('Ruby provider')
+  let ruby_version = 'not found'
+  if executable('ruby')
+    let ruby_version = s:systemlist('ruby -v')[0]
+  endif
+  let ruby_prog    = provider#ruby#Detect()
+  let suggestions  =
+        \ ['Install or upgrade the neovim RubyGem using `gem install neovim`.']
+
+  if empty(ruby_prog)
+    let ruby_prog = 'not found'
+    let prog_vers = 'not found'
+    call health#report_error('Missing Neovim RubyGem', suggestions)
+  else
+    silent let latest_gem = get(s:systemlist("gem list -ra '^neovim$' 2>/dev/null | " .
+          \ "awk -F'[()]' '{print $2}' | " .
+          \ 'cut -d, -f1'), 0, 'not found')
+    let latest_desc = ' (latest: ' . latest_gem . ')'
+
+    silent let prog_vers = s:systemlist(ruby_prog . ' --version')[0]
+    if s:shell_error
+      let prog_vers = 'not found' . latest_desc
+      call health#report_warn('Neovim RubyGem is not up-to-date.', suggestions)
+    elseif s:version_cmp(prog_vers, latest_gem) == -1
+      let prog_vers .= latest_desc
+      call health#report_warn('Neovim RubyGem is not up-to-date.', suggestions)
+    else
+      call health#report_ok('Found up-to-date neovim RubyGem')
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  call health#report_info('Ruby Version: ' . ruby_version)
+  call health#report_info('Host Executable: ' . ruby_prog)
+  call health#report_info('Host Version: ' . prog_vers)
+endfunction
+
+function! health#provider#check() abort
+  call s:check_clipboard()
+  call s:check_python(2)
+  call s:check_python(3)
+  call s:check_ruby()
+endfunction

runtime/autoload/man.vim

@@ -1,137 +1,280 @@
-let s:man_tag_depth = 0
-let s:man_sect_arg = ''
-let s:man_find_arg = '-w'
+" Maintainer: Anmol Sethi <anmol@aubble.com>
 
+if &shell =~# 'fish$'
+  let s:man_cmd = 'man ^/dev/null'
+else
+  let s:man_cmd = 'man 2>/dev/null'
+endif
+
+let s:man_find_arg = "-w"
+
+" TODO(nhooyr) Completion may work on SunOS; I'm not sure if `man -l` displays
+" the list of searched directories.
 try
-  if !has('win32') && $OSTYPE !~? 'cygwin\|linux' && system('uname -s') =~? 'SunOS' && system('uname -r') =~? '^5'
-    let s:man_sect_arg = '-s'
+  if !has('win32') && $OSTYPE !~? 'cygwin\|linux' && system('uname -s') =~? 'SunOS' && system('uname -r') =~# '^5'
     let s:man_find_arg = '-l'
   endif
 catch /E145:/
   " Ignore the error in restricted mode
 endtry
 
-" Load man page {page} from {section}
-"   call man#get_page([{section}, ]{page})
-function man#get_page(...) abort
-  let invoked_from_man = (&filetype ==# 'man')
-
-  if a:0 == 0
-    echoerr 'argument required'
+function! man#open_page(count, count1, mods, ...) abort
+  if a:0 > 2
+    call s:error('too many arguments')
     return
-  elseif a:0 > 2
-    echoerr 'too many arguments'
-    return
-  endif
-
-  let sect = get(a:000, 0)
-  let page = get(a:000, 1, sect)
-
-  let [page, sect] = s:parse_page_and_section(sect, page)
-
-  if !empty(sect) && s:find_page(sect, page) == 0
-    let sect = ''
-  endif
-
-  if s:find_page(sect, page) == 0
-    echo 'No manual entry for '.page
-    return
-  endif
-
-  exec 'let s:man_tag_buf_'.s:man_tag_depth.' = '.bufnr('%')
-  exec 'let s:man_tag_lin_'.s:man_tag_depth.' = '.line('.')
-  exec 'let s:man_tag_col_'.s:man_tag_depth.' = '.col('.')
-  let s:man_tag_depth = s:man_tag_depth + 1
-
-  let editcmd = 'edit'
-  " Use an existing 'man' window, else open a new one.
-  if &filetype !=# 'man'
-    let thiswin = winnr()
-    wincmd b
-    if winnr() > 1
-      exec thiswin . 'wincmd w'
-      while 1
-        if &filetype ==# 'man'
-          break
-        endif
-        wincmd w
-        if thiswin == winnr()
-          break
-        endif
-      endwhile
-    endif
-
-    if &filetype !=# 'man'
-      let editcmd = 'tabnew'
+  elseif a:0 == 0
+    let ref = &filetype ==# 'man' ? expand('<cWORD>') : expand('<cword>')
+    if empty(ref)
+      call s:error('no identifier under cursor')
+      return
     endif
+  elseif a:0 ==# 1
+    let ref = a:1
+  else
+    " Combine the name and sect into a manpage reference so that all
+    " verification/extraction can be kept in a single function.
+    " If a:2 is a reference as well, that is fine because it is the only
+    " reference that will match.
+    let ref = a:2.'('.a:1.')'
   endif
+  try
+    let [sect, name] = man#extract_sect_and_name_ref(ref)
+    if a:count ==# a:count1
+      " v:count defaults to 0 which is a valid section, and v:count1 defaults to
+      " 1, also a valid section. If they are equal, count explicitly set.
+      let sect = string(a:count)
+    endif
+    let [sect, name, path] = s:verify_exists(sect, name)
+  catch
+    call s:error(v:exception)
+    return
+  endtry
+  call s:push_tag()
+  let bufname = 'man://'.name.(empty(sect)?'':'('.sect.')')
+  if a:mods !~# 'tab' && s:find_man()
+    noautocmd execute 'silent edit' fnameescape(bufname)
+  else
+    noautocmd execute 'silent' a:mods 'split' fnameescape(bufname)
+  endif
+  let b:man_sect = sect
+  call s:read_page(path)
+endfunction
 
-  silent exec editcmd.' man://'.page.(empty(sect)?'':'('.sect.')')
+function! man#read_page(ref) abort
+  try
+    let [sect, name] = man#extract_sect_and_name_ref(a:ref)
+    let [b:man_sect, name, path] = s:verify_exists(sect, name)
+  catch
+    " call to s:error() is unnecessary
+    return
+  endtry
+  call s:read_page(path)
+endfunction
 
+function! s:read_page(path) abort
   setlocal modifiable
-  silent keepjumps norm! 1G"_dG
-  if empty($MANWIDTH)
-    let $MANWIDTH = winwidth(0)
-  endif
-  silent exec 'r!/usr/bin/man '.s:cmd(sect, page).' | col -b'
-  " Remove blank lines from top and bottom.
+  setlocal noreadonly
+  silent keepjumps %delete _
+  " Force MANPAGER=cat to ensure Vim is not recursively invoked (by man-db).
+  " http://comments.gmane.org/gmane.editors.vim.devel/29085
+  " Respect $MANWIDTH, or default to window width.
+  let cmd  = 'env MANPAGER=cat'.(empty($MANWIDTH) ? ' MANWIDTH='.winwidth(0) : '')
+  let cmd .= ' '.s:man_cmd.' '.shellescape(a:path)
+  silent put =system(cmd)
+  " Remove all backspaced characters.
+  execute 'silent keeppatterns keepjumps %substitute,.\b,,e'.(&gdefault?'':'g')
   while getline(1) =~# '^\s*$'
     silent keepjumps 1delete _
   endwhile
-  while getline('$') =~# '^\s*$'
-    silent keepjumps $delete _
-  endwhile
-  setlocal nomodified
   setlocal filetype=man
+endfunction
 
-  if invoked_from_man || editcmd ==# 'tabnew'
-    call s:set_window_local_options()
+" attempt to extract the name and sect out of 'name(sect)'
+" otherwise just return the largest string of valid characters in ref
+function! man#extract_sect_and_name_ref(ref) abort
+  if a:ref[0] ==# '-' " try ':Man -pandoc' with this disabled.
+    throw 'manpage name cannot start with ''-'''
   endif
-endfunction
-
-function s:set_window_local_options() abort
-  setlocal colorcolumn=0 foldcolumn=0 nonumber
-  setlocal nolist norelativenumber nofoldenable
-endfunction
-
-function man#pop_page() abort
-  if s:man_tag_depth > 0
-    let s:man_tag_depth = s:man_tag_depth - 1
-    exec "let s:man_tag_buf=s:man_tag_buf_".s:man_tag_depth
-    exec "let s:man_tag_lin=s:man_tag_lin_".s:man_tag_depth
-    exec "let s:man_tag_col=s:man_tag_col_".s:man_tag_depth
-    exec s:man_tag_buf."b"
-    exec s:man_tag_lin
-    exec "norm! ".s:man_tag_col."|"
-    exec "unlet s:man_tag_buf_".s:man_tag_depth
-    exec "unlet s:man_tag_lin_".s:man_tag_depth
-    exec "unlet s:man_tag_col_".s:man_tag_depth
-    unlet s:man_tag_buf s:man_tag_lin s:man_tag_col
-  endif
-endfunction
-
-" Expects a string like 'access' or 'access(2)'.
-function s:parse_page_and_section(sect, str) abort
-  try
-    let [page, sect] = matchlist(a:str, '\v\C([-.[:alnum:]_]+)%(\(([-.[:alnum:]_]+)\))?')[1:2]
-    if empty(sect)
-      let sect = a:sect
+  let ref = matchstr(a:ref, '[^()]\+([^()]\+)')
+  if empty(ref)
+    let name = matchstr(a:ref, '[^()]\+')
+    if empty(name)
+      throw 'manpage reference cannot contain only parentheses'
     endif
-  catch
-    echoerr 'man.vim: failed to parse: "'.a:str.'"'
-  endtry
-
-  return [page, sect]
-endfunction
-
-function s:cmd(sect, page) abort
-  if !empty(a:sect)
-    return s:man_sect_arg.' '.a:sect.' '.a:page
+    return [get(b:, 'man_default_sects', ''), name]
   endif
-  return a:page
+  let left = split(ref, '(')
+  " see ':Man 3X curses' on why tolower.
+  " TODO(nhooyr) Not sure if this is portable across OSs
+  " but I have not seen a single uppercase section.
+  return [tolower(split(left[1], ')')[0]), left[0]]
 endfunction
 
-function s:find_page(sect, page) abort
-  let where = system('/usr/bin/man '.s:man_find_arg.' '.s:cmd(a:sect, a:page))
-  return (where =~# '^ */')
+function! s:get_path(sect, name) abort
+  if empty(a:sect)
+    let path = system(s:man_cmd.' '.s:man_find_arg.' '.shellescape(a:name))
+    if path !~# '^\/'
+      throw 'no manual entry for '.a:name
+    endif
+    return path
+  endif
+  " '-s' flag handles:
+  "   - tokens like 'printf(echo)'
+  "   - sections starting with '-'
+  "   - 3pcap section (found on macOS)
+  "   - commas between sections (for section priority)
+  return system(s:man_cmd.' '.s:man_find_arg.' -s '.shellescape(a:sect).' '.shellescape(a:name))
+endfunction
+
+function! s:verify_exists(sect, name) abort
+  let path = s:get_path(a:sect, a:name)
+  if path !~# '^\/'
+    let path = s:get_path(get(b:, 'man_default_sects', ''), a:name)
+    if path !~# '^\/'
+      let path = s:get_path('', a:name)
+    endif
+  endif
+  " We need to extract the section from the path because sometimes
+  " the actual section of the manpage is more specific than the section
+  " we provided to `man`. Try ':Man 3 App::CLI'.
+  " Also on linux, it seems that the name is case insensitive. So if one does
+  " ':Man PRIntf', we still want the name of the buffer to be 'printf' or
+  " whatever the correct capitilization is.
+  let path = path[:len(path)-2]
+  return s:extract_sect_and_name_path(path) + [path]
+endfunction
+
+let s:tag_stack = []
+
+function! s:push_tag() abort
+  let s:tag_stack += [{
+        \ 'buf':  bufnr('%'),
+        \ 'lnum': line('.'),
+        \ 'col':  col('.'),
+        \ }]
+endfunction
+
+function! man#pop_tag() abort
+  if !empty(s:tag_stack)
+    let tag = remove(s:tag_stack, -1)
+    execute 'silent' tag['buf'].'buffer'
+    call cursor(tag['lnum'], tag['col'])
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+" extracts the name and sect out of 'path/name.sect'
+function! s:extract_sect_and_name_path(path) abort
+  let tail = fnamemodify(a:path, ':t')
+  if a:path =~# '\.\%([glx]z\|bz2\|lzma\|Z\)$' " valid extensions
+    let tail = fnamemodify(tail, ':r')
+  endif
+  let sect = matchstr(tail, '\.\zs[^.]\+$')
+  let name = matchstr(tail, '^.\+\ze\.')
+  return [sect, name]
+endfunction
+
+function! s:find_man() abort
+  if &filetype ==# 'man'
+    return 1
+  elseif winnr('$') ==# 1
+    return 0
+  endif
+  let thiswin = winnr()
+  while 1
+    wincmd w
+    if &filetype ==# 'man'
+      return 1
+    elseif thiswin ==# winnr()
+      return 0
+    endif
+  endwhile
+endfunction
+
+function! s:error(msg) abort
+  redraw
+  echohl ErrorMsg
+  echon 'man.vim: ' a:msg
+  echohl None
+endfunction
+
+let s:mandirs = join(split(system(s:man_cmd.' '.s:man_find_arg), ':\|\n'), ',')
+
+" see man#extract_sect_and_name_ref on why tolower(sect)
+function! man#complete(arg_lead, cmd_line, cursor_pos) abort
+  let args = split(a:cmd_line)
+  let l = len(args)
+  if l > 3
+    return
+  elseif l ==# 1
+    let name = ''
+    let sect = ''
+  elseif a:arg_lead =~# '^[^()]\+([^()]*$'
+    " cursor (|) is at ':Man printf(|' or ':Man 1 printf(|'
+    " The later is is allowed because of ':Man pri<TAB>'.
+    " It will offer 'priclass.d(1m)' even though section is specified as 1.
+    let tmp = split(a:arg_lead, '(')
+    let name = tmp[0]
+    let sect = tolower(get(tmp, 1, ''))
+  elseif args[1] !~# '^[^()]\+$'
+    " cursor (|) is at ':Man 3() |' or ':Man (3|' or ':Man 3() pri|'
+    " or ':Man 3() pri |'
+    return
+  elseif l ==# 2
+    if empty(a:arg_lead)
+      " cursor (|) is at ':Man 1 |'
+      let name = ''
+      let sect = tolower(args[1])
+    else
+      " cursor (|) is at ':Man pri|'
+      if a:arg_lead =~# '\/'
+        " if the name is a path, complete files
+        " TODO(nhooyr) why does this complete the last one automatically
+        return glob(a:arg_lead.'*', 0, 1)
+      endif
+      let name = a:arg_lead
+      let sect = ''
+    endif
+  elseif a:arg_lead !~# '^[^()]\+$'
+    " cursor (|) is at ':Man 3 printf |' or ':Man 3 (pr)i|'
+    return
+  else
+    " cursor (|) is at ':Man 3 pri|'
+    let name = a:arg_lead
+    let sect = tolower(args[1])
+  endif
+  " We remove duplicates incase the same manpage in different languages was found.
+  return uniq(sort(map(globpath(s:mandirs,'man?/'.name.'*.'.sect.'*', 0, 1), 's:format_candidate(v:val, sect)'), 'i'))
+endfunction
+
+function! s:format_candidate(path, sect) abort
+  if a:path =~# '\.\%(pdf\|in\)$' " invalid extensions
+    return
+  endif
+  let [sect, name] = s:extract_sect_and_name_path(a:path)
+  if sect ==# a:sect
+    return name
+  elseif sect =~# a:sect.'.\+$'
+    " We include the section if the user provided section is a prefix
+    " of the actual section.
+    return name.'('.sect.')'
+  endif
+endfunction
+
+function! man#init_pager() abort
+  " Remove all backspaced characters.
+  execute 'silent keeppatterns keepjumps %substitute,.\b,,e'.(&gdefault?'':'g')
+  if getline(1) =~# '^\s*$'
+    silent keepjumps 1delete _
+  else
+    keepjumps 1
+  endif
+  " This is not perfect. See `man glDrawArraysInstanced`. Since the title is
+  " all caps it is impossible to tell what the original capitilization was.
+  let ref = tolower(matchstr(getline(1), '^\S\+'))
+  try
+    let b:man_sect = man#extract_sect_and_name_ref(ref)[0]
+  catch
+    let b:man_sect = ''
+  endtry
+  execute 'silent file man://'.fnameescape(ref)
 endfunction

runtime/autoload/msgpack.vim

@@ -356,6 +356,8 @@ let s:MSGPACK_STANDARD_TYPES = {
   \type(''): 'binary',
   \type([]): 'array',
   \type({}): 'map',
+  \type(v:true): 'boolean',
+  \type(v:null): 'nil',
 \}
 
 ""
@@ -379,7 +381,7 @@ endfunction
 ""
 " Dump boolean value.
 function s:msgpack_dump_boolean(v) abort
-  return a:v._VAL ? 'TRUE' : 'FALSE'
+  return (a:v is v:true || (a:v isnot v:false && a:v._VAL)) ? 'TRUE' : 'FALSE'
 endfunction
 
 ""

runtime/autoload/phpcomplete.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Dávid Szabó ( complex857 AT gmail DOT com )
 " Previous Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
 " URL: https://github.com/shawncplus/phpcomplete.vim
-" Last Change:  2015 Apr 02
+" Last Change:  2015 Jul 13
 "
 "	OPTIONS:
 "
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteGeneral(base, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 					\ '^&\?\zs[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\ze')
 		if f_name =~? '^'.substitute(a:base, '\\', '\\\\', 'g')
 			let f_args = matchstr(i,
-						\ '^&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\({\|$\)')
+						\ '^&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\(;\|{\|$\)')
 			let int_functions[f_name.'('] = f_args.')'
 		endif
 	endfor
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteUnknownClass(base, context) " {{{
 		let f_name = matchstr(i,
 				\ '^&\?\zs[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\ze')
 		let f_args = matchstr(i,
-				\ '^&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\({\|$\)')
+				\ '^&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\(;\|{\|$\)')
 
 		let int_functions[f_name.'('] = f_args.')'
 	endfor
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#CompleteUserClass(context, base, sccontent, visibility) "
 		let f_name = matchstr(i,
 					\ 'function\s*&\?\zs[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\ze')
 		let f_args = matchstr(i,
-					\ 'function\s*&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\({\|\_$\)')
+					\ 'function\s*&\?[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z_0-9\x7f-\xff]*\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)\_s*\(;\|{\|\_$\)')
 		if f_name != '' && stridx(f_name, '__') != 0
 			let c_functions[f_name.'('] = f_args
 			if g:phpcomplete_parse_docblock_comments
@@ -1379,8 +1379,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCallChainReturnType(classname_candidate, class_candidat
 			" Get Structured information of all classes and subclasses including namespace and includes
 			" try to find the method's return type in docblock comment
 			for classstructure in classcontents
-				let doclock_target_pattern = 'function\s\+&\?'.method.'\|\(public\|private\|protected\|var\).\+\$'.method
-				let doc_str = phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(split(classstructure.content, '\n'), doclock_target_pattern)
+				let docblock_target_pattern = 'function\s\+&\?'.method.'\|\(public\|private\|protected\|var\).\+\$'.method
+				let doc_str = phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(split(classstructure.content, '\n'), docblock_target_pattern)
 				if doc_str != ''
 					break
 				endif
@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 
 			" function declaration line
 			if line =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*('
-				let function_lines = join(reverse(lines), " ")
+				let function_lines = join(reverse(copy(lines)), " ")
 				" search for type hinted arguments
 				if function_lines =~? 'function\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(.\{-}'.class_name_pattern.'\s\+'.object && !object_is_array
 					let f_args = matchstr(function_lines, '\cfunction\(\s\+'.function_name_pattern.'\)\?\s*(\zs.\{-}\ze)')
@@ -1700,10 +1700,12 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 
 				" try to find the next non-comment or string ";" char
 				let start_col = match(line, '^\s*'.object.'\C\s*=\zs&\?\s\+\(clone\)\?\s*'.variable_name_pattern)
-				let filelines = reverse(lines)
-				let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, [a:start_line - i - 1, start_col])
+				let filelines = reverse(copy(lines))
+				let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, [len(filelines) - i, start_col])
 				let chars_read = 1
 				let last_pos = pos
+				" function_boundary == 0 if we are not in a function
+				let real_lines_offset = len(function_boundary) == 1 ? 1 : function_boundary[0][0]
 				" read while end of the file
 				while char != 'EOF' && chars_read < 1000
 					let last_pos = pos
@@ -1711,7 +1713,11 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 					let chars_read += 1
 					" we got a candidate
 					if char == ';'
-						let synIDName = synIDattr(synID(pos[0] + 1, pos[1] + 1, 0), 'name')
+						" pos values is relative to the function's lines,
+						" line 0 need to be offsetted with the line number
+						" where te function was started to get the line number
+						" in real buffer terms
+						let synIDName = synIDattr(synID(real_lines_offset + pos[0], pos[1] + 1, 0), 'name')
 						" it's not a comment or string, end search
 						if synIDName !~? 'comment\|string'
 							break
@@ -1719,7 +1725,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 					endif
 				endwhile
 
-				let prev_context = phpcomplete#GetCurrentInstruction(last_pos[0] + 1, last_pos[1], b:phpbegin)
+				let prev_context = phpcomplete#GetCurrentInstruction(real_lines_offset + last_pos[0], last_pos[1], b:phpbegin)
 				if prev_context == ''
 					" cannot get previous context give up
 					return
@@ -1739,13 +1745,14 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 
 			" assignment for the variable in question with a function on the right hand side
 			if line =~# '^\s*'.object.'\s*=&\?\s*'.function_invocation_pattern
-
 				" try to find the next non-comment or string ";" char
 				let start_col = match(line, '\C^\s*'.object.'\s*=\zs&\?\s*'.function_invocation_pattern)
-				let filelines = reverse(lines)
-				let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, [a:start_line - i - 1, start_col])
+				let filelines = reverse(copy(lines))
+				let [pos, char] = s:getNextCharWithPos(filelines, [len(filelines) - i, start_col])
 				let chars_read = 1
 				let last_pos = pos
+				" function_boundary == 0 if we are not in a function
+				let real_lines_offset = len(function_boundary) == 1 ? 1 : function_boundary[0][0]
 				" read while end of the file
 				while char != 'EOF' && chars_read < 1000
 					let last_pos = pos
@@ -1753,7 +1760,11 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 					let chars_read += 1
 					" we got a candidate
 					if char == ';'
-						let synIDName = synIDattr(synID(pos[0] + 1, pos[1] + 1, 0), 'name')
+						" pos values is relative to the function's lines,
+						" line 0 need to be offsetted with the line number
+						" where te function was started to get the line number
+						" in real buffer terms
+						let synIDName = synIDattr(synID(real_lines_offset + pos[0], pos[1] + 1, 0), 'name')
 						" it's not a comment or string, end search
 						if synIDName !~? 'comment\|string'
 							break
@@ -1761,7 +1772,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassName(start_line, context, current_namespace, impor
 					endif
 				endwhile
 
-				let prev_context = phpcomplete#GetCurrentInstruction(last_pos[0] + 1, last_pos[1], b:phpbegin)
+				let prev_context = phpcomplete#GetCurrentInstruction(real_lines_offset + last_pos[0], last_pos[1], b:phpbegin)
 				if prev_context == ''
 					" cannot get previous context give up
 					return
@@ -1864,6 +1875,9 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace) " {{{
 	if has_key(g:php_builtin_classes, tolower(a:classname)) && (a:namespace == '' || a:namespace == '\')
 		return 'VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT'
 	endif
+	if has_key(g:php_builtin_interfaces, tolower(a:classname)) && (a:namespace == '' || a:namespace == '\')
+		return 'VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT'
+	endif
 
 	if a:namespace == '' || a:namespace == '\'
 		let search_namespace = '\'
@@ -1876,7 +1890,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(classname, namespace) " {{{
 	let i = 1
 	while i < line('.')
 		let line = getline(line('.')-i)
-		if line =~? '^\s*\(abstract\s\+\|final\s\+\)*\s*\(class\|interface\|trait\)\s*'.a:classname.'\(\s\+\|$\)' && tolower(current_namespace) == search_namespace
+		if line =~? '^\s*\(abstract\s\+\|final\s\+\)*\s*\(class\|interface\|trait\)\s*'.a:classname.'\(\s\+\|$\|{\)' && tolower(current_namespace) == search_namespace
 			return expand('%:p')
 		else
 			let i += 1
@@ -2048,9 +2062,18 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 	let content = join(getline(cfline, endline), "\n")
 	" Catch extends
 	if content =~? 'extends'
-		let extends_class = matchstr(content, 'class\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\_s\+extends\_s\+\zs'.class_name_pattern.'\ze')
+		let extends_string = matchstr(content, '\(class\|interface\)\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\_.\+extends\_s\+\zs\('.class_name_pattern.'\(,\|\_s\)*\)\+\ze\(extends\|{\)')
+		let extended_classes = map(split(extends_string, '\(,\|\_s\)\+'), 'substitute(v:val, "\\_s\\+", "", "g")')
 	else
-		let extends_class = ''
+		let extended_classes = ''
+	endif
+
+	" Catch implements
+	if content =~? 'implements'
+		let implements_string = matchstr(content, 'class\_s\+'.a:class_name.'\_.\+implements\_s\+\zs\('.class_name_pattern.'\(,\|\_s\)*\)\+\ze')
+		let implemented_interfaces = map(split(implements_string, '\(,\|\_s\)\+'), 'substitute(v:val, "\\_s\\+", "", "g")')
+	else
+		let implemented_interfaces = []
 	endif
 	call searchpair('{', '', '}', 'W')
 	let class_closing_bracket_line = line('.')
@@ -2108,8 +2131,11 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 				\ })
 
 	let all_extends = used_traits
-	if extends_class != ''
-		call add(all_extends, extends_class)
+	if len(extended_classes) > 0
+		call extend(all_extends, extended_classes)
+	endif
+	if len(implemented_interfaces) > 0
+		call extend(all_extends, implemented_interfaces)
 	endif
 	if len(all_extends) > 0
 		for class in all_extends
@@ -2119,11 +2145,16 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(file_path, file_lines, class_nam
 			endif
 			let classlocation = phpcomplete#GetClassLocation(class, namespace)
 			if classlocation == "VIMPHP_BUILTINOBJECT"
-				let result += [phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub(g:php_builtin_classes[tolower(class)])]
+				if has_key(g:php_builtin_classes, tolower(class))
+					let result += [phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub('class', g:php_builtin_classes[tolower(class)])]
+				endif
+				if has_key(g:php_builtin_interfaces, tolower(class))
+					let result += [phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub('interface', g:php_builtin_interfaces[tolower(class)])]
+				endif
 			elseif classlocation != '' && filereadable(classlocation)
 				let full_file_path = fnamemodify(classlocation, ':p')
 				let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, readfile(full_file_path), class)
-			elseif tolower(current_namespace) == tolower(namespace)
+			elseif tolower(current_namespace) == tolower(namespace) && match(join(a:file_lines, "\n"), '\c\(class\|interface\|trait\)\_s\+'.class.'\(\>\|$\)') != -1
 				" try to find the declaration in the same file.
 				let result += phpcomplete#GetClassContentsStructure(full_file_path, a:file_lines, class)
 			endif
@@ -2144,43 +2175,53 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetClassContents(classlocation, class_name) " {{{
 endfunction
 " }}}
 
-function! phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub(class_info) " {{{
-	let re = 'class '.a:class_info['name']." {"
-	for [name, initializer] in items(a:class_info.constants)
-		let re .= "\n\tconst ".name." = ".initializer.";"
-	endfor
-	for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.properties)
-		let re .= "\n\t// @var $".name." ".info.type
-		let re .= "\n\tpublic $".name.";"
-	endfor
-	for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.static_properties)
-		let re .= "\n\t// @var ".name." ".info.type
-		let re .= "\n\tpublic static ".name." = ".info.initializer.";"
-	endfor
-	for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.methods)
-		if name =~ '^__'
-			continue
-		endif
-		let re .= "\n\t/**"
-		let re .= "\n\t * ".name
-		let re .= "\n\t *"
-		let re .= "\n\t * @return ".info.return_type
-		let re .= "\n\t */"
-		let re .= "\n\tpublic function ".name."(".info.signature."){"
-		let re .= "\n\t}"
-	endfor
-	for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.static_methods)
-		let re .= "\n\t/**"
-		let re .= "\n\t * ".name
-		let re .= "\n\t *"
-		let re .= "\n\t * @return ".info.return_type
-		let re .= "\n\t */"
-		let re .= "\n\tpublic static function ".name."(".info.signature."){"
-		let re .= "\n\t}"
-	endfor
+function! phpcomplete#GenerateBuiltinClassStub(type, class_info) " {{{
+	let re = a:type.' '.a:class_info['name']." {"
+	if has_key(a:class_info, 'constants')
+		for [name, initializer] in items(a:class_info.constants)
+			let re .= "\n\tconst ".name." = ".initializer.";"
+		endfor
+	endif
+	if has_key(a:class_info, 'properties')
+		for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.properties)
+			let re .= "\n\t// @var $".name." ".info.type
+			let re .= "\n\tpublic $".name.";"
+		endfor
+	endif
+	if has_key(a:class_info, 'static_properties')
+		for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.static_properties)
+			let re .= "\n\t// @var ".name." ".info.type
+			let re .= "\n\tpublic static ".name." = ".info.initializer.";"
+		endfor
+	endif
+	if has_key(a:class_info, 'methods')
+		for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.methods)
+			if name =~ '^__'
+				continue
+			endif
+			let re .= "\n\t/**"
+			let re .= "\n\t * ".name
+			let re .= "\n\t *"
+			let re .= "\n\t * @return ".info.return_type
+			let re .= "\n\t */"
+			let re .= "\n\tpublic function ".name."(".info.signature."){"
+			let re .= "\n\t}"
+		endfor
+	endif
+	if has_key(a:class_info, 'static_methods')
+		for [name, info] in items(a:class_info.static_methods)
+			let re .= "\n\t/**"
+			let re .= "\n\t * ".name
+			let re .= "\n\t *"
+			let re .= "\n\t * @return ".info.return_type
+			let re .= "\n\t */"
+			let re .= "\n\tpublic static function ".name."(".info.signature."){"
+			let re .= "\n\t}"
+		endfor
+	endif
 	let re .= "\n}"
 
-	return { 'class': a:class_info['name'],
+	return { a:type : a:class_info['name'],
 				\ 'content': re,
 				\ 'namespace': '',
 				\ 'imports': {},
@@ -2204,8 +2245,11 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(sccontent, search) " {{{
 			" start backward serch for the comment block
 			while l != 0
 				let line = a:sccontent[l]
-				" if comment end found save line position and end search
-				if line =~? '^\s*\*/'
+				" if it's a one line docblock like comment and we can just return it right away
+				if line =~? '^\s*\/\*\*.\+\*\/\s*$'
+					return substitute(line, '\v^\s*(\/\*\*\s*)|(\s*\*\/)\s*$', '', 'g')
+				"... or if comment end found save line position and end search
+				elseif line =~? '^\s*\*/'
 					let comment_end = l
 					break
 				" ... or the line doesn't blank (only whitespace or nothing) end search
@@ -2227,6 +2271,7 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetDocBlock(sccontent, search) " {{{
 				endif
 				let l -= 1
 			endwhile
+
 			" no docblock comment start found
 			if comment_start == -1
 				return ''
@@ -2388,7 +2433,15 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
 			break
 		endif
 		let block_end_pos = searchpairpos('{', '', '}\|\%$', 'W', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."), col("."), 0), "name") =~? "string\\|comment"')
-		silent! exec block_start_pos[0].','.block_end_pos[0].'d'
+
+		if block_end_pos != [0, 0]
+			" end of the block found, just delete it
+			silent! exec block_start_pos[0].','.block_end_pos[0].'d _'
+		else
+			" block pair not found, use block start as beginning and the end
+			" of the buffer instead
+			silent! exec block_start_pos[0].',$d _'
+		endif
 	endwhile
 	normal! G
 
@@ -2407,8 +2460,8 @@ function! phpcomplete#GetCurrentNameSpace(file_lines) " {{{
 	while i < file_length
 		let line = file_lines[i]
 
-		if line =~? '^\s*namespace\s*'.namespace_name_pattern
-			let current_namespace = matchstr(line, '\c^\s*namespace\s*\zs'.namespace_name_pattern.'\ze')
+		if line =~? '^\(<?php\)\?\s*namespace\s*'.namespace_name_pattern
+			let current_namespace = matchstr(line, '\c^\(<?php\)\?\s*namespace\s*\zs'.namespace_name_pattern.'\ze')
 			break
 		endif
 
@@ -2571,7 +2624,7 @@ endfunction
 
 function! phpcomplete#ExpandClassName(classname, current_namespace, imports) " {{{
 	" if there's an imported class, just use that class's information
-	if has_key(a:imports, a:classname) && (a:imports[a:classname].kind == 'c' || a:imports[a:classname].kind == 'i')
+	if has_key(a:imports, a:classname) && (a:imports[a:classname].kind == 'c' || a:imports[a:classname].kind == 'i' || a:imports[a:classname].kind == 't')
 		let namespace = has_key(a:imports[a:classname], 'namespace') ? a:imports[a:classname].namespace : ''
 		return [a:imports[a:classname].name, namespace]
 	endif

runtime/autoload/provider/clipboard.vim

@@ -31,35 +31,61 @@ function! s:try_cmd(cmd, ...)
 endfunction
 
 let s:cache_enabled = 1
-if executable('pbcopy')
-  let s:copy['+'] = 'pbcopy'
-  let s:paste['+'] = 'pbpaste'
-  let s:copy['*'] = s:copy['+']
-  let s:paste['*'] = s:paste['+']
-  let s:cache_enabled = 0
-elseif exists('$DISPLAY') && executable('xsel')
-  let s:copy['+'] = 'xsel --nodetach -i -b'
-  let s:paste['+'] = 'xsel -o -b'
-  let s:copy['*'] = 'xsel --nodetach -i -p'
-  let s:paste['*'] = 'xsel -o -p'
-elseif exists('$DISPLAY') && executable('xclip')
-  let s:copy['+'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection clipboard'
-  let s:paste['+'] = 'xclip -o -selection clipboard'
-  let s:copy['*'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection primary'
-  let s:paste['*'] = 'xclip -o -selection primary'
-else
-  echom 'clipboard: No clipboard tool available. See :help nvim-clipboard'
+let s:err = ''
+
+function! provider#clipboard#Error() abort
+  return s:err
+endfunction
+
+function! provider#clipboard#Executable() abort
+  if executable('pbcopy')
+    let s:copy['+'] = 'pbcopy'
+    let s:paste['+'] = 'pbpaste'
+    let s:copy['*'] = s:copy['+']
+    let s:paste['*'] = s:paste['+']
+    let s:cache_enabled = 0
+    return 'pbcopy'
+  elseif exists('$DISPLAY') && executable('xsel')
+    let s:copy['+'] = 'xsel --nodetach -i -b'
+    let s:paste['+'] = 'xsel -o -b'
+    let s:copy['*'] = 'xsel --nodetach -i -p'
+    let s:paste['*'] = 'xsel -o -p'
+    return 'xsel'
+  elseif exists('$DISPLAY') && executable('xclip')
+    let s:copy['+'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection clipboard'
+    let s:paste['+'] = 'xclip -o -selection clipboard'
+    let s:copy['*'] = 'xclip -quiet -i -selection primary'
+    let s:paste['*'] = 'xclip -o -selection primary'
+    return 'xclip'
+  elseif executable('lemonade')
+    let s:copy['+'] = 'lemonade copy'
+    let s:paste['+'] = 'lemonade paste'
+    let s:copy['*'] = 'lemonade copy'
+    let s:paste['*'] = 'lemonade paste'
+    return 'lemonade'
+  elseif executable('doitclient')
+    let s:copy['+'] = 'doitclient wclip'
+    let s:paste['+'] = 'doitclient wclip -r'
+    let s:copy['*'] = s:copy['+']
+    let s:paste['*'] = s:paste['+']
+    return 'doitclient'
+  endif
+
+  let s:err = 'clipboard: No clipboard tool available. See :help clipboard'
+  return ''
+endfunction
+
+if empty(provider#clipboard#Executable())
   finish
 endif
 
 let s:clipboard = {}
 
 function! s:clipboard.get(reg)
-  let reg = a:reg == '"' ? '+' : a:reg
-  if s:selections[reg].owner > 0
-    return s:selections[reg].data
+  if s:selections[a:reg].owner > 0
+    return s:selections[a:reg].data
   end
-  return s:try_cmd(s:paste[reg])
+  return s:try_cmd(s:paste[a:reg])
 endfunction
 
 function! s:clipboard.set(lines, regtype, reg)
@@ -84,6 +110,7 @@ function! s:clipboard.set(lines, regtype, reg)
   let selection.data = [a:lines, a:regtype]
   let argv = split(s:copy[a:reg], " ")
   let selection.detach = s:cache_enabled
+  let selection.cwd = "/"
   let jobid = jobstart(argv, selection)
   if jobid <= 0
     echohl WarningMsg

runtime/autoload/provider/python.vim

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 " The Python provider uses a Python host to emulate an environment for running
-" python-vim plugins. See ":help nvim-provider" for more information.
+" python-vim plugins. See ":help provider".
 "
 " Associating the plugin with the Python host is the first step because plugins
 " will be passed as command-line arguments

runtime/autoload/provider/python3.vim

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 " The Python3 provider uses a Python3 host to emulate an environment for running
-" python3 plugins. See ":help nvim-provider" for more information.
+" python3 plugins. See ":help provider".
 "
 " Associating the plugin with the Python3 host is the first step because
 " plugins will be passed as command-line arguments

runtime/autoload/provider/pythonx.vim

@@ -5,11 +5,24 @@ endif
 
 let s:loaded_pythonx_provider = 1
 
+let s:stderr = {}
+let s:job_opts = {'rpc': v:true}
+
+" TODO(bfredl): this logic is common and should be builtin
+function! s:job_opts.on_stderr(chan_id, data, event)
+  let stderr = get(s:stderr, a:chan_id, [''])
+  let last = remove(stderr, -1)
+  let a:data[0] = last.a:data[0]
+  call extend(stderr, a:data)
+  let s:stderr[a:chan_id] = stderr
+endfunction
+
 function! provider#pythonx#Require(host) abort
   let ver = (a:host.orig_name ==# 'python') ? 2 : 3
 
   " Python host arguments
-  let args = ['-c', 'import sys; sys.path.remove(""); import neovim; neovim.start_host()']
+  let prog = (ver == '2' ?  provider#python#Prog() : provider#python3#Prog())
+  let args = [prog, '-c', 'import sys; sys.path.remove(""); import neovim; neovim.start_host()']
 
   " Collect registered Python plugins into args
   let python_plugins = remote#host#PluginsForHost(a:host.name)
@@ -18,14 +31,16 @@ function! provider#pythonx#Require(host) abort
   endfor
 
   try
-    let channel_id = rpcstart((ver == '2' ?
-          \ provider#python#Prog() : provider#python3#Prog()), args)
-    if rpcrequest(channel_id, 'poll') == 'ok'
+    let channel_id = jobstart(args, s:job_opts)
+    if rpcrequest(channel_id, 'poll') ==# 'ok'
       return channel_id
     endif
   catch
     echomsg v:throwpoint
     echomsg v:exception
+    for row in get(s:stderr, channel_id, [])
+      echomsg row
+    endfor
   endtry
   throw remote#host#LoadErrorForHost(a:host.orig_name,
         \ '$NVIM_PYTHON_LOG_FILE')
@@ -70,7 +85,7 @@ endfunction
 
 function! s:check_interpreter(prog, major_ver, skip) abort
   let prog_path = exepath(a:prog)
-  if prog_path == ''
+  if prog_path ==# ''
     return [0, a:prog . ' not found in search path or not executable.']
   endif
 
@@ -83,8 +98,8 @@ function! s:check_interpreter(prog, major_ver, skip) abort
   " Try to load neovim module, and output Python version.
   " Return codes:
   "   0  Neovim module can be loaded.
-  "   1  Something else went wrong.
   "   2  Neovim module cannot be loaded.
+  "   Otherwise something else went wrong (e.g. 1 or 127).
   let prog_ver = system([ a:prog , '-c' ,
         \ 'import sys; ' .
         \ 'sys.path.remove(""); ' .
@@ -93,7 +108,8 @@ function! s:check_interpreter(prog, major_ver, skip) abort
         \ 'exit(2*int(pkgutil.get_loader("neovim") is None))'
         \ ])
 
-  if prog_ver
+  if v:shell_error == 2 || v:shell_error == 0
+    " Check version only for expected return codes.
     if prog_ver !~ '^' . a:major_ver
       return [0, prog_path . ' is Python ' . prog_ver . ' and cannot provide Python '
             \ . a:major_ver . '.']
@@ -103,12 +119,16 @@ function! s:check_interpreter(prog, major_ver, skip) abort
     endif
   endif
 
-  if v:shell_error == 1
+  if v:shell_error == 2
+    return [0, prog_path . ' does not have the neovim module installed. '
+          \ . 'See ":help provider-python".']
+  elseif v:shell_error == 127
+    " This can happen with pyenv's shims.
+    return [0, prog_path . ' does not exist: ' . prog_ver]
+  elseif v:shell_error
     return [0, 'Checking ' . prog_path . ' caused an unknown error. '
-          \ . 'Please report this at github.com/neovim/neovim.']
-  elseif v:shell_error == 2
-    return [0, prog_path . ' does have not have the neovim module installed. '
-          \ . 'See ":help nvim-python".']
+          \ . '(' . v:shell_error . ', output: ' . prog_ver . ')'
+          \ . ' Please report this at github.com/neovim/neovim.']
   endif
 
   return [1, '']

runtime/autoload/provider/ruby.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,30 @@
 " The Ruby provider helper
-if exists('s:loaded_ruby_provider')
+if exists('g:loaded_ruby_provider')
   finish
 endif
+let g:loaded_ruby_provider = 1
 
-let s:loaded_ruby_provider = 1
+let s:stderr = {}
+let s:job_opts = {'rpc': v:true}
+
+function! s:job_opts.on_stderr(chan_id, data, event)
+  let stderr = get(s:stderr, a:chan_id, [''])
+  let last = remove(stderr, -1)
+  let a:data[0] = last.a:data[0]
+  call extend(stderr, a:data)
+  let s:stderr[a:chan_id] = stderr
+endfunction
+
+function! provider#ruby#Detect() abort
+  return exepath('neovim-ruby-host')
+endfunction
+
+function! provider#ruby#Prog()
+  return s:prog
+endfunction
 
 function! provider#ruby#Require(host) abort
-  " Collect registered Ruby plugins into args
-  let args = []
+  let args = [provider#ruby#Prog()]
   let ruby_plugins = remote#host#PluginsForHost(a:host.name)
 
   for plugin in ruby_plugins
@@ -15,20 +32,47 @@ function! provider#ruby#Require(host) abort
   endfor
 
   try
-    let channel_id = rpcstart(provider#ruby#Prog(), args)
-
-    if rpcrequest(channel_id, 'poll') == 'ok'
+    let channel_id = jobstart(args, s:job_opts)
+    if rpcrequest(channel_id, 'poll') ==# 'ok'
       return channel_id
     endif
   catch
     echomsg v:throwpoint
     echomsg v:exception
+    for row in get(s:stderr, channel_id, [])
+      echomsg row
+    endfor
   endtry
-
-  throw remote#host#LoadErrorForHost(a:host.orig_name,
-        \ '$NVIM_RUBY_LOG_FILE')
+  throw remote#host#LoadErrorForHost(a:host.orig_name, '$NVIM_RUBY_LOG_FILE')
 endfunction
 
-function! provider#ruby#Prog() abort
-  return 'neovim-ruby-host'
+function! provider#ruby#Call(method, args)
+  if s:err != ''
+    echoerr s:err
+    return
+  endif
+
+  if !exists('s:host')
+    try
+      let s:host = remote#host#Require('legacy-ruby-provider')
+    catch
+      let s:err = v:exception
+      echohl WarningMsg
+      echomsg v:exception
+      echohl None
+      return
+    endtry
+  endif
+  return call('rpcrequest', insert(insert(a:args, 'ruby_'.a:method), s:host))
 endfunction
+
+let s:err = ''
+let s:prog = provider#ruby#Detect()
+let s:plugin_path = expand('<sfile>:p:h') . '/script_host.rb'
+
+if empty(s:prog)
+  let s:err = 'Cannot find the neovim RubyGem. Try :CheckHealth'
+endif
+
+call remote#host#RegisterClone('legacy-ruby-provider', 'ruby')
+call remote#host#RegisterPlugin('legacy-ruby-provider', s:plugin_path, [])

runtime/autoload/provider/script_host.rb

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+begin
+  require "neovim/ruby_provider"
+rescue LoadError
+  warn(
+    "Your neovim RubyGem is missing or out of date. " +
+    "Install the latest version using `gem install neovim`."
+  )
+end

runtime/autoload/python3complete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 "python3complete.vim - Omni Completion for python
 " Maintainer: Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
 " Version: 0.9
-" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009
+" Last Updated: 18 Jun 2009 (small fix 2015 Sep 14 from Debian)
 "
 " Roland Puntaier: this file contains adaptations for python3 and is parallel to pythoncomplete.vim
 "
@@ -359,6 +359,7 @@ class PyParser:
     def __init__(self):
         self.top = Scope('global',0)
         self.scope = self.top
+        self.parserline = 0
 
     def _parsedotname(self,pre=None):
         #returns (dottedname, nexttoken)

runtime/autoload/pythoncomplete.vim

@@ -377,6 +377,7 @@ class PyParser:
     def __init__(self):
         self.top = Scope('global',0)
         self.scope = self.top
+        self.parserline = 0
 
     def _parsedotname(self,pre=None):
         #returns (dottedname, nexttoken)

runtime/autoload/remote/define.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 function! remote#define#CommandOnHost(host, method, sync, name, opts)
   let prefix = ''
 
-  if has_key(a:opts, 'range') 
+  if has_key(a:opts, 'range')
     if a:opts.range == '' || a:opts.range == '%'
       " -range or -range=%, pass the line range in a list
       let prefix = '<line1>,<line2>'
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ function! remote#define#CommandOnHost(host, method, sync, name, opts)
   exe s:GetCommandPrefix(a:name, a:opts)
         \ .' call remote#define#CommandBootstrap("'.a:host.'"'
         \ .                                ', "'.a:method.'"'
-        \ .                                ', "'.a:sync.'"'
+        \ .                                ', '.string(a:sync)
         \ .                                ', "'.a:name.'"'
         \ .                                ', '.string(a:opts).''
         \ .                                ', "'.join(forward_args, '').'"'
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ function! remote#define#AutocmdOnHost(host, method, sync, name, opts)
   let bootstrap_def = s:GetAutocmdPrefix(a:name, a:opts)
         \ .' call remote#define#AutocmdBootstrap("'.a:host.'"'
         \ .                                ', "'.a:method.'"'
-        \ .                                ', "'.a:sync.'"'
+        \ .                                ', '.string(a:sync)
         \ .                                ', "'.a:name.'"'
         \ .                                ', '.string(a:opts).''
         \ .                                ', "'.escape(forward, '"').'"'
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ function! remote#define#FunctionOnHost(host, method, sync, name, opts)
   exe 'autocmd! '.group.' FuncUndefined '.a:name
         \ .' call remote#define#FunctionBootstrap("'.a:host.'"'
         \ .                                 ', "'.a:method.'"'
-        \ .                                 ', "'.a:sync.'"'
+        \ .                                 ', '.string(a:sync)
         \ .                                 ', "'.a:name.'"'
         \ .                                 ', '.string(a:opts)
         \ .                                 ', "'.group.'"'
@@ -157,6 +157,9 @@ endfunction
 
 function! remote#define#FunctionOnChannel(channel, method, sync, name, opts)
   let rpcargs = [a:channel, '"'.a:method.'"', 'a:000']
+  if has_key(a:opts, 'range')
+    call add(rpcargs, '[a:firstline, a:lastline]')
+  endif
   call s:AddEval(rpcargs, a:opts)
 
   let function_def = s:GetFunctionPrefix(a:name, a:opts)
@@ -187,7 +190,7 @@ let s:next_gid = 1
 function! s:GetNextAutocmdGroup()
   let gid = s:next_gid
   let s:next_gid += 1
-  
+
   let group_name = 'RPC_DEFINE_AUTOCMD_GROUP_'.gid
   " Ensure the group is defined
   exe 'augroup '.group_name.' | augroup END'
@@ -218,7 +221,11 @@ endfunction
 
 
 function! s:GetFunctionPrefix(name, opts)
-  return "function! ".a:name."(...)\n"
+  let res = "function! ".a:name."(...)"
+  if has_key(a:opts, 'range')
+    let res = res." range"
+  endif
+  return res."\n"
 endfunction
 
 

runtime/autoload/remote/host.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
 let s:hosts = {}
 let s:plugin_patterns = {}
-let s:remote_plugins_manifest = fnamemodify(expand($MYVIMRC, 1), ':h')
-      \.'/.'.fnamemodify($MYVIMRC, ':t').'-rplugin~'
 let s:plugins_for_host = {}
 
 
@@ -120,9 +118,59 @@ function! remote#host#RegisterPlugin(host, path, specs) abort
 endfunction
 
 
+" Get the path to the rplugin manifest file.
+function! s:GetManifestPath() abort
+  let manifest_base = ''
+
+  if exists('$NVIM_RPLUGIN_MANIFEST')
+    return fnamemodify($NVIM_RPLUGIN_MANIFEST, ':p')
+  endif
+
+  let dest = has('win32') ? '$LOCALAPPDATA' : '$XDG_DATA_HOME'
+  if !exists(dest)
+    let dest = has('win32') ? '~/AppData/Local' : '~/.local/share'
+  endif
+
+  let dest = fnamemodify(expand(dest), ':p')
+  if !empty(dest) && !filereadable(dest)
+    let dest .= ('/' ==# dest[-1:] ? '' : '/') . 'nvim'
+    call mkdir(dest, 'p', 0700)
+    let manifest_base = dest
+  endif
+
+  return manifest_base.'/rplugin.vim'
+endfunction
+
+
+" Old manifest file based on known script locations.
+function! s:GetOldManifestPath() abort
+  let prefix = exists('$MYVIMRC')
+        \ ? $MYVIMRC
+        \ : matchstr(get(split(execute('scriptnames'), '\n'), 0, ''), '\f\+$')
+  return fnamemodify(expand(prefix, 1), ':h')
+        \.'/.'.fnamemodify(prefix, ':t').'-rplugin~'
+endfunction
+
+
+function! s:GetManifest() abort
+  let manifest = s:GetManifestPath()
+
+  if !filereadable(manifest)
+    " Check if an old manifest file exists and move it to the new location.
+    let old_manifest = s:GetOldManifestPath()
+    if filereadable(old_manifest)
+      call rename(old_manifest, manifest)
+    endif
+  endif
+
+  return manifest
+endfunction
+
+
 function! remote#host#LoadRemotePlugins() abort
-  if filereadable(s:remote_plugins_manifest)
-    exe 'source '.s:remote_plugins_manifest
+  let manifest = s:GetManifest()
+  if filereadable(manifest)
+    execute 'source' fnameescape(manifest)
   endif
 endfunction
 
@@ -130,7 +178,9 @@ endfunction
 function! remote#host#LoadRemotePluginsEvent(event, pattern) abort
   autocmd! nvim-rplugin
   call remote#host#LoadRemotePlugins()
-  execute 'silent doautocmd' a:event a:pattern
+  if exists('#'.a:event.'#'.a:pattern)  " Avoid 'No matching autocommands'.
+    execute 'silent doautocmd <nomodeline>' a:event a:pattern
+  endif
 endfunction
 
 
@@ -140,6 +190,8 @@ function! s:RegistrationCommands(host) abort
   call remote#host#RegisterClone(host_id, a:host)
   let pattern = s:plugin_patterns[a:host]
   let paths = globpath(&rtp, 'rplugin/'.a:host.'/'.pattern, 0, 1)
+  let paths = map(paths, 'tr(resolve(v:val),"\\","/")') " Normalize slashes #4795
+  let paths = uniq(sort(paths))
   if empty(paths)
     return []
   endif
@@ -193,9 +245,9 @@ function! remote#host#UpdateRemotePlugins() abort
       endtry
     endif
   endfor
-  call writefile(commands, s:remote_plugins_manifest)
-  echomsg printf('remote/host: generated the manifest file in "%s"',
-        \ s:remote_plugins_manifest)
+  call writefile(commands, s:GetManifest())
+  echomsg printf('remote/host: generated rplugin manifest: %s',
+        \ s:GetManifest())
 endfunction
 
 
@@ -209,12 +261,9 @@ endfunction
 
 function! remote#host#LoadErrorForHost(host, log) abort
   return 'Failed to load '. a:host . ' host. '.
-    \ 'You can try to see what happened '.
-    \ 'by starting Neovim with the environment variable '.
-    \ a:log . ' set to a file and opening the generated '.
-    \ 'log file. Also, the host stderr will be available '.
-    \ 'in Neovim log, so it may contain useful information. '.
-    \ 'See also ~/.nvimlog.'
+        \ 'You can try to see what happened by starting nvim with '.
+        \ a:log . ' set and opening the generated log file.'.
+        \ ' Also, the host stderr is available in messages.'
 endfunction
 
 

runtime/autoload/spellfile.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,4 @@
 " Vim script to download a missing spell file
-" Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 Jan 08
 
 if !exists('g:spellfile_URL')
   " Prefer using http:// when netrw should be able to use it, since
@@ -43,22 +41,23 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
   if len(dirlist) == 0
     let dir_to_create = spellfile#WritableSpellDir()
     if &verbose || dir_to_create != ''
-      echomsg 'spellfile#LoadFile(): There is no writable spell directory.'
+      echomsg 'spellfile#LoadFile(): No (writable) spell directory found.'
     endif
     if dir_to_create != ''
-      if confirm("Shall I create " . dir_to_create, "&Yes\n&No", 2) == 1
-	" After creating the directory it should show up in the list.
-	call mkdir(dir_to_create, "p")
-	let [dirlist, dirchoices] = spellfile#GetDirChoices()
-      endif
+      call mkdir(dir_to_create, "p")
+      " Now it should show up in the list.
+      let [dirlist, dirchoices] = spellfile#GetDirChoices()
     endif
     if len(dirlist) == 0
+      echomsg 'Failed to create: '.dir_to_create
       return
+    else
+      echomsg 'Created '.dir_to_create
     endif
   endif
 
-  let msg = 'Cannot find spell file for "' . a:lang . '" in ' . &enc
-  let msg .= "\nDo you want me to try downloading it?"
+  let msg = 'No spell file for "' . a:lang . '" in ' . &enc
+  let msg .= "\nDownload it?"
   if confirm(msg, "&Yes\n&No", 2) == 1
     let enc = &encoding
     if enc == 'iso-8859-15'
@@ -78,78 +77,77 @@ function! spellfile#LoadFile(lang)
       " Careful: Nread() may have opened a new window for the error message,
       " we need to go back to our own buffer and window.
       if newbufnr != winbufnr(0)
-	let winnr = bufwinnr(newbufnr)
-	if winnr == -1
-	  " Our buffer has vanished!?  Open a new window.
-	  echomsg "download buffer disappeared, opening a new one"
-	  new
-	  setlocal bin fenc=
-	else
-	  exe winnr . "wincmd w"
-	endif
+        let winnr = bufwinnr(newbufnr)
+        if winnr == -1
+          " Our buffer has vanished!?  Open a new window.
+          echomsg "download buffer disappeared, opening a new one"
+          new
+          setlocal bin fenc=
+        else
+          exe winnr . "wincmd w"
+        endif
       endif
       if newbufnr == winbufnr(0)
-	" We are back the old buffer, remove any (half-finished) download.
-        g/^/d
+        " We are back the old buffer, remove any (half-finished) download.
+        g/^/d_
       else
-	let newbufnr = winbufnr(0)
+        let newbufnr = winbufnr(0)
       endif
 
       let fname = a:lang . '.ascii.spl'
       echo 'Could not find it, trying ' . fname . '...'
       call spellfile#Nread(fname)
       if getline(2) !~ 'VIMspell'
-	echo 'Sorry, downloading failed'
-	exe newbufnr . "bwipe!"
-	return
+        echo 'Download failed'
+        exe newbufnr . "bwipe!"
+        return
       endif
     endif
 
     " Delete the empty first line and mark the file unmodified.
-    1d
+    1d_
     set nomod
 
-    let msg = "In which directory do you want to write the file:"
-    for i in range(len(dirlist))
-      let msg .= "\n" . (i + 1) . '. ' . dirlist[i]
-    endfor
-    let dirchoice = confirm(msg, dirchoices) - 2
+    if len(dirlist) == 1
+      let dirchoice = 0
+    else
+      let msg = "In which directory do you want to write the file:"
+      for i in range(len(dirlist))
+        let msg .= "\n" . (i + 1) . '. ' . dirlist[i]
+      endfor
+      let dirchoice = confirm(msg, dirchoices) - 2
+    endif
     if dirchoice >= 0
       if exists('*fnameescape')
-	let dirname = fnameescape(dirlist[dirchoice])
+        let dirname = fnameescape(dirlist[dirchoice])
       else
-	let dirname = escape(dirlist[dirchoice], ' ')
+        let dirname = escape(dirlist[dirchoice], ' ')
       endif
       setlocal fenc=
       exe "write " . dirname . '/' . fname
 
-      " Also download the .sug file, if the user wants to.
-      let msg = "Do you want me to try getting the .sug file?\n"
-      let msg .= "This will improve making suggestions for spelling mistakes,\n"
-      let msg .= "but it uses quite a bit of memory."
-      if confirm(msg, "&No\n&Yes") == 2
-	g/^/d
-	let fname = substitute(fname, '\.spl$', '.sug', '')
-	echo 'Downloading ' . fname . '...'
-	call spellfile#Nread(fname)
-	if getline(2) =~ 'VIMsug'
-	  1d
-	  exe "write " . dirname . '/' . fname
-	  set nomod
-	else
-	  echo 'Sorry, downloading failed'
-	  " Go back to our own buffer/window, Nread() may have taken us to
-	  " another window.
-	  if newbufnr != winbufnr(0)
-	    let winnr = bufwinnr(newbufnr)
-	    if winnr != -1
-	      exe winnr . "wincmd w"
-	    endif
-	  endif
-	  if newbufnr == winbufnr(0)
-	    set nomod
-	  endif
-	endif
+      " Also download the .sug file.
+      g/^/d_
+      let fname = substitute(fname, '\.spl$', '.sug', '')
+      echo 'Downloading ' . fname . '...'
+      call spellfile#Nread(fname)
+      if getline(2) =~ 'VIMsug'
+        1d_
+        exe "write " . dirname . '/' . fname
+        set nomod
+      else
+        echo 'Download failed'
+        " Go back to our own buffer/window, Nread() may have taken us to
+        " another window.
+        if newbufnr != winbufnr(0)
+          let winnr = bufwinnr(newbufnr)
+          if winnr != -1
+            exe winnr . "wincmd w"
+          endif
+        endif
+        if newbufnr == winbufnr(0)
+          set nomod
+        endif
       endif
     endif
 

runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
 " Language:    SQL
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     15.0
-" Last Change: 2013 May 13
+" Version:     16.0
+" Last Change: 2015 Dec 29
 " Homepage:    http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1572
 " Usage:       For detailed help
 "              ":help sql.txt"
@@ -16,6 +16,12 @@
 "       look backwards to a FROM clause and find the first table
 "       and complete it.
 "
+" Version 16.0 (Dec 2015)
+"     - NF: If reseting the cache and table, procedure or view completion
+"           had been used via dbext, have dbext delete or recreate the 
+"           dictionary so that new objects are picked up for the 
+"           next completion.
+"
 " Version 15.0 (May 2013)
 "     - NF: Changed the SQL precached syntax items, omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups,
 "           to use regular expressions to pick up extended syntax group names.
@@ -103,7 +109,7 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
     finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_sql_completion = 150
+let g:loaded_sql_completion = 160
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
@@ -459,6 +465,29 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         let s:tbl_cols           = []
         let s:syn_list           = []
         let s:syn_value          = []
+
+        if s:sql_file_table != ""
+            if g:loaded_dbext >= 2300
+                call DB_DictionaryDelete("table")
+            else
+                DBCompleteTables!
+            endif
+        endif
+        if s:sql_file_procedure != ""
+            if g:loaded_dbext >= 2300
+                call DB_DictionaryDelete("procedure")
+            else
+                DBCompleteProcedures!
+            endif
+        endif
+        if s:sql_file_view != ""
+            if g:loaded_dbext >= 2300
+                call DB_DictionaryDelete("view")
+            else
+                DBCompleteViews!
+            endif
+        endif
+
         let s:sql_file_table     = ""
         let s:sql_file_procedure = ""
         let s:sql_file_view      = ""

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2013 Jun 19
+" Last Change: 2013 Sep 03
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ func! tohtml#Convert2HTML(line1, line2) "{{{
   else "{{{
     let win_list = []
     let buf_list = []
-    windo | if &diff | call add(win_list, winbufnr(0)) | endif
+    windo if &diff | call add(win_list, winbufnr(0)) | endif
     let s:settings.whole_filler = 1
     let g:html_diff_win_num = 0
     for window in win_list

runtime/compiler/gcc.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Compiler:         GNU C Compiler
 " Maintainer:       Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Latest Revision:  2010-10-14
+" 			added line suggested by Anton Lindqvist 2016 Mar 31
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -24,6 +25,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
       \%f:%l:\ %trror:\ %m,
       \%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
       \%f:%l:\ %m,
+      \%f:\\(%*[^\\)]\\):\ %m,
       \\"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l%*\\D%c%*[^\ ]\ %m,
       \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ [`']%f',
       \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ [`']%f',

runtime/compiler/tidy.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	HTML Tidy
 " Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:	2013 Jul 7
+" Last Change:	2016 Apr 21
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=tidy\ -quiet\ -errors\ --gnu-emacs\ yes\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=tidy\ -quiet\ -errors\ --gnu-emacs\ yes\ %:S
 
-" sample warning: foo.html:8:1: Warning: inserting missing 'foobar' element
-" sample error:   foo.html:9:2: Error: <foobar> is not recognized!
-CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ Error:%m,%f:%l:%c:\ Warning:%m,%-G%.%#
+" foo.html:8:1: Warning: inserting missing 'foobar' element
+" foo.html:9:2: Error: <foobar> is not recognized!
+CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c:\ %trror:%m,%f:%l:%c:\ %tarning:%m,%-G%.%#

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -6,32 +6,14 @@
 
 AWK = awk
 
-# Set to $(VIMTARGET) when executed from src/Makefile.
-VIMEXE = vim
-
 DOCS = $(wildcard *.txt)
 HTMLS = $(DOCS:.txt=.html)
 
 .SUFFIXES:
 .SUFFIXES: .c .o .txt .html
 
-all: tags html
-
-# Use Vim to generate the tags file.  Can only be used when Vim has been
-# compiled and installed.  Supports multiple languages.
-vimtags: $(DOCS)
-	$(VIMEXE) -u NONE -es -c "helptags ++t ." -c quit
-
-# Use "doctags" to generate the tags file.  Only works for English!
-tags: doctags $(DOCS)
-	./doctags $(DOCS) | LANG=C LC_ALL=C sort >tags
-	uniq -d -2 tags
-
-doctags: doctags.c
-	$(CC) doctags.c -o doctags
-
 # Awk version of .txt to .html conversion.
-html: noerrors tags $(HTMLS)
+html: noerrors $(HTMLS)
 	@if test -f errors.log; then cat errors.log; fi
 
 noerrors:
@@ -54,5 +36,5 @@ tags.ref tags.html: tags
 	$(AWK) -f maketags.awk tags >tags.html
 
 clean:
-	-rm -f doctags *.html tags.ref $(HTMLS) errors.log
+	-rm -f *.html tags.ref $(HTMLS) errors.log
 

runtime/doc/api.txt

@@ -1,31 +1,32 @@
-*api.txt*    For Nvim.							 {Nvim}
+*api.txt*		 						{Nvim}
 
 
 		 NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thiago de Arruda
 
-The C API of Nvim						     *nvim-api*
 
-1. Introduction			|nvim-api-intro|
-2. API Types			|nvim-api-types|
-3. API metadata			|nvim-api-metadata|
-4. Buffer highlighting		|nvim-api-highlights|
+C API for Nvim							   *API* *api*
+
+1. Introduction			|api-intro|
+2. API Types			|api-types|
+3. API metadata			|api-metadata|
+4. Buffer highlighting		|api-highlights|
 
 ==============================================================================
-1. Introduction			*nvim-api-intro*
+1. Introduction							   *api-intro*
 
-Nvim defines a C API as the primary way for external code to interact with
-the NVim core. In the present version of Nvim the API is primarily used by
-external processes to interact with Nvim using the msgpack-rpc protocol, see
-|msgpack-rpc|. The API will also be used from vimscript to access new Nvim core
-features, but this is not implemented yet. Later on, Nvim might be embeddable
-in C applications as libnvim, and the application will then control the
-embedded instance by calling the C API directly.
+Nvim exposes a public API for external code to interact with the Nvim core.
+The API is used by external processes to interact with Nvim using the
+msgpack-rpc protocol, see |msgpack-rpc|. The API is used from vimscript to
+access some new Nvim core features. See |eval-api| for how api functions are
+called from vimscript. Later on, Nvim might be embeddable in C applications as
+libnvim, and the application will then control the embedded instance by calling
+the C API directly.
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. API Types						       *nvim-api-types*
+2. API Types							   *api-types*
 
 Nvim's C API uses custom types for all functions. Some are just typedefs
-around C99 standard types, and some are Nvim defined data structures.
+around C99 standard types, and some are Nvim-defined data structures.
 
 Boolean				  -> bool
 Integer (signed 64-bit integer)	  -> int64_t
@@ -46,19 +47,20 @@ Window				  -> enum value kObjectTypeWindow
 Tabpage				  -> enum value kObjectTypeTabpage
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. API metadata						    *nvim-api-metadata*
+3. API metadata							 *api-metadata*
 
 Nvim exposes metadata about the API as a Dictionary with the following keys:
 
-functions  	calling signature of the API functions
-types		The custom handle types defined by Nvim
-error_types	The possible kinds of errors an API function can exit with.
+version		Nvim version, API level/compatibility
+functions  	API function signatures
+types		Custom handle types defined by Nvim
+error_types	Possible error types returned by API functions
 
-This metadata is mostly useful for external programs accessing the api over
-msgpack-api, see |msgpack-rpc-api|.
+This metadata is mostly useful for external programs accessing the API via
+RPC, see |rpc-api|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-4. Buffer highlighting					  *nvim-api-highlights*
+4. Buffer highlighting					       *api-highlights*
 
 Nvim allows plugins to add position-based highlights to buffers. This is
 similar to |matchaddpos()| but with some key differences. The added highlights
@@ -72,10 +74,10 @@ Another use case are plugins that show output in an append-only buffer, and
 want to add highlights to the outputs. Highlight data cannot be preserved
 on writing and loading a buffer to file, nor in undo/redo cycles.
 
-Highlights are registered using the |buffer_add_highlight| function, see the
+Highlights are registered using the |nvim_buf_add_highlight| function, see the
 generated API documentation for details. If an external highlighter plugin is
 adding a large number of highlights in a batch, performance can be improved by
-calling |buffer_add_highlight| as an asynchronous notification, after first
+calling |nvim_buf_add_highlight| as an asynchronous notification, after first
 (synchronously) reqesting a source id. Here is an example using wrapper
 functions in the python client:
 >
@@ -90,10 +92,19 @@ functions in the python client:
     buf.clear_highlight(src)
 <
 If the highlights don't need to be deleted or updated, just pass -1 as
-src_id (this is the default in python). |buffer_clear_highlight| can be used
-to clear highligts from a specific source, in a specific line range or the
-entire buffer by passing in the line range 0, -1 (the later is the default
+src_id (this is the default in python). |nvim_buf_clear_highlight| can be used
+to clear highlights from a specific source, in a specific line range or the
+entire buffer by passing in the line range 0, -1 (the latter is the default
 in python as used above).
 
+An example of calling the api from vimscript: >
+
+    call nvim_buf_set_lines(0, 0, 0, v:true, ["test text"])
+    let src = nvim_buf_add_highlight(0, 0, "String", 1, 0, 4)
+    call nvim_buf_add_highlight(0, src, "Identifier", 0, 5, -1)
+
+    " later
+    call nvim_buf_clear_highlight(0, src, 0, -1)
+>
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 21
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -256,7 +256,6 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 	Options
 |FileType|		when the 'filetype' option has been set
 |Syntax|		when the 'syntax' option has been set
-|EncodingChanged|	after the 'encoding' option has been changed
 |TermChanged|		after the value of 'term' has changed
 |OptionSet|		after setting any option
 
@@ -557,9 +556,6 @@ CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
 CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
 				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
 				Otherwise the same as CursorMoved.
-							*EncodingChanged*
-EncodingChanged			Fires off after the 'encoding' option has been
-				changed.  Useful to set up fonts, for example.
 							*FileAppendCmd*
 FileAppendCmd			Before appending to a file.  Should do the
 				appending to the file.  Use the '[ and ']
@@ -618,9 +614,6 @@ FileChangedShell		When Vim notices that the modification time of
 							*FileChangedShellPost*
 FileChangedShellPost		After handling a file that was changed outside
 				of Vim.  Can be used to update the statusline.
-							*FileEncoding*
-FileEncoding			Obsolete.  It still works and is equivalent
-				to |EncodingChanged|.
 							*FileReadCmd*
 FileReadCmd			Before reading a file with a ":read" command.
 				Should do the reading of the file. |Cmd-event|
@@ -770,13 +763,15 @@ OptionSet			After setting an option.  The pattern is
 				it's global or local scoped and |<amatch>|
 				indicates what option has been set.
 
-				Note: It's a bad idea, to reset an option
-				during this autocommand, since this will
-				probably break plugins. You can always use
-				|:noa| to prevent triggering this autocommand.
-				Could be used, to check for existence of the
-				'backupdir' and 'undodir' options and create
-				directories, if they don't exist yet.
+				Usage example: Check for the existence of the
+				directory in the 'backupdir' and 'undodir'
+				options, create the directory if it doesn't
+				exist yet.
+
+				Note: It's a bad idea to reset an option
+				during this autocommand, this may break a
+				plugin. You can always use `:noa` to prevent
+				triggering this autocommand.
 
 							*QuickFixCmdPre*
 QuickFixCmdPre			Before a quickfix command is run (|:make|,
@@ -910,8 +905,7 @@ TermClose			When a terminal buffer ends.
 						 {Nvim} *TermOpen*
 TermOpen			When a terminal buffer is starting.  This can
 				be used to configure the terminal emulator by
-				setting buffer variables.
-				See |nvim-terminal-emulator| for details.
+				setting buffer variables. |terminal-emulator|
 							*TermResponse*
 TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				the terminal.  The value of |v:termresponse|
@@ -946,7 +940,15 @@ VimEnter			After doing all the startup stuff, including
 				loading vimrc files, executing the "-c cmd"
 				arguments, creating all windows and loading
 				the buffers in them.
-							*VimLeave*
+				Just before this event is triggered the
+				|v:vim_did_enter| variable is set, so that you
+				can do: >
+				   if v:vim_did_enter
+				     call s:init()
+				   else
+ 	  			     au VimEnter * call s:init()
+				   endif
+<							*VimLeave*
 VimLeave			Before exiting Vim, just after writing the
 				.shada file.  Executed only once, like
 				VimLeavePre.
@@ -1100,7 +1102,7 @@ Instead of a pattern buffer-local autocommands use one of these forms:
 Examples: >
     :au CursorHold <buffer>  echo 'hold'
     :au CursorHold <buffer=33>  echo 'hold'
-    :au CursorHold <buffer=abuf>  echo 'hold'
+    :au BufNewFile * au CursorHold <buffer=abuf>  echo 'hold'
 
 All the commands for autocommands also work with buffer-local autocommands,
 simply use the special string instead of the pattern.  Examples: >
@@ -1159,6 +1161,9 @@ name!
 :aug[roup] {name}		Define the autocmd group name for the
 				following ":autocmd" commands.  The name "end"
 				or "END" selects the default group.
+				To avoid confusion, the name should be
+				different from existing {event} names, as this
+				most likely will not do what you intended.
 
 						*:augroup-delete* *E367*
 :aug[roup]! {name}		Delete the autocmd group {name}.  Don't use

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 25
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -97,10 +97,10 @@ These commands delete text.  You can repeat them with the `.` command
 
 An exception for the d{motion} command: If the motion is not linewise, the
 start and end of the motion are not in the same line, and there are only
-blanks before the start and after the end of the motion, the delete becomes
-linewise.  This means that the delete also removes the line of blanks that you
-might expect to remain. Use the |o_v| operator to force the motion to be
-characterwise.
+blanks before the start and there are no non-blanks after the end of the
+motion, the delete becomes linewise.  This means that the delete also removes
+the line of blanks that you might expect to remain. Use the |o_v| operator to
+force the motion to be characterwise.
 
 Trying to delete an empty region of text (e.g., "d0" in the first column)
 is an error when 'cpoptions' includes the 'E' flag.
@@ -108,7 +108,9 @@ is an error when 'cpoptions' includes the 'E' flag.
 							*J*
 J			Join [count] lines, with a minimum of two lines.
 			Remove the indent and insert up to two spaces (see
-			below).
+			below).  Fails when on the last line of the buffer.
+			If [count] is too big it is reduce to the number of
+			lines available.
 
 							*v_J*
 {Visual}J		Join the highlighted lines, with a minimum of two
@@ -396,6 +398,11 @@ CTRL-X			Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
 {Visual}CTRL-X		Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
 			character in the highlighted text.  {not in Vi}
 
+			On MS-Windows, this is mapped to cut Visual text
+			|dos-standard-mappings|.  If you want to disable the
+			mapping, use this: >
+				silent! vunmap <C-X>
+<
 							*v_g_CTRL-X*
 {Visual}g CTRL-X	Subtract [count] from the number or alphabetic
 			character in the highlighted text. If several lines
@@ -423,7 +430,7 @@ This depends on the 'nrformats' option:
   index.
 
 For decimals a leading negative sign is considered for incrementing or
-decrementing, for binary and octal and hex values, it won't be considered.  To
+decrementing, for binary, octal and hex values, it won't be considered.  To
 ignore the sign Visually select the number before using CTRL-A or CTRL-X. 
 
 For numbers with leading zeros (including all octal and hexadecimal numbers),
@@ -622,9 +629,9 @@ For MS-Windows: $TMP, $TEMP, $USERPROFILE, current-dir.
 			may add [flags], see |:s_flags|.
 			Note that after `:substitute` the '&' flag can't be
 			used, it's recognized as a pattern separator.
-			The space between `:substitute` and the 'c', 'g' and
-			'r' flags isn't required, but in scripts it's a good
-			idea to keep it to avoid confusion.
+			The space between `:substitute` and the 'c', 'g',
+			'i', 'I' and 'r' flags isn't required, but in scripts
+			it's a good idea to keep it to avoid confusion.
 
 :[range]~[&][flags] [count]					*:~*
 			Repeat last substitute with same substitute string
@@ -833,6 +840,36 @@ either the first or second pattern in parentheses did not match, so either
   :s/\([ab]\)\|\([cd]\)/\1x/g   modifies "a b c d"  to "ax bx x x"
 <
 
+		*:sc* *:sce* *:scg* *:sci* *:scI* *:scl* *:scp* *:sg* *:sgc*
+		*:sge* *:sgi* *:sgI* *:sgl* *:sgn* *:sgp* *:sgr* *:sI* *:si*
+		*:sic* *:sIc* *:sie* *:sIe* *:sIg* *:sIl* *:sin* *:sIn* *:sIp*
+		*:sip* *:sIr* *:sir* *:sr* *:src* *:srg* *:sri* *:srI* *:srl*
+		*:srn* *:srp*
+2-letter and 3-letter :substitute commands ~
+
+     List of :substitute commands
+     |      c    e    g    i    I    n    p    l    r
+     | c  :sc  :sce :scg :sci :scI :scn :scp :scl  ---
+     | e
+     | g  :sgc :sge :sg  :sgi :sgI :sgn :sgp :sgl :sgr
+     | i  :sic :sie  --- :si  :siI :sin :sip  --- :sir
+     | I  :sIc :sIe :sIg :sIi :sI  :sIn :sIp :sIl :sIr
+     | n
+     | p
+     | l
+     | r  :src  --- :srg :sri :srI :srn :srp :srl :sr
+
+Exceptions:
+     :scr  is  `:scriptnames`
+     :se   is  `:set`
+     :sig  is  `:sign`
+     :sil  is  `:silent`
+     :sn   is  `:snext`
+     :sp   is  `:split`
+     :sl   is  `:sleep`
+     :sre  is  `:srewind`
+
+
 Substitute with an expression			*sub-replace-expression*
 						*sub-replace-\=* *s/\=*
 When the substitute string starts with "\=" the remainder is interpreted as an
@@ -936,7 +973,7 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 
 :reg[isters] {arg}	Display the contents of the numbered and named
 			registers that are mentioned in {arg}.  For example: >
-				:dis 1a
+				:reg 1a
 <			to display registers '1' and 'a'.  Spaces are allowed
 			in {arg}.
 
@@ -1102,7 +1139,7 @@ Rationale:	In Vi the "y" command followed by a backwards motion would
 With a linewise yank command the cursor is put in the first line, but the
 column is unmodified, thus it may not be on the first yanked character.
 
-There are nine types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
+There are ten types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
 1. The unnamed register ""
 2. 10 numbered registers "0 to "9
 3. The small delete register "-
@@ -1215,7 +1252,7 @@ register.
 Use these registers for storing and retrieving the selected text for the GUI.
 See |quotestar| and |quoteplus|.  When the clipboard is not available or not
 working, the unnamed register is used instead.  For Unix systems and Mac OS X,
-see |nvim-clipboard|.
+see |primary-selection|.
 
 9. Black hole register "_				*quote_*
 When writing to this register, nothing happens.  This can be used to delete
@@ -1646,7 +1683,7 @@ Vim has a sorting function and a sorting command.  The sorting function can be
 found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 
 							*:sor* *:sort*
-:[range]sor[t][!] [i][u][r][n][x][o][b] [/{pattern}/]
+:[range]sor[t][!] [b][f][i][n][o][r][u][x] [/{pattern}/]
 			Sort lines in [range].  When no range is given all
 			lines are sorted.
 
@@ -1654,10 +1691,18 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 
 			With [i] case is ignored.
 
+			Options [n][f][x][o][b] are mutually exclusive.
+
 			With [n] sorting is done on the first decimal number
 			in the line (after or inside a {pattern} match).
 			One leading '-' is included in the number.
 
+			With [f] sorting is done on the Float in the line.
+			The value of Float is determined similar to passing
+			the text (after or inside a {pattern} match) to
+			str2float() function. This option is available only
+			if Vim was compiled with Floating point support.
+
 			With [x] sorting is done on the first hexadecimal
 			number in the line (after or inside a {pattern}
 			match).  A leading "0x" or "0X" is ignored.
@@ -1669,10 +1714,10 @@ found here: |sort()|, |uniq()|.
 			With [b] sorting is done on the first binary number in
 			the line (after or inside a {pattern} match).
 
-			With [u] only keep the first of a sequence of
-			identical lines (ignoring case when [i] is used).
-			Without this flag, a sequence of identical lines
-			will be kept in their original order.
+			With [u] (u stands for unique) only keep the first of
+			a sequence of identical lines (ignoring case when [i]
+			is used).  Without this flag, a sequence of identical
+			lines will be kept in their original order.
 			Note that leading and trailing white space may cause
 			lines to be different.
 

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 06
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -97,6 +97,11 @@ CTRL-E or <End>					*c_CTRL-E* *c_<End>* *c_End*
 							*c_<LeftMouse>*
 <LeftMouse>	Move the cursor to the position of the mouse click.
 
+							*c_<MiddleMouse>*
+<MiddleMouse>	Paste the contents of the clipboard (for X11 the primary
+		selection).  This is similar to using CTRL-R *, but no CR
+		characters are inserted between lines.
+
 CTRL-H						*c_<BS>* *c_CTRL-H* *c_BS*
 <BS>		Delete the character in front of the cursor.
 							*c_<Del>* *c_Del*
@@ -565,6 +570,7 @@ starts editing the three files "foo bar", "goes to" and "school ".
 When you want to use the special characters '"' or '|' in a command, or want
 to use '%' or '#' in a file name, precede them with a backslash.  The
 backslash is not required in a range and in the ":substitute" command.
+See also |`=|.
 
 							*:_!*
 The '!' (bang) character after an Ex command makes the command behave in a
@@ -714,13 +720,13 @@ to insert special things while typing you can use the CTRL-R command.  For
 example, "%" stands for the current file name, while CTRL-R % inserts the
 current file name right away.  See |c_CTRL-R|.
 
-Note: If you want to avoid the special characters in a Vim script you may want
-to use |fnameescape()|.
+Note:  If you want to avoid the effects of special characters in a Vim script
+you may want to use |fnameescape()|.  Also see |`=|.
 
 
 In Ex commands, at places where a file name can be used, the following
 characters have a special meaning.  These can also be used in the expression
-function expand() |expand()|.
+function |expand()|.
 	%	Is replaced with the current file name.		  *:_%* *c_%*
 	#	Is replaced with the alternate file name.	  *:_#* *c_#*
 		This is remembered for every window.
@@ -755,6 +761,7 @@ it, no matter how many backslashes.
 	   #			alternate.file
 	   \#			#
 	   \\#			\#
+Also see |`=|.
 
 			       *:<cword>* *:<cWORD>* *:<cfile>* *<cfile>*
 			       *:<sfile>* *<sfile>* *:<afile>* *<afile>*
@@ -776,13 +783,13 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
 		   <afile> only when the file name isn't used to match with
 		   (for FileType, Syntax and SpellFileMissing events).
 	<sfile>    When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
-		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498* 
-		   When executing a function, is replaced with
-		   "function {function-name}"; function call nesting is
-		   indicated like this:
-		   "function {function-name1}..{function-name2}".  Note that
-		   filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is used inside
-		   a function.
+		   file name of the sourced file.  *E498*
+		   When executing a function, is replaced with:
+		   "function {function-name}[{lnum}]"
+		   function call nesting is indicated like this:
+		   "function {function-name1}[{lnum}]..{function-name2}[{lnum}]"
+		   Note that filename-modifiers are useless when <sfile> is
+		   used inside a function.
 	<slnum>	   When executing a ":source" command, is replaced with the
 	           line number.  *E842*
 		   When executing a function it's the line number relative to
@@ -844,7 +851,7 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 	:gs?pat?sub?
 		Substitute all occurrences of "pat" with "sub".  Otherwise
 		this works like ":s".
-	:S	Escape special characters for use with a shell command (see 
+	:S	Escape special characters for use with a shell command (see
 		|shellescape()|). Must be the last one. Examples: >
 		    :!dir <cfile>:S
 		    :call system('chmod +w -- ' . expand('%:S'))
@@ -897,9 +904,8 @@ name).  This is included for backwards compatibility with version 3.0, the
 
 Note: Where a file name is expected wildcards expansion is done.  On Unix the
 shell is used for this, unless it can be done internally (for speed).
-Backticks also work, like in >
+Unless in |restricted-mode|, backticks work also, like in >
 	:n `echo *.c`
-(backtick expansion is not possible in |restricted-mode|)
 But expansion is only done if there are any wildcards before expanding the
 '%', '#', etc..  This avoids expanding wildcards inside a file name.  If you
 want to expand the result of <cfile>, add a wildcard character to it.
@@ -910,6 +916,7 @@ Examples: (alternate file name is "?readme?")
 	:e #.*		:e {files matching "?readme?.*"}
 	:cd <cfile>	:cd {file name under cursor}
 	:cd <cfile>*	:cd {file name under cursor plus "*" and then expanded}
+Also see |`=|.
 
 When the expanded argument contains a "!" and it is used for a shell command
 (":!cmd", ":r !cmd" or ":w !cmd"), the "!" is escaped with a backslash to
@@ -936,6 +943,8 @@ for the file "$home" in the root directory.  A few examples:
 	/\$home		file "$home" in root directory
 	\\$home		file "\\", followed by expanded $home
 
+Also see |`=|.
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
 							*command-line-window*

runtime/doc/deprecated.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+*deprecated.txt*                                                        {Nvim}
+
+
+                             NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL
+
+
+Nvim                                                             *deprecated*
+
+The items listed below are "deprecated". This means they will be removed in
+the future. They should not be used in new scripts, and old scripts should be
+updated.
+
+==============================================================================
+
+Normal commands ~
+*]f*
+*[f*			Same as "gf".
+
+
+Commands ~
+*:rv*
+*:rviminfo*		Deprecated alias to |:rshada| command.
+*:wv*
+*:wviminfo*		Deprecated alias to |:wshada| command.
+
+
+Events ~
+*EncodingChanged*	Never fired; 'encoding' is always "utf-8".
+*FileEncoding*		Never fired; equivalent to |EncodingChanged|.
+
+Highlight groups ~
+*hl-VisualNOS*		Obsolete. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
+
+Functions ~
+*buffer_exists()*	Obsolete name for |bufexists()|.
+*buffer_name()*		Obsolete name for |bufname()|.
+*buffer_number()*	Obsolete name for |bufnr()|.
+*file_readable()*	Obsolete name for |filereadable()|.
+*highlight_exists()*	Obsolete name for |hlexists()|.
+*highlightID()*		Obsolete name for |hlID()|.
+*last_buffer_nr()*	Obsolete name for bufnr("$").
+
+Options ~
+*'fe'*			'fenc'+'enc' before Vim 6.0; no longer used.
+*'vi'*
+*'viminfo'*		Deprecated alias to 'shada' option.
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,23 +1,19 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 27
+*develop.txt*
 
 
-		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
+                            NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL
 
 
-Development of Vim.					*development*
-
-This text is important for those who want to be involved in further developing
-Vim.
+Development of Nvim.					*development*
 
 1. Design goals		|design-goals|
 2. Design decisions	|design-decisions|
 
-See the file "src/nvim/README.md" for a high-level overview of the source
-code.
+Nvim is open source software.  Everybody is encouraged to contribute.
+    https://github.com/neovim/neovim/blob/master/CONTRIBUTING.md
 
-Vim is open source software.  Everybody is encouraged to contribute to help
-improving Vim.  For sending patches a context diff "diff -c" is preferred.
-Also see http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/How_to_make_and_submit_a_patch.
+See src/nvim/README.md for a high-level overview of the source code:
+    https://github.com/neovim/neovim/blob/master/src/nvim/README.md
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Design goals						*design-goals*
@@ -28,7 +24,7 @@ Note that quite a few items are contradicting.  This is intentional.  A
 balance must be found between them.
 
 
-VIM IS... IMPROVED					*design-improved*
+NVIM IS... IMPROVED					*design-improved*
 
 The IMproved bits of Vim should make it a better Vi, without becoming a
 completely different editor.  Extensions are done with a "Vi spirit".
@@ -49,7 +45,7 @@ completely different editor.  Extensions are done with a "Vi spirit".
   implement and (3) someone actually implementing it.
 
 
-VIM IS... MULTI PLATFORM				*design-multi-platform*
+NVIM IS... MULTI PLATFORM				*design-multi-platform*
 
 Vim tries to help as many users on as many platforms as possible.
 - Support many kinds of terminals.  The minimal demands are cursor positioning
@@ -68,7 +64,7 @@ Vim tries to help as many users on as many platforms as possible.
   contradicts the previous item, these two must be balanced.]
 
 
-VIM IS... WELL DOCUMENTED				*design-documented*
+NVIM IS... WELL DOCUMENTED				*design-documented*
 
 - A feature that isn't documented is a useless feature.  A patch for a new
   feature must include the documentation.
@@ -76,9 +72,14 @@ VIM IS... WELL DOCUMENTED				*design-documented*
   recommended.
 - Don't make the text unnecessarily long.  Less documentation means that an
   item is easier to find.
+- Do not prefix doc-tags with "nvim-". Use |vim_diff.txt| to document
+  differences from Vim. The {Nvim} annotation is also available
+  to mark a specific feature. No other distinction is necessary.
+- If a feature is removed, delete its doc entry and move its tag to
+  |vim_diff.txt|.
 
 
-VIM IS... HIGH SPEED AND SMALL IN SIZE			*design-speed-size*
+NVIM IS... HIGH SPEED AND SMALL IN SIZE			*design-speed-size*
 
 Using Vim must not be a big attack on system resources.  Keep it small and
 fast.
@@ -89,13 +90,11 @@ fast.
   possible.  Useful commands may take longer.
 - Don't forget that some people use Vim over a slow connection.  Minimize the
   communication overhead.
-- Items that add considerably to the size and are not used by many people
-  should be a feature that can be disabled.
 - Vim is a component among other components.  Don't turn it into a massive
   application, but have it work well together with other programs.
 
 
-VIM IS... MAINTAINABLE					*design-maintain*
+NVIM IS... MAINTAINABLE					*design-maintain*
 
 - The source code should not become a mess.  It should be reliable code.
 - Use comments in a useful way!  Quoting the function name and argument names
@@ -106,7 +105,7 @@ VIM IS... MAINTAINABLE					*design-maintain*
   knowledge spread to other parts of the code.
 
 
-VIM IS... FLEXIBLE					*design-flexible*
+NVIM IS... FLEXIBLE					*design-flexible*
 
 Vim should make it easy for users to work in their preferred styles rather
 than coercing its users into particular patterns of work.  This can be for
@@ -117,28 +116,35 @@ be used to adjust Vim to the desire of the user and its environment.
 
 NVIM IS... NOT						*design-not*
 
-Nvim is not an Operating System; instead it should be composed with other
-tools, or hosted as a component. Marvim once said: "Unlike Emacs, Nvim does
-not attempt to include everything but the kitchen sink, but some people use it
-for plumbing."
+Nvim is not an operating system; instead it should be composed with other
+tools or hosted as a component. Marvim once said: "Unlike Emacs, Nvim does not
+include the kitchen sink... but you can use it for plumbing."
 
 
 ==============================================================================
 2. Design decisions					*design-decisions*
 
-Folding
+JARGON	 							*dev-jargon*
 
-Several forms of folding should be possible for the same buffer.  For example,
-have one window that shows the text with function bodies folded, another
-window that shows a function body.
+API client ~
+All external UIs and remote plugins (as opposed to regular Vim plugins) are
+"clients" in general; but we call something an "API client" if its purpose is
+to abstract or wrap the RPC API for the convenience of other applications
+(just like a REST client or SDK such as boto3 for AWS: you can speak AWS REST
+using an HTTP client like curl, but boto3 wraps that in a convenient python
+interface). For example, the Nvim lua-client is an API client:
+    https://github.com/neovim/lua-client
 
-Folding is a way to display the text.  It should not change the text itself.
-Therefore the folding has been implemented as a filter between the text stored
-in a buffer (buffer lines) and the text displayed in a window (logical lines).
+Host ~
+A plugin "host" is both a client (of the Nvim API) and a server (of an
+external platform, e.g. python). It is a remote plugin that hosts other
+plugins.
 
+Remote plugin ~
+Arbitrary code registered via |:UpdateRemotePlugins|, that runs in a separate
+process and communicates with Nvim via the |api|.
 
-Naming the window
-
+Window ~
 The word "window" is commonly used for several things: A window on the screen,
 the xterm window, a window inside Vim to view a buffer.
 To avoid confusion, other items that are sometimes called window have been
@@ -152,111 +158,79 @@ window		View on a buffer.  There can be several windows in Vim,
 		together with the command line, menubar, toolbar, etc. they
 		fit in the shell.
 
+PROVIDERS 							*dev-provider*
 
-Spell checking						*develop-spell*
+A goal of Nvim is to allow extension of the editor without special knowledge
+in the core. But some Vim components are too tightly coupled; in those cases
+a "provider" hook is exposed.
 
-When spell checking was going to be added to Vim a survey was done over the
-available spell checking libraries and programs.  Unfortunately, the result
-was that none of them provided sufficient capabilities to be used as the spell
-checking engine in Vim, for various reasons:
+Consider two examples of integration with external systems that are
+implemented in Vim and are now decoupled from Nvim core as providers:
 
-- Missing support for multi-byte encodings.  At least UTF-8 must be supported,
-  so that more than one language can be used in the same file.
-  Doing on-the-fly conversion is not always possible (would require iconv
-  support).
-- For the programs and libraries: Using them as-is would require installing
-  them separately from Vim.  That's mostly not impossible, but a drawback.
-- Performance: A few tests showed that it's possible to check spelling on the
-  fly (while redrawing), just like syntax highlighting.  But the mechanisms
-  used by other code are much slower.  Myspell uses a hashtable, for example.
-  The affix compression that most spell checkers use makes it slower too.
-- For using an external program like aspell a communication mechanism would
-  have to be setup.  That's complicated to do in a portable way (Unix-only
-  would be relatively simple, but that's not good enough).  And performance
-  will become a problem (lots of process switching involved).
-- Missing support for words with non-word characters, such as "Etten-Leur" and
-  "et al.", would require marking the pieces of them OK, lowering the
-  reliability.
-- Missing support for regions or dialects.  Makes it difficult to accept
-  all English words and highlight non-Canadian words differently.
-- Missing support for rare words.  Many words are correct but hardly ever used
-  and could be a misspelled often-used word.
-- For making suggestions the speed is less important and requiring to install
-  another program or library would be acceptable.  But the word lists probably
-  differ, the suggestions may be wrong words.
+1. In the Vim source code, clipboard logic accounts for more than 1k lines of
+   C source code (ui.c), to perform two tasks that are now accomplished with
+   shell commands such as xclip or pbcopy/pbpaste.
+
+2. Python scripting support: Vim has three files dedicated to embedding the
+   Python interpreter: if_python.c, if_python3.c and if_py_both.h. Together
+   these files sum about 9.5k lines of C source code. In contrast, Nvim Python
+   scripting is performed by an external host process implemented in ~2k lines
+   of Python.
+
+Ideally we could implement Python and clipboard integration in pure vimscript
+and without touching the C code. But this is infeasible without compromising
+backwards compatibility with Vim; that's where providers help.
+
+The provider framework helps call vimscript from C. It is composed of two
+functions in eval.c:
+
+- eval_call_provider(name, method, arguments): calls provider#(name)#Call
+  with the method and arguments.
+- eval_has_provider(name): Checks if a provider is implemented. Returns true
+  if the provider#(name)#Call function is implemented. Called by |has()|
+  (vimscript) to check if features are available.
+
+The provider#(name)#Call function implements integration with an external
+system, because shell commands and |RPC| clients are easier to work with in
+vimscript.
+
+For example, the Python provider is implemented by the
+autoload/provider/python.vim script; the provider#python#Call function is only
+defined if a valid external Python host is found. That works well with the
+`has('python')` expression (normally used by Python plugins) because if the
+Python host isn't installed then the plugin will "think" it is running in
+a Vim compiled without the |+python| feature.
 
 
-Spelling suggestions				*develop-spell-suggestions*
+API								*dev-api*
 
-For making suggestions there are two basic mechanisms:
-1. Try changing the bad word a little bit and check for a match with a good
-   word.  Or go through the list of good words, change them a little bit and
-   check for a match with the bad word.  The changes are deleting a character,
-   inserting a character, swapping two characters, etc.
-2. Perform soundfolding on both the bad word and the good words and then find
-   matches, possibly with a few changes like with the first mechanism.
+Use this pattern to name new API functions:
+    nvim_{thing}_{action}_{arbitrary-qualifiers}
 
-The first is good for finding typing mistakes.  After experimenting with
-hashtables and looking at solutions from other spell checkers the conclusion
-was that a trie (a kind of tree structure) is ideal for this.  Both for
-reducing memory use and being able to try sensible changes.  For example, when
-inserting a character only characters that lead to good words need to be
-tried.  Other mechanisms (with hashtables) need to try all possible letters at
-every position in the word.  Also, a hashtable has the requirement that word
-boundaries are identified separately, while a trie does not require this.
-That makes the mechanism a lot simpler.
+If the function acts on an object then {thing} is the name of that object
+(e.g. "buf" or "win"). If the function operates in a "global" context then
+{thing} is usually omitted (but consider "namespacing" your global operations
+with a {thing} that groups functions under a common concept).
 
-Soundfolding is useful when someone knows how the words sounds but doesn't
-know how it is spelled.  For example, the word "dictionary" might be written
-as "daktonerie".  The number of changes that the first method would need to
-try is very big, it's hard to find the good word that way.  After soundfolding
-the words become "tktnr" and "tkxnry", these differ by only two letters.
+Use existing common {action} names if possible:
+    add   Append to, or insert into, a collection
+    get   Get a thing (or subset of things by some query)
+    set   Set a thing
+    del   Delete a thing (or group of things)
+    list  Get all things
 
-To find words by their soundfolded equivalent (soundalike word) we need a list
-of all soundfolded words.  A few experiments have been done to find out what
-the best method is.  Alternatives:
-1. Do the sound folding on the fly when looking for suggestions.  This means
-   walking through the trie of good words, soundfolding each word and
-   checking how different it is from the bad word.  This is very efficient for
-   memory use, but takes a long time.  On a fast PC it takes a couple of
-   seconds for English, which can be acceptable for interactive use.  But for
-   some languages it takes more than ten seconds (e.g., German, Catalan),
-   which is unacceptable slow.  For batch processing (automatic corrections)
-   it's too slow for all languages.
-2. Use a trie for the soundfolded words, so that searching can be done just
-   like how it works without soundfolding.  This requires remembering a list
-   of good words for each soundfolded word.  This makes finding matches very
-   fast but requires quite a lot of memory, in the order of 1 to 10 Mbyte.
-   For some languages more than the original word list.
-3. Like the second alternative, but reduce the amount of memory by using affix
-   compression and store only the soundfolded basic word.  This is what Aspell
-   does.  Disadvantage is that affixes need to be stripped from the bad word
-   before soundfolding it, which means that mistakes at the start and/or end
-   of the word will cause the mechanism to fail.  Also, this becomes slow when
-   the bad word is quite different from the good word.
+Use consistent names for {thing} in all API functions. E.g. a buffer is called
+"buf" everywhere, not "buffer" in some places and "buf" in others.
 
-The choice made is to use the second mechanism and use a separate file.  This
-way a user with sufficient memory can get very good suggestions while a user
-who is short of memory or just wants the spell checking and no suggestions
-doesn't use so much memory.
+Example: `nvim_get_current_line` acts on the global editor state; the common
+{action} "get" is used but {thing} is omitted.
 
+Example: `nvim_buf_add_highlight` acts on a `Buffer` object (the first
+parameter) and uses the common {action} "add".
 
-Word frequency
+Example: `nvim_list_bufs` operates in a global context (first parameter is
+_not_ a Buffer). The common {action} "list" indicates that it lists all
+bufs (plural) in the global context.
 
-For sorting suggestions it helps to know which words are common.  In theory we
-could store a word frequency with the word in the dictionary.  However, this
-requires storing a count per word.  That degrades word tree compression a lot.
-And maintaining the word frequency for all languages will be a heavy task.
-Also, it would be nice to prefer words that are already in the text.  This way
-the words that appear in the specific text are preferred for suggestions.
-
-What has been implemented is to count words that have been seen during
-displaying.  A hashtable is used to quickly find the word count.  The count is
-initialized from words listed in COMMON items in the affix file, so that it
-also works when starting a new file.
-
-This isn't ideal, because the longer Vim is running the higher the counts
-become.  But in practice it is a noticeable improvement over not using the word
-count.
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 03
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Aug 24
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
 
 
 							*diff* *diff-mode*
-This file describes |diff-mode|, which shows the differences between two,
-three, or four versions of the same file.
+This file describes the |+diff| feature: Showing differences between two to
+eight versions of the same file.
 
 The basics are explained in section |08.7| of the user manual.
 
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ To make these commands use a vertical split, prepend |:vertical|.  Examples: >
 If you always prefer a vertical split include "vertical" in 'diffopt'.
 
 							*E96*
-There can be up to four buffers with 'diff' set.
+There can be up to eight buffers with 'diff' set.
 
 Since the option values are remembered with the buffer, you can edit another
 file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
@@ -124,8 +124,9 @@ file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 		if the current window does not have 'diff' set then no options
 		in it are changed.
 
-The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to the values they had when
-using |:diffsplit|, |:diffpatch| , |:diffthis|. or starting Vim in diff mode.
+The `:diffoff` command resets the relevant options to the values they had when
+using `:diffsplit`, `:diffpatch` , `:diffthis`. or starting Vim in diff mode.
+When using `:diffoff` twice the last saved values are restored.
 Otherwise they are set to their default value:
 
 	'diff'		off
@@ -173,8 +174,8 @@ hidden buffers.  You can use ":hide" to close a window without unloading the
 buffer.  If you don't want a buffer to remain used for the diff do ":set
 nodiff" before hiding it.
 
-							*:diffu* *:diffupdate*
-:diffu[pdate][!]		Update the diff highlighting and folds.
+							*:dif* *:diffupdate*
+:dif[fupdate][!]		Update the diff highlighting and folds.
 
 Vim attempts to keep the differences updated when you make changes to the
 text.  This mostly takes care of inserted and deleted lines.  Changes within a

runtime/doc/doctags.c

@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/* vim:set ts=4 sw=4:
- * this program makes a tags file for vim_ref.txt
- *
- * Usage: doctags vim_ref.txt vim_win.txt ... >tags
- *
- * A tag in this context is an identifier between stars, e.g. *c_files*
- */
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#define LINELEN 200
-
-	int
-main(argc, argv)
-	int		argc;
-	char	**argv;
-{
-	char	line[LINELEN];
-	char	*p1, *p2;
-	char	*p;
-	FILE	*fd;
-
-	if (argc <= 1)
-	{
-		fprintf(stderr, "Usage: doctags docfile ... >tags\n");
-		exit(1);
-	}
-	printf("help-tags\ttags\t1\n");
-	while (--argc > 0)
-	{
-		++argv;
-		fd = fopen(argv[0], "r");
-		if (fd == NULL)
-		{
-			fprintf(stderr, "Unable to open %s for reading\n", argv[0]);
-			continue;
-		}
-		while (fgets(line, LINELEN, fd) != NULL)
-		{
-			p1 = strchr(line, '*');				/* find first '*' */
-			while (p1 != NULL)
-			{
-				p2 = strchr(p1 + 1, '*');		/* find second '*' */
-				if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1)	/* skip "*" and "**" */
-				{
-					for (p = p1 + 1; p < p2; ++p)
-						if (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t' || *p == '|')
-							break;
-					/*
-					 * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid
-					 * characters, there is white space before it and is
-					 * followed by a white character or end-of-line.
-					 */
-					if (p == p2
-							&& (p1 == line || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t')
-								&& (strchr(" \t\n\r", p[1]) != NULL
-									|| p[1] == '\0'))
-					{
-						*p2 = '\0';
-						++p1;
-						printf("%s\t%s\t/*", p1, argv[0]);
-						while (*p1)
-						{
-							/* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */
-							if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/')
-								putchar('\\');
-							putchar(*p1);
-							++p1;
-						}
-						printf("*\n");
-						p2 = strchr(p2 + 1, '*');		/* find next '*' */
-					}
-				}
-				p1 = p2;
-			}
-		}
-		fclose(fd);
-	}
-	return 0;
-}

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 18
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ g CTRL-G		Prints the current position of the cursor in five
 			than one position on the screen (<Tab> or special
 			character), both the "real" column and the screen
 			column are shown, separated with a dash.
-			See also 'ruler' option.
+			Also see the 'ruler' option and the |wordcount()|
+			function.
 
 							*v_g_CTRL-G*
 {Visual}g CTRL-G	Similar to "g CTRL-G", but Word, Character, Line, and
@@ -266,9 +267,6 @@ CTRL-^			Edit the alternate file.  Mostly the alternate file is
 			files.
 			See |CTRL-^| above for further details.
 
-[count]]f						*]f* *[f*
-[count][f		Same as "gf".  Deprecated.
-
 							*gf* *E446* *E447*
 [count]gf		Edit the file whose name is under or after the cursor.
 			Mnemonic: "goto file".
@@ -357,7 +355,7 @@ These are the common ones:
 To avoid the special meaning of the wildcards prepend a backslash.  However,
 on MS-Windows the backslash is a path separator and "path\[abc]" is still seen
 as a wildcard when "[" is in the 'isfname' option.  A simple way to avoid this
-is to use "path\[[]abc]".  Then the file "path[abc]" literally.
+is to use "path\[[]abc]", this matches the file "path\[abc]".
 
 					*starstar-wildcard*
 Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, Mac OS/X and a few other systems.
@@ -367,36 +365,54 @@ Note there are some commands where this works slightly differently, see
 Example: >
 	:n **/*.txt
 Finds files:
-	ttt.txt
-	subdir/ttt.txt
-	a/b/c/d/ttt.txt
-When non-wildcard characters are used these are only matched in the first
-directory.  Example: >
-	:n /usr/inc**/*.h
+	aaa.txt ~
+	subdir/bbb.txt ~
+	a/b/c/d/ccc.txt ~
+When non-wildcard characters are used right before or after "**" these are
+only matched in the top directory.  They are not used for directories further
+down in the tree. For example: >
+	:n /usr/inc**/types.h
 Finds files:
-	/usr/include/types.h
-	/usr/include/sys/types.h
-	/usr/inc_old/types.h
+	/usr/include/types.h ~
+	/usr/include/sys/types.h ~
+	/usr/inc/old/types.h ~
+Note that the path with "/sys" is included because it does not need to match
+"/inc".  Thus it's like matching "/usr/inc*/*/*...", not
+"/usr/inc*/inc*/inc*".
+
 					*backtick-expansion* *`-expansion*
-On Unix and a few other systems you can also use backticks in the file name,
-for example: >
-	:e `find . -name ver\\*.c -print`
-The backslashes before the star are required to prevent "ver*.c" to be
-expanded by the shell before executing the find program.
+On Unix and a few other systems you can also use backticks for the file name
+argument, for example: >
+	:next `find . -name ver\\*.c -print`
+	:view `ls -t *.patch  \| head -n1`
+The backslashes before the star are required to prevent the shell from
+expanding "ver*.c" prior to execution of the find program.  The backslash
+before the shell pipe symbol "|" prevents Vim from parsing it as command
+termination.
 This also works for most other systems, with the restriction that the
 backticks must be around the whole item.  It is not possible to have text
 directly before the first or just after the last backtick.
 
 							*`=*
-You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of an
-external command, by using the syntax `={expr}` e.g.: >
+You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of as an
+external command, by putting an equal sign right after the first backtick,
+e.g.: >
 	:e `=tempname()`
 The expression can contain just about anything, thus this can also be used to
 avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  However, 'wildignore'
 does apply like to other wildcards.
+
+Environment variables in the expression are expanded when evaluating the
+expression, thus this works: >
+	:e `=$HOME . '/.vimrc'`
+This does not work, $HOME is inside a string and used literally: >
+	:e `='$HOME' . '/.vimrc'`
+
 If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
 breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a name.  Line
 breaks also separate names.
+Note that such expressions are only supported in places where a filename is
+expected as an argument to an Ex-command.
 
 							*++opt* *[++opt]*
 The [++opt] argument can be used to force the value of 'fileformat',
@@ -582,6 +598,7 @@ list of the current window.
 				:0argadd x	x a b c
 				:1argadd x	a x b c
 				:$argadd x	a b c x
+			And after the last one:
 				:+2argadd y	a b c x y
 			There is no check for duplicates, it is possible to
 			add a file to the argument list twice.
@@ -932,7 +949,7 @@ the newly written file (it might be there but contain bogus data).  In that
 case try recovery, because the swap file is synced to disk and might still be
 there. |:recover|
 
-The directories given with the 'backupdir' option is used to put the backup
+The directories given with the 'backupdir' option are used to put the backup
 file in.  (default: same directory as the written file).
 
 Whether the backup is a new file, which is a copy of the original file, or the
@@ -1028,10 +1045,10 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			the last file in the argument list has not been
 			edited.  See |:confirm| and 'confirm'.
 
-:q[uit]!		Quit without writing, also when currently visible
-			buffers have changes.  Does not exit when this is the
-			last window and there is a changed hidden buffer.
-			In this case, the first changed hidden buffer becomes
+:q[uit]!		Quit without writing, also when the current buffer has
+			changes.  If this is the last window and there is a
+			modified hidden buffer, the current buffer is
+			abandoned and the first changed hidden buffer becomes
 			the current buffer.
 			Use ":qall!" to exit always.
 
@@ -1203,12 +1220,18 @@ use has("browsefilter"): >
 ==============================================================================
 7. The current directory				*current-directory*
 
-You may use the |:cd| and |:lcd| commands to change to another directory, so
-you will not have to type that directory name in front of the file names.  It
-also makes a difference for executing external commands, e.g. ":!ls".
+You can use |:cd|, |:tcd| and |:lcd| to change to another directory, so you
+will not have to type that directory name in front of the file names.  It also
+makes a difference for executing external commands, e.g. ":!ls" or ":te ls".
 
-Changing directory fails when the current buffer is modified, the '.' flag is
-present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
+There are three current-directory "scopes": global, tab and window.  The
+window-local working directory takes precedence over the tab-local
+working directory, which in turn takes precedence over the global
+working directory.  If a local working directory (tab or window) does not
+exist, the next-higher scope in the hierarchy applies.
+
+Commands for changing the working directory can be suffixed with a bang "!"
+(e.g. |:cd!|) which is ignored, for compatibility with Vim.
 
 							*:cd* *E747* *E472*
 :cd[!]			On non-Unix systems: Print the current directory
@@ -1233,29 +1256,50 @@ present in 'cpoptions' and "!" is not used in the command.
 							*:chd* *:chdir*
 :chd[ir][!] [path]	Same as |:cd|.
 
+					*:tc* *:tcd* *E5000* *E5001* *E5002*
+:tc[d][!] {path}        Like |:cd|, but set the current directory for the
+			current tab and window.  The current directory for
+			other tabs and windows is not changed.
+
+							*:tcd-*
+:tcd[!] -		Change to the previous current directory (before the
+			previous ":tcd {path}" command).
+
+							*:tch* *:tchdir*
+:tch[dir][!]		Same as |:tcd|.
+
 							*:lc* *:lcd*
 :lc[d][!] {path}	Like |:cd|, but only set the current directory for the
 			current window.  The current directory for other
-			windows is not changed.
+			windows or any tabs is not changed.
 
 							*:lch* *:lchdir*
 :lch[dir][!]		Same as |:lcd|.
 
+							*:lcd-* 
+:lcd[!] -		Change to the previous current directory (before the
+			previous ":tcd {path}" command).
+
 							*:pw* *:pwd* *E187*
 :pw[d]			Print the current directory name.
 			Also see |getcwd()|.
 
-So long as no |:lcd| command has been used, all windows share the same current
-directory.  Using a command to jump to another window doesn't change anything
-for the current directory.
-When a |:lcd| command has been used for a window, the specified directory
-becomes the current directory for that window.  Windows where the |:lcd|
-command has not been used stick to the global current directory.  When jumping
-to another window the current directory will become the last specified local
-current directory.  If none was specified, the global current directory is
-used.
-When a |:cd| command is used, the current window will lose his local current
-directory and will use the global current directory from now on.
+So long as no |:tcd| or |:lcd| command has been used, all windows share the
+same "current directory".  Using a command to jump to another window doesn't
+change anything for the current directory.
+
+When |:lcd| has been used for a window, the specified directory becomes the
+current directory for that window.  Windows where the |:lcd| command has not
+been used stick to the global or tab-local directory.  When jumping to another
+window the current directory will become the last specified local current
+directory.  If none was specified, the global or tab-local directory is used.
+
+When changing tabs the same behaviour applies.  If the current tab has no
+local working directory the global working directory is used.  When a |:cd|
+command is used, the current window and tab will lose their local current
+directories and will use the global current directory from now on.  When
+a |:tcd| command is used, only the current window will lose its local working
+directory.
 
 After using |:cd| the full path name will be used for reading and writing
 files.  On some networked file systems this may cause problems.  The result of
@@ -1292,7 +1336,7 @@ There are a few things to remember when editing binary files:
   and when the file is written the <NL> will be replaced with <CR> <NL>.
 - <Nul> characters are shown on the screen as ^@.  You can enter them with
   "CTRL-V CTRL-@" or "CTRL-V 000".
-- To insert a <NL> character in the file split up a line.  When writing the
+- To insert a <NL> character in the file split a line.  When writing the
   buffer to a file a <NL> will be written for the <EOL>.
 - Vim normally appends an <EOL> at the end of the file if there is none.
   Setting the 'binary' option prevents this.  If you want to add the final
@@ -1304,9 +1348,7 @@ There are a few things to remember when editing binary files:
 9. Encryption						*encryption*
 
 					                *:X* *E817* *E818* *E819* *E820*
-Support for editing encrypted files has been removed, but may be added back in
-the future.  See the following discussions for more information:
-
+Support for editing encrypted files has been removed.
 	https://github.com/neovim/neovim/issues/694
 	https://github.com/neovim/neovim/issues/701
 

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Dec 15
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Dec 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ Options:
 		avoid that a Subject line with "Vim:" in it will cause an
 		error message.
 'textwidth'	is set to 72.  This is often recommended for e-mail.
-'formatoptions'  is set to break text lines and to repeat the comment leader
+'formatoptions'	is set to break text lines and to repeat the comment leader
 		in new lines, so that a leading ">" for quotes is repeated.
 		You can also format quoted text with |gq|.
 
@@ -510,32 +510,44 @@ Local mappings:
 	to the end of the file in Normal mode.  This means "> " is inserted in
 	each line.
 
-MAN							*ft-man-plugin* *:Man*
+MAN					*ft-man-plugin* *:Man* *man.vim*
 
-Displays a manual page in a nice way.  Also see the user manual
-|find-manpage|.
+View manpages in Nvim. Supports highlighting, completion, locales, and
+navigation. Also see |find-manpage|.
 
-To start using the ":Man" command before any manual page was loaded, source
-this script from your startup vimrc file: >
+To use Nvim as a manpager: >
+     export MANPAGER="nvim -c 'set ft=man' -"
 
-	runtime ftplugin/man.vim
-
-Options:
-'iskeyword'	the '.' character is added to be able to use CTRL-] on the
-		manual page name.
+man.vim will always attempt to reuse the closest man window (above/left) but
+otherwise create a split.
 
 Commands:
-Man {name}	Display the manual page for {name} in a window.
-Man {number} {name}
-		Display the manual page for {name} in a section {number}.
+Man {name}                Display the manpage for {name}.
+Man {sect} {name}         Display the manpage for {name} and section {sect}.
+Man {name}({sect})        Alternate syntax which completes the section.
+Man {sect} {name}({sect}) Used during completion to show the real section of
+                          when the provided section is a prefix, e.g. 1m vs 1.
+Man {path}                Open the manpage specified by path. Prepend "./" if
+                          page is in the current directory.
+Man                       Open the manpage for the <cWORD> (man buffers)
+                          or <cword> (non-man buffers) under the cursor.
 
-Global mapping:
-<Leader>K	Displays the manual page for the word under the cursor.
+|:Man| accepts command modifiers. For example, to use a vertical split: >
+     :vertical Man printf
 
 Local mappings:
-CTRL-]		Jump to the manual page for the word under the cursor.
-CTRL-T		Jump back to the previous manual page.
+K or CTRL-]               Jump to the manpage for the <cWORD> under the
+                          cursor. Takes a count for the section.
+CTRL-T                    Jump back to the location that the manpage was
+                          opened from.
+q                         :quit if invoked as $MANPAGER, otherwise :close.
 
+Variables:
+*g:no_man_maps*             Do not create mappings in manpage buffers.
+*g:ft_man_folding_enable*   Fold manpages with foldmethod=indent foldnestmax=1.
+*b:man_default_sects*       Comma-separated, ordered list of preferred sections.
+                          For example in C one usually wants section 3 or 2: >
+                               :let b:man_default_sections = '3,2'
 
 PDF							*ft-pdf-plugin*
 

runtime/doc/fold.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Dec 04
+*fold.txt*      For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jan 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -94,9 +94,9 @@ These are the conditions with which the expression is evaluated:
 			lowest.
   "="			use fold level from the previous line
   "a1", "a2", ..	add one, two, .. to the fold level of the previous
-			line
+			line, use the result for the current line
   "s1", "s2", ..	subtract one, two, .. from the fold level of the
-			previous line
+			previous line, use the result for the next line
   "<1", "<2", ..	a fold with this level ends at this line
   ">1", ">2", ..	a fold with this level starts at this line
 
@@ -119,6 +119,18 @@ method can be very slow!
 Try to avoid the "=", "a" and "s" return values, since Vim often has to search
 backwards for a line for which the fold level is defined.  This can be slow.
 
+An example of using "a1" and "s1": For a multi-line C comment, a line
+containing "/*" would return "a1" to start a fold, and a line containing "*/"
+would return "s1" to end the fold after that line: >
+  if match(thisline, '/\*') >= 0
+    return 'a1'
+  elseif match(thisline, '\*/') >= 0
+    return 's1'
+  else
+    return '='
+  endif
+However, this won't work for single line comments, strings, etc.
+
 |foldlevel()| can be useful to compute a fold level relative to a previous
 fold level.  But note that foldlevel() may return -1 if the level is not known
 yet.  And it returns the level at the start of the line, while a fold might
@@ -570,8 +582,9 @@ what you type!
 When using an operator, a closed fold is included as a whole.  Thus "dl"
 deletes the whole closed fold under the cursor.
 
-For Ex commands the range is adjusted to always start at the first line of a
-closed fold and end at the last line of a closed fold.  Thus this command: >
+For Ex commands that work on buffer lines the range is adjusted to always
+start at the first line of a closed fold and end at the last line of a closed
+fold.  Thus this command: >
 	:s/foo/bar/g
 when used with the cursor on a closed fold, will replace "foo" with "bar" in
 all lines of the fold.

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -395,9 +395,9 @@ You may make selections with the mouse (see |gui-mouse-select|), or by using
 Vim's Visual mode (see |v|).  If 'a' is present in 'guioptions', then
 whenever a selection is started (Visual or Select mode), or when the selection
 is changed, Vim becomes the owner of the windowing system's primary selection
-(on MS-Windows the |gui-clipboard| is used).
+(on MS-Windows the |clipboard| is used).
 
-							*clipboard*
+							*primary-selection*
 There is a special register for storing this selection, it is the "*
 register.  Nothing is put in here unless the information about what text is
 selected is about to change (e.g. with a left mouse click somewhere), or when
@@ -825,13 +825,13 @@ the <CR> key.  |<>|)
 
 See section |42.4| in the user manual.
 
-							*:tmenu* *:tm*
+							*:tmenu*
 :tm[enu] {menupath} {rhs}	Define a tip for a menu or tool.  {only in
 				X11 and Win32 GUI}
 
 :tm[enu] [menupath]		List menu tips. {only in X11 and Win32 GUI}
 
-							*:tunmenu* *:tu*
+							*:tunmenu*
 :tu[nmenu] {menupath}		Remove a tip for a menu or tool.
 				{only in X11 and Win32 GUI}
 

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,437 +0,0 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 20
-
-
-		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
-
-
-Vim's Win32 Graphical User Interface			*gui-w32* *win32-gui*
-
-1. Starting the GUI		|gui-w32-start|
-2. Vim as default editor	|vim-default-editor|
-3. Using the clipboard		|gui-clipboard|
-4. Shell Commands		|gui-shell-win32|
-5. Special colors		|win32-colors|
-6. Windows dialogs & browsers	|gui-w32-dialogs|
-7. Command line arguments	|gui-w32-cmdargs|
-8. Various			|gui-w32-various|
-
-Other relevant documentation:
-|gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_win32.txt| 	For Win32 specific items.
-
-==============================================================================
-1. Starting the GUI					*gui-w32-start*
-
-The Win32 GUI version of Vim will always start the GUI, no matter how you
-start it or what it's called.
-
-The GUI will always run in the Windows subsystem.  Mostly shells automatically
-return with a command prompt after starting gvim.  If not, you should use the
-"start" command: >
-	start gvim [options] file ..
-
-Note: All fonts (bold, italic) must be of the same size!!!  If you don't do
-this, text will disappear or mess up the display.  Vim does not check the font
-sizes.  It's the size in screen pixels that must be the same.  Note that some
-fonts that have the same point size don't have the same pixel size!
-Additionally, the positioning of the fonts must be the same (ascent and
-descent).
-
-The Win32 GUI has an extra menu item:  "Edit/Select Font".  It brings up the
-standard Windows font selector.
-
-Setting the menu height doesn't work for the Win32 GUI.
-
-							*gui-win32-maximized*
-If you want Vim to start with a maximized window, add this command to your
-vimrc or gvimrc file: >
-	au GUIEnter * simalt ~x
-<
-==============================================================================
-2. Vim as default editor				*vim-default-editor*
-
-To set Vim as the default editor for a file type:
-1. Start a Windows Explorer
-2. Choose View/Options -> File Types
-3. Select the path to gvim for every file type that you want to use it for.
-   (you can also use three spaces in the file type field, for files without an
-   extension).
-   In the "open" action, use: >
-	gvim "%1"
-<  The quotes are required for using file names with embedded spaces.
-   You can also use this: >
-	gvim "%L"
-<  This should avoid short (8.3 character) file names in some situations.  But
-   I'm not sure if this works everywhere.
-
-When you open a file in Vim by double clicking it, Vim changes to that
-file's directory.
-
-If you want Vim to start full-screen, use this for the Open action: >
-	gvim -c "simalt ~x" "%1"
-
-Another method, which also works when you put Vim in another directory (e.g.,
-when you have got a new version):
-1. select a file you want to use Vim with
-2. <Shift-F10>
-3. select "Open With..." menu entry
-4. click "Other..."
-5. browse to the (new) location of Vim and click "Open"
-6. make "Always Use this program..." checked
-7. <OK>
-
-						*send-to-menu* *sendto*
-You can also install Vim in the "Send To" menu:
-1. Start a Windows Explorer
-2. Navigate to your sendto directory:
-   Windows NT: %windir%\profiles\%user%\sendto (e.g.
-	       "c:\winnt\profiles\mattha\sendto").
-3. Right-click in the file pane and select New->Shortcut
-4. Follow the shortcut wizard, using the full path to VIM/GVIM.
-
-When you 'send a file to Vim', Vim changes to that file's directory.  Note,
-however, that any long directory names will appear in their short (MS-DOS)
-form.  This is a limitation of the Windows "Send To" mechanism.
-
-						*notepad*
-You could replace notepad.exe with gvim.exe, but that has a few side effects.
-Some programs rely on notepad arguments, which are not recognized by Vim.  For
-example "notepad -p" is used by some applications to print a file.  It's
-better to leave notepad where it is and use another way to start Vim.
-
-						*win32-popup-menu*
-A more drastic approach is to install an "Edit with Vim" entry in the popup
-menu for the right mouse button.  With this you can edit any file with Vim.
-
-This can co-exist with the file associations mentioned above.  The difference
-is that the file associations will make starting Vim the default action.  With
-the "Edit with Vim" menu entry you can keep the existing file association for
-double clicking on the file, and edit the file with Vim when you want.  For
-example, you can associate "*.mak" with your make program.  You can execute
-the makefile by double clicking it and use the "Edit with Vim" entry to edit
-the makefile.
-
-You can select any files and right-click to see a menu option called "Edit
-with gvim".  Choosing this menu option will invoke gvim with the file you have
-selected.  If you select multiple files, you will find two gvim-related menu
-options:
-"Edit with multiple gvims"  -- one gvim for each file in the selection
-"Edit with single gvim"     -- one gvim for all the files in the selection
-And if there already is a gvim running:
-"Edit with existing gvim"   -- edit the file with the running gvim
-
-The "edit with existing Vim" entries can be disabled by adding an entry in the
-registry under HKLM\Software\Vim\Gvim, named DisableEditWithExisting, and with
-any value.
-						*install-registry*
-You can add the "Edit with Vim" menu entry in an easy way by using the
-"install.exe" program.  It will add several registry entries for you.
-
-You can also do this by hand.  This is complicated!  Use the install.exe if
-you can.
-
-1. Start the registry editor with "regedit".
-2. Add these keys:
-   key		value name		    value ~
-   HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{51EEE242-AD87-11d3-9C1E-0090278BBD99}
-		{default}		    Vim Shell Extension
-   HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\CLSID\{51EEE242-AD87-11d3-9C1E-0090278BBD99}\InProcServer32
-		{default}		    {path}\gvimext.dll
-		ThreadingModel		    Apartment
-   HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\*\shellex\ContextMenuHandlers\gvim
-		{default}		    {51EEE242-AD87-11d3-9C1E-0090278BBD99}
-   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Shell Extensions\Approved
-		{51EEE242-AD87-11d3-9C1E-0090278BBD99}
-					    Vim Shell Extension
-   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Vim\Gvim
-		path			    {path}\gvim.exe
-   HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 5.6
-		DisplayName		    Vim 5.6: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
-		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstal.exe
-
-   Replace {path} with the path that leads to the executable.
-   Don't type {default}, this is the value for the key itself.
-
-To remove "Edit with Vim" from the popup menu, just remove the registry
-entries mentioned above.  The "uninstal.exe" program can do this for you.  You
-can also use the entry in the Windows standard "Add/Remove Programs" list.
-
-If you notice that this entry overrules other file type associations, set
-those associations again by hand (using Windows Explorer, see above).  This
-only seems to happen on some Windows NT versions (Windows bug?).  Procedure:
-1. Find the name of the file type.  This can be done by starting the registry
-   editor, and searching for the extension in \\HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
-2. In a Windows Explorer, use View/Options/File Types.  Search for the file
-   type in the list and click "Edit".  In the actions list, you can select on
-   to be used as the default (normally the "open" action) and click on the
-   "Set Default" button.
-
-
-Vim in the "Open With..." context menu			*win32-open-with-menu*
-
-If you use the Vim install program you have the choice to add Vim to the "Open
-With..." menu.  This means you can use Vim to edit many files.  Not every file
-(for unclear reasons...), thus the "Edit with Vim" menu entry is still useful.
-
-One reason to add this is to be able to edit HTML files directly from Internet
-Explorer.  To enable this use the "Tools" menu, "Internet Options..." entry.
-In the dialog select the "Programs" tab and select Vim in the "HTML editor"
-choice.  If it's not there than installing didn't work properly.
-
-Doing this manually can be done with this script:
-
-----------------------------------------------------------
-REGEDIT4
-
-[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe]
-
-[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe\shell]
-
-[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe\shell\edit]
-
-[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\Applications\gvim.exe\shell\edit\command]
-@="c:\\vim\\vim62\\gvim.exe \"%1\""
-
-[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\.htm\OpenWithList\gvim.exe]
-
-[HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\*\OpenWithList\gvim.exe]
-
-----------------------------------------------------------
-
-Change the "c:\\vim\\vim62" bit to where gvim.exe is actually located.
-
-To uninstall this run the Vim uninstall program or manually delete the
-registry entries with "regedit".
-
-==============================================================================
-3. Using the clipboard					*gui-clipboard*
-
-Windows has a clipboard, where you can copy text to, and paste text from.  Vim
-supports this in several ways.  For other systems see |gui-selections|.
-
-The "* register reflects the contents of the clipboard.  |quotestar|
-
-When the "unnamed" string is included in the 'clipboard' option, the unnamed
-register is the same.  Thus you can yank to and paste from the clipboard
-without prepending "* to commands.
-
-The 'a' flag in 'guioptions' is not included by default.  This means that text
-is only put on the clipboard when an operation is performed on it.  Just
-Visually selecting text doesn't put it on the clipboard.  When the 'a' flag is
-included, the text is copied to the clipboard even when it is not operated
-upon.
-
-							*mswin.vim*
-To use the standard MS-Windows way of CTRL-X, CTRL-C and CTRL-V, use the
-$VIMRUNTIME/mswin.vim script.  You could add this line to your _vimrc file: >
-	source $VIMRUNTIME/mswin.vim
-
-Since CTRL-C is used to copy the text to the clipboard, it can't be used to
-cancel an operation.  Use CTRL-Break for that.
-
-CTRL-Z is used for undo.  This means you can't suspend Vim with this key, use
-|:suspend| instead (if it's supported at all).
-
-						*CTRL-V-alternative* *CTRL-Q*
-Since CTRL-V is used to paste, you can't use it to start a blockwise Visual
-selection.  You can use CTRL-Q instead.  You can also use CTRL-Q in Insert
-mode and Command-line mode to get the old meaning of CTRL-V.  But CTRL-Q
-doesn't work for terminals when it's used for control flow.
-
-NOTE: The clipboard support still has a number of bugs.
-
-==============================================================================
-4. Shell Commands					*gui-shell-win32*
-
-Vim uses another window for external commands, to make it possible to run any
-command.  The external command gets its own environment for running, just like
-it was started from a DOS prompt.
-
-							*win32-vimrun*
-Executing an external command is done indirectly by the "vimrun" command.  The
-"vimrun.exe" must be in the path for this to work.  Or it must be in the same
-directory as the Vim executable.  If "vimrun" cannot be found, the command is
-executed directly, but then the DOS window closes immediately after the
-external command has finished.
-WARNING: If you close this window with the "X" button, and confirm the
-question if you really want to kill the application, Vim may be killed too!
-(This does not apply to commands run asynchronously with ":!start".)
-
-							*win32-!start*
-Normally, Vim waits for a command to complete before continuing (this makes
-sense for most shell commands which produce output for Vim to use).  If you
-want Vim to start a program and return immediately, you can use the following
-syntax on W95 & NT: >
-	:!start [/min] {command}
-The optional "/min" causes the window to be minimized.
-
-==============================================================================
-5. Special colors					*win32-colors*
-
-On Win32, the normal DOS colors can be used.  See |dos-colors|.
-
-Additionally the system configured colors can also be used.  These are known
-by the names Sys_XXX, where XXX is the appropriate system color name, from the
-following list (see the Win32 documentation for full descriptions).  Case is
-ignored.
-
-Sys_3DDKShadow		Sys_3DFace			Sys_BTNFace
-Sys_3DHilight		Sys_3DHighlight			Sys_BTNHilight
-Sys_BTNHighlight	Sys_3DLight			Sys_3DShadow
-Sys_BTNShadow		Sys_ActiveBorder		Sys_ActiveCaption
-Sys_AppWorkspace	Sys_Background			Sys_Desktop
-Sys_BTNText		Sys_CaptionText			Sys_GrayText
-Sys_Highlight		Sys_HighlightText		Sys_InactiveBorder
-Sys_InactiveCaption	Sys_InactiveCaptionText		Sys_InfoBK
-Sys_InfoText		Sys_Menu			Sys_MenuText
-Sys_ScrollBar		Sys_Window			Sys_WindowFrame
-Sys_WindowText
-
-Probably the most useful values are
-	Sys_Window	    Normal window background
-	Sys_WindowText      Normal window text
-	Sys_Highlight       Highlighted background
-	Sys_HighlightText   Highlighted text
-
-These extra colors are also available:
-Gray, Grey, LightYellow, SeaGreen, Orange, Purple, SlateBlue, Violet,
-
-								*rgb.txt*
-Additionally, colors defined by a "rgb.txt" file can be used.  This file is
-well known from X11.  A few lines from it: >
-
-  255 218 185		   peach puff
-  205 133  63		   peru
-  255 181 197		   pink
-
-This shows the layout of the file:  First the R, G and B value as a decimal
-number, followed by the name of the color.  The four fields are separated by
-spaces.
-
-You can get an rgb.txt file from any X11 distribution.  It is located in a
-directory like "/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/".  For Vim it must be located in the
-$VIMRUNTIME directory.  Thus the file can be found with "$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt".
-
-==============================================================================
-						*gui-w32-dialogs* *dialog*
-6. Windows dialogs & browsers
-
-The Win32 GUI can use familiar Windows components for some operations, as well
-as the traditional interface shared with the console version.
-
-
-6.1 Dialogs
-
-The dialogs displayed by the "confirm" family (i.e. the 'confirm' option,
-|:confirm| command and |confirm()| function) are GUI-based rather than the
-console-based ones used by other versions.  The 'c' flag in 'guioptions'
-changes this.
-
-
-6.2 File Browsers
-
-When prepending ":browse" before file editing commands, a file requester is
-used to allow you to select an existing file.  See |:browse|.
-
-==============================================================================
-7. Command line arguments				*gui-w32-cmdargs*
-
-Analysis of a command line into parameters is not standardised in MS Windows.
-Gvim has to provide logic to analyse a command line.  This logic is likely to
-be different from the default logic provided by a compilation system used to
-build vim.  The differences relate to unusual double quote (") usage.
-The arguments "C:\My Music\freude.txt" and "+/Sch\"iller" are handled in the
-same way.  The argument "+/Sch""iller" may be handled different by gvim and
-vim, depending what it was compiled with.
-
-The rules are:
-      a) A parameter is a sequence of graphic characters.
-      b) Parameters are separated by white space.
-      c) A parameter can be enclosed in double quotes to include white space.
-      d) A sequence of zero or more backslashes (\) and a double quote (")
-	is special.  The effective number of backslashes is halved, rounded
-	down.  An even number of backslashes reverses the acceptability of
-	spaces and tabs, an odd number of backslashes produces a literal
-	double quote.
-
-So:
-	"	is a special double quote
-	\"	is a literal double quote
-	\\"	is a literal backslash and a special double quote
-	\\\"	is a literal backslash and a literal double quote
-	\\\\"	is 2 literal backslashes and a special double quote
-	\\\\\"	is 2 literal backslashes and a literal double quote
-	etc.
-
-Example: >
-	gvim "C:\My Music\freude" +"set ignorecase" +/"\"foo\\" +\"bar\\\"
-
-opens "C:\My Music\freude" and executes the line mode commands: >
-	set ignorecase; /"foo\ and /bar\"
-
-==============================================================================
-8. Various						*gui-w32-various*
-
-							*gui-w32-printing*
-The "File/Print" menu prints the text with syntax highlighting, see
-|:hardcopy|.  If you just want to print the raw text and have a default
-printer installed this should also work: >
-	:w >>prn
-
-Vim supports a number of standard MS Windows features.  Some of these are
-detailed elsewhere: see |'mouse'|, |win32-hidden-menus|.
-
-							*drag-n-drop-win32*
-You can drag and drop one or more files into the Vim window, where they will
-be opened as normal.  See |drag-n-drop|.
-
-							*:simalt* *:si*
-:sim[alt] {key}		simulate pressing {key} while holding Alt pressed.
-			{only for Win32 versions}
-
-Normally, Vim takes control of all Alt-<Key> combinations, to increase the
-number of possible mappings.  This clashes with the standard use of Alt as the
-key for accessing menus.
-The quick way of getting standard behavior is to set the 'winaltkeys' option
-to "yes".  This however prevents you from mapping Alt keys at all.
-Another way is to set 'winaltkeys' to "menu".  Menu shortcut keys are then
-handled by windows, other ALT keys can be mapped.  This doesn't allow a
-dependency on the current state though.
-To get round this, the :simalt command allows Vim (when 'winaltkeys' is not
-"yes") to fake a Windows-style Alt keypress.  You can use this to map Alt key
-combinations (or anything else for that matter) to produce standard Windows
-actions.  Here are some examples: >
-
-	:map <M-f> :simalt f<CR>
-This makes Alt-F pop down the 'File' menu (with the stock Menu.vim) by
-simulating the keystrokes Alt, F. >
-	:map <M-Space> :simalt ~<CR>
-This maps Alt-Space to pop down the system menu for the Vim window.  Note that
-~ is used by simalt to represent the <Space> character. >
-	:map <C-n> :simalt ~n<CR>
-Maps Control-N to produce the keys Alt-Space followed by N.  This minimizes the
-Vim window via the system menu.
-
-Note that the key changes depending on the language you are using.
-
-						*intellimouse-wheel-problems*
-When using the Intellimouse mouse wheel causes Vim to stop accepting input, go
-to:
-	ControlPanel - Mouse - Wheel - UniversalScrolling - Exceptions
-
-And add gvim to the list of applications.  This problem only appears to happen
-with the Intellimouse driver 2.2 and when "Universal Scrolling" is turned on.
-
-
-XPM support						*w32-xpm-support*
-
-Gvim can be build on MS-Windows with support for XPM files.  |+xpm_w32|
-See the Make_mvc.mak file for instructions, search for XPM.
-
-To try out if XPM support works do this: >
-	:help
-	:exe 'sign define vimxpm icon=' . $VIMRUNTIME . '\\vim16x16.xpm'
-	:exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' . expand('%:p')
-<
-
- vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Apr 15
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 31
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -9,14 +9,14 @@ Close this window:  Use ":q<Enter>".
 
 Jump to a subject:  Position the cursor on a tag (e.g. |bars|) and hit CTRL-].
    With the mouse:  Double-click the left mouse button on a tag, e.g. |bars|.
-	Jump back:  Type CTRL-T or CTRL-O (repeat to go further back).
+	Jump back:  Type CTRL-T or CTRL-O.  Repeat to go further back.
 
 Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		    on, by giving an argument to the |:help| command.
-		    It is possible to further specify the context:
-							*help-context*
+		    Prepend something to specify the context:  *help-context*
+
 			  WHAT			PREPEND    EXAMPLE	~
-		      Normal mode command      (nothing)   :help x
+		      Normal mode command		   :help x
 		      Visual mode command	  v_	   :help v_u
 		      Insert mode command	  i_	   :help i_<Esc>
 		      Command-line command	  :	   :help :quit
@@ -24,6 +24,8 @@ Get specific help:  It is possible to go directly to whatever you want help
 		      Vim command argument	  -	   :help -r
 		      Option			  '	   :help 'textwidth'
 		      Regular expression	  /	   :help /[
+		    See |help-summary| for more contexts and an explanation.
+
   Search for help:  Type ":help word", then hit CTRL-D to see matching
 		    help entries for "word".
 		    Or use ":helpgrep word". |:helpgrep|
@@ -152,6 +154,7 @@ GUI ~
 Interfaces ~
 |if_cscop.txt|	using Cscope with Vim
 |if_pyth.txt|	Python interface
+|if_ruby.txt|	Ruby interface
 |debugger.txt|	Interface with a debugger
 |sign.txt|	debugging signs
 

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 19
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -188,6 +188,9 @@ command: >
 				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
 :helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}
 			Generate the help tags file(s) for directory {dir}.
+			When {dir} is ALL then all "doc" directories in
+			'runtimepath' will be used.
+
 			All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory and
 			sub-directories are scanned for a help tag definition
 			in between stars.  The "*.??x" files are for
@@ -196,9 +199,11 @@ command: >
 			sorted.
 			When there are duplicates an error message is given.
 			An existing tags file is silently overwritten.
+
 			The optional "++t" argument forces adding the
 			"help-tags" tag.  This is also done when the {dir} is
 			equal to $VIMRUNTIME/doc.
+
 			To rebuild the help tags in the runtime directory
 			(requires write permission there): >
 				:helptags $VIMRUNTIME/doc
@@ -249,7 +254,9 @@ The second one finds the English user manual, even when 'helplang' is set to
 
 When using command-line completion for the ":help" command, the "@en"
 extension is only shown when a tag exists for multiple languages.  When the
-tag only exists for English "@en" is omitted.
+tag only exists for English "@en" is omitted.  When the first candidate has an
+"@ab" extension and it matches the first language in 'helplang' "@ab" is also
+omitted.
 
 When using |CTRL-]| or ":help!" in a non-English help file Vim will try to
 find the tag in the same language.  If not found then 'helplang' will be used
@@ -306,6 +313,10 @@ aligned on a line.
 When referring to an existing help tag and to create a hot-link, place the
 name between two bars (|) eg. |help-writing|.
 
+When referring to a Vim command and to create a hot-link, place the
+name between two backticks, eg. inside `:filetype`.  You will see this is
+highlighted as a command, like a code block (see below).
+
 When referring to a Vim option in the help file, place the option name between
 two single quotes, eg. 'statusline'
 

runtime/doc/if_cscop.txt

@@ -128,6 +128,7 @@ The available subcommands are:
 		6 or e: Find this egrep pattern
 		7 or f: Find this file
 		8 or i: Find files #including this file
+		9 or a: Find places where this symbol is assigned a value
 
 	For all types, except 4 and 6, leading white space for {name} is
 	removed.  For 4 and 6 there is exactly one space between {querytype}
@@ -254,13 +255,13 @@ started will have no effect!
 {not available when compiled without the |+quickfix| feature}
 'cscopequickfix' specifies whether to use quickfix window to show cscope
 results.  This is a list of comma-separated values. Each item consists of
-|cscope-find| command (s, g, d, c, t, e, f or i) and flag (+, - or 0).
+|cscope-find| command (s, g, d, c, t, e, f, i or a) and flag (+, - or 0).
 '+' indicates that results must be appended to quickfix window,
 '-' implies previous results clearance, '0' or command absence - don't use
 quickfix.  Search is performed from start until first command occurrence.
 The default value is "" (don't use quickfix anyway).  The following value
 seems to be useful: >
-	:set cscopequickfix=s-,c-,d-,i-,t-,e-
+	:set cscopequickfix=s-,c-,d-,i-,t-,e-,a-
 <
 							*cscopetag* *cst*
 If 'cscopetag' is set, the commands ":tag" and CTRL-] as well as "vim -t"
@@ -418,6 +419,7 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
 	nmap <C-_>f :cs find f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
 	nmap <C-_>i :cs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
 	nmap <C-_>d :cs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+	nmap <C-_>a :cs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
 
 	" Using 'CTRL-spacebar' then a search type makes the vim window
 	" split horizontally, with search result displayed in
@@ -431,6 +433,7 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
 	nmap <C-Space>f :scs find f <C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR><CR>
 	nmap <C-Space>i :scs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
 	nmap <C-Space>d :scs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+	nmap <C-Space>a :scs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
 
 	" Hitting CTRL-space *twice* before the search type does a vertical
 	" split instead of a horizontal one
@@ -449,6 +452,8 @@ Cscope Home Page (http://cscope.sourceforge.net/): >
 		\:vert scs find i ^<C-R>=expand("<cfile>")<CR>$<CR>
 	nmap <C-Space><C-Space>d
 		\:vert scs find d <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
+	nmap <C-Space><C-Space>a
+		\:vert scs find a <C-R>=expand("<cword>")<CR><CR>
 
 ==============================================================================
 7. Cscope availability and information			*cscope-info*

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ The Python Interface to Vim				*python* *Python*
 8. pyeval(), py3eval() Vim functions		|python-pyeval|
 9. Python 3					|python3|
 
-See |nvim-python| for more information. {Nvim}
+See |provider-python| for more information. {Nvim}
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*python-commands*

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+*if_ruby.txt*
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
+
+The Ruby Interface to Vim				*ruby* *Ruby*
+
+
+1. Commands			|ruby-commands|
+2. The VIM module		|ruby-vim|
+3. VIM::Buffer objects		|ruby-buffer|
+4. VIM::Window objects		|ruby-window|
+5. Global variables		|ruby-globals|
+
+			*E266* *E267* *E268* *E269* *E270* *E271* *E272* *E273*
+
+The home page for ruby is http://www.ruby-lang.org/.  You can find links for
+downloading Ruby there.
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Commands						*ruby-commands*
+
+							*:ruby* *:rub*
+:rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
+				:ruby print "Hello"
+
+:rub[y] << {endpattern}
+{script}
+{endpattern}
+			Execute Ruby script {script}.
+			{endpattern} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
+			If {endpattern} is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  This
+			form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for
+			including ruby code in vim scripts.
+			Note: This command doesn't work when the Ruby feature
+			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
+			|script-here|.
+
+Example Vim script: >
+
+	function! RedGem()
+	ruby << EOF
+	class Garnet
+		def initialize(s)
+			@buffer = VIM::Buffer.current
+			vimputs(s)
+		end
+		def vimputs(s)
+			@buffer.append(@buffer.count,s)
+		end
+	end
+	gem = Garnet.new("pretty")
+	EOF
+	endfunction
+<
+
+						*:rubydo* *:rubyd* *E265*
+:[range]rubyd[o] {cmd}	Evaluate Ruby command {cmd} for each line in the
+			[range], with $_ being set to the text of each line in
+			turn, without a trailing <EOL>.  Setting $_ will change
+			the text, but note that it is not possible to add or
+			delete lines using this command.
+			The default for [range] is the whole file: "1,$".
+
+							*:rubyfile* *:rubyf*
+:rubyf[ile] {file}	Execute the Ruby script in {file}.  This is the same as
+			":ruby load 'file'", but allows file name completion.
+
+Executing Ruby commands is not possible in the |sandbox|.
+
+==============================================================================
+2. The VIM module					*ruby-vim*
+
+Ruby code gets all of its access to vim via the "VIM" module.
+
+Overview >
+	print "Hello"			      # displays a message
+	VIM.command(cmd)		      # execute an Ex command
+	num = VIM::Window.count		      # gets the number of windows
+	w = VIM::Window[n]		      # gets window "n"
+	cw = VIM::Window.current	      # gets the current window
+	num = VIM::Buffer.count		      # gets the number of buffers
+	b = VIM::Buffer[n]		      # gets buffer "n"
+	cb = VIM::Buffer.current	      # gets the current buffer
+	w.height = lines		      # sets the window height
+	w.cursor = [row, col]		      # sets the window cursor position
+	pos = w.cursor			      # gets an array [row, col]
+	name = b.name			      # gets the buffer file name
+	line = b[n]			      # gets a line from the buffer
+	num = b.count			      # gets the number of lines
+	b[n] = str			      # sets a line in the buffer
+	b.delete(n)			      # deletes a line
+	b.append(n, str)		      # appends a line after n
+	line = VIM::Buffer.current.line       # gets the current line
+	num = VIM::Buffer.current.line_number # gets the current line number
+	VIM::Buffer.current.line = "test"     # sets the current line number
+<
+
+Module Functions:
+
+							*ruby-message*
+VIM::message({msg})
+	Displays the message {msg}.
+
+							*ruby-set_option*
+VIM::set_option({arg})
+	Sets a vim option.  {arg} can be any argument that the ":set" command
+	accepts.  Note that this means that no spaces are allowed in the
+	argument!  See |:set|.
+
+							*ruby-command*
+VIM::command({cmd})
+	Executes Ex command {cmd}.
+
+							*ruby-evaluate*
+VIM::evaluate({expr})
+	Evaluates {expr} using the vim internal expression evaluator (see
+	|expression|).  Returns the expression result as a string.
+	A |List| is turned into a string by joining the items and inserting
+	line breaks.
+
+==============================================================================
+3. VIM::Buffer objects					*ruby-buffer*
+
+VIM::Buffer objects represent vim buffers.
+
+Class Methods:
+
+current		Returns the current buffer object.
+count		Returns the number of buffers.
+self[{n}]	Returns the buffer object for the number {n}.  The first number
+		is 0.
+
+Methods:
+
+name		Returns the name of the buffer.
+number		Returns the number of the buffer.
+count		Returns the number of lines.
+length		Returns the number of lines.
+self[{n}]	Returns a line from the buffer. {n} is the line number.
+self[{n}] = {str}
+		Sets a line in the buffer. {n} is the line number.
+delete({n})	Deletes a line from the buffer. {n} is the line number.
+append({n}, {str})
+		Appends a line after the line {n}.
+line		Returns the current line of the buffer if the buffer is
+		active.
+line = {str}    Sets the current line of the buffer if the buffer is active.
+line_number     Returns the number of the current line if the buffer is
+		active.
+
+==============================================================================
+4. VIM::Window objects					*ruby-window*
+
+VIM::Window objects represent vim windows.
+
+Class Methods:
+
+current		Returns the current window object.
+count		Returns the number of windows.
+self[{n}]	Returns the window object for the number {n}.  The first number
+		is 0.
+
+Methods:
+
+buffer		Returns the buffer displayed in the window.
+height		Returns the height of the window.
+height = {n}	Sets the window height to {n}.
+width		Returns the width of the window.
+width = {n}	Sets the window width to {n}.
+cursor		Returns a [row, col] array for the cursor position.
+cursor = [{row}, {col}]
+		Sets the cursor position to {row} and {col}.
+
+==============================================================================
+5. Global variables					*ruby-globals*
+
+There are two global variables.
+
+$curwin		The current window object.
+$curbuf		The current buffer object.
+
+==============================================================================
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Feb 12
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:cpfile|	:cpf[ile]	go to last error in previous file
 |:cquit|	:cq[uit]	quit Vim with an error code
 |:crewind|	:cr[ewind]	go to the specified error, default first one
-|:cscope|	:cs[cope]       execute cscope command
+|:cscope|	:cs[cope]	execute cscope command
 |:cstag|	:cst[ag]	use cscope to jump to a tag
 |:cunmap|	:cu[nmap]	like ":unmap" but for Command-line mode
 |:cunabbrev|	:cuna[bbrev]	like ":unabbrev" but for Command-line mode
@@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:lcd|		:lc[d]		change directory locally
 |:lchdir|	:lch[dir]	change directory locally
 |:lclose|	:lcl[ose]	close location window
-|:lcscope|	:lcs[cope]      like ":cscope" but uses location list
+|:lcscope|	:lcs[cope]	like ":cscope" but uses location list
 |:ldo|		:ld[o]		execute command in valid location list entries
 |:lfdo|		:lfd[o]		execute command in each file in location list
 |:left|		:le[ft]		left align lines
@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:marks|	:marks		list all marks
 |:match|	:mat[ch]	define a match to highlight
 |:menu|		:me[nu]		enter a new menu item
-|:menutranslate| :menut[ranslate] add a menu translation item
+|:menutranslate|  :menut[ranslate] add a menu translation item
 |:messages|	:mes[sages]	view previously displayed messages
 |:mkexrc|	:mk[exrc]	write current mappings and settings to a file
 |:mksession|	:mks[ession]	write session info to a file
@@ -1378,6 +1378,8 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:ounmap|	:ou[nmap]	like ":unmap" but for Operator-pending mode
 |:ounmenu|	:ounme[nu]	remove menu for Operator-pending mode
 |:ownsyntax|	:ow[nsyntax]	set new local syntax highlight for this window
+|:packadd|	:pa[ckadd]	add a plugin from 'packpath'
+|:packloadall|	:packl[oadall]	load all packages under 'packpath'
 |:pclose|	:pc[lose]	close preview window
 |:pedit|	:ped[it]	edit file in the preview window
 |:print|	:p[rint]	print lines
@@ -1494,7 +1496,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:stop|		:st[op]		suspend the editor or escape to a shell
 |:stag|		:sta[g]		split window and jump to a tag
 |:startinsert|	:star[tinsert]	start Insert mode
-|:startgreplace| :startg[replace] start Virtual Replace mode
+|:startgreplace|  :startg[replace] start Virtual Replace mode
 |:startreplace|	:startr[eplace]	start Replace mode
 |:stopinsert|	:stopi[nsert]	stop Insert mode
 |:stjump|	:stj[ump]	do ":tjump" and split window
@@ -1515,14 +1517,14 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:tabdo|	:tabdo		execute command in each tab page
 |:tabedit|	:tabe[dit]	edit a file in a new tab page
 |:tabfind|	:tabf[ind]	find file in 'path', edit it in a new tab page
-|:tabfirst|	:tabfir[st]	got to first tab page
-|:tablast|	:tabl[ast]	got to last tab page
+|:tabfirst|	:tabfir[st]	go to first tab page
+|:tablast|	:tabl[ast]	go to last tab page
 |:tabmove|	:tabm[ove]	move tab page to other position
 |:tabnew|	:tabnew		edit a file in a new tab page
 |:tabnext|	:tabn[ext]	go to next tab page
 |:tabonly|	:tabo[nly]	close all tab pages except the current one
 |:tabprevious|	:tabp[revious]	go to previous tab page
-|:tabrewind|	:tabr[ewind]	got to first tab page
+|:tabrewind|	:tabr[ewind]	go to first tab page
 |:tabs|		:tabs		list the tab pages and what they contain
 |:tab|		:tab		create new tab when opening new window
 |:tag|		:ta[g]		jump to tag

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 20
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jan 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 	CTRL-R a		results in "ac".
 	CTRL-R CTRL-R a		results in "ab^Hc".
 <		Options 'textwidth', 'formatoptions', etc. still apply.  If
-		you also want to avoid these, use "<C-R><C-O>r", see below.
+		you also want to avoid these, use CTRL-R CTRL-O, see below.
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
 
@@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ original HTML files completion of tags (and only tags) isn't context aware.
 
 RUBY						 *ft-ruby-omni* {Nvim}
 
-NOTE: Completion for ruby code is not currently provided by Nvim.
+NOTE: |compl-omni| for Ruby code requires |provider-ruby| to be installed.
 
 Ruby completion will parse your buffer on demand in order to provide a list of
 completions.  These completions will be drawn from modules loaded by 'require'

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ notation	meaning		    equivalent	decimal value(s)	~
 <k0> - <k9>	keypad 0 to 9			*keypad-0* *keypad-9*
 <S-...>		shift-key			*shift* *<S-*
 <C-...>		control-key			*control* *ctrl* *<C-*
-<M-...>		alt-key or meta-key		*meta* *alt* *<M-*
+<M-...>		alt-key or meta-key		*META* *meta* *alt* *<M-*
 <A-...>		same as <M-...>			*<A-*
 <D-...>		command-key or "super" key	*<D-*
 <t_xx>		key with "xx" entry in termcap

runtime/doc/job_control.txt

@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ for details.
 Job control is achieved by calling a combination of the |jobstart()|,
 |jobsend()| and |jobstop()| functions. Here's an example:
 >
-    function s:JobHandler(job_id, data, event)
+    function! s:JobHandler(job_id, data, event)
       if a:event == 'stdout'
         let str = self.shell.' stdout: '.join(a:data)
       elseif a:event == 'stderr'
@@ -84,6 +84,19 @@ Here's what is happening:
      program.
   2: The event type, which is "stdout", "stderr" or "exit".
 
+  Note: Buffered stdout/stderr data which has not been flushed by the sender
+        will not trigger the "stdout" callback (but if the process ends, the
+        "exit" callback will be triggered).
+        For example, "ruby -e" buffers output, so small strings will be
+        buffered unless "auto-flushing" ($stdout.sync=true) is enabled. >
+          function! Receive(job_id, data, event)
+            echom printf('%s: %s',a:event,string(a:data))
+          endfunction
+          call jobstart(['ruby', '-e',
+            \ '$stdout.sync = true; 5.times do sleep 1 and puts "Hello Ruby!" end'],
+            \ {'on_stdout': 'Receive'})
+<       https://github.com/neovim/neovim/issues/1592
+
 The options dictionary is passed as the "self" variable to the callback
 function. Here's a more object-oriented version of the above:
 >

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Dec 08
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jan 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ modes.
 :im[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:im* *:imap*
 :lm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|		*:lm* *:lmap*
 :cm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|		*:cm* *:cmap*
+:tm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-t|		*:tm* *:tmap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
 			where the map command applies.  The result, including
 			{rhs}, is then further scanned for mappings.  This
@@ -71,6 +72,7 @@ modes.
 :ino[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|	*:ino* *:inoremap*
 :ln[oremap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-l|	*:ln*  *:lnoremap*
 :cno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-c|	*:cno* *:cnoremap*
+:tno[remap] {lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-t|	*:tno* *:tnoremap*
 			Map the key sequence {lhs} to {rhs} for the modes
 			where the map command applies.  Disallow mapping of
 			{rhs}, to avoid nested and recursive mappings.  Often
@@ -87,6 +89,7 @@ modes.
 :iu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-i|		*:iu*   *:iunmap*
 :lu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-l|		*:lu*   *:lunmap*
 :cu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-c|		*:cu*   *:cunmap*
+:tu[nmap] {lhs}			|mapmode-t|		*:tu*   *:tunmap*
 			Remove the mapping of {lhs} for the modes where the
 			map command applies.  The mapping may remain defined
 			for other modes where it applies.
@@ -105,6 +108,7 @@ modes.
 :imapc[lear]			|mapmode-i|		*:imapc*  *:imapclear*
 :lmapc[lear]			|mapmode-l|		*:lmapc*  *:lmapclear*
 :cmapc[lear]			|mapmode-c|		*:cmapc*  *:cmapclear*
+:tmapc[lear]			|mapmode-t|		*:tmapc*  *:tmapclear*
 			Remove ALL mappings for the modes where the map
 			command applies.
 			Use the <buffer> argument to remove buffer-local
@@ -121,6 +125,7 @@ modes.
 :im[ap]				|mapmode-i|
 :lm[ap]				|mapmode-l|
 :cm[ap]				|mapmode-c|
+:tm[ap]				|mapmode-t|
 			List all key mappings for the modes where the map
 			command applies.  Note that ":map" and ":map!" are
 			used most often, because they include the other modes.
@@ -135,6 +140,7 @@ modes.
 :im[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-i|		*:imap_l*
 :lm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-l|		*:lmap_l*
 :cm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-c|		*:cmap_l*
+:tm[ap] {lhs}			|mapmode-t|		*:tmap_l*
 			List the key mappings for the key sequences starting
 			with {lhs} in the modes where the map command applies.
 
@@ -288,9 +294,9 @@ as a special key.
 
 
 1.3 MAPPING AND MODES					*:map-modes*
-			*mapmode-nvo* *mapmode-n* *mapmode-v* *mapmode-o*
+		*mapmode-nvo* *mapmode-n* *mapmode-v* *mapmode-o* *mapmode-t*
 
-There are six sets of mappings
+There are seven sets of mappings
 - For Normal mode: When typing commands.
 - For Visual mode: When typing commands while the Visual area is highlighted.
 - For Select mode: like Visual mode but typing text replaces the selection.
@@ -298,6 +304,7 @@ There are six sets of mappings
   etc.).  See below: |omap-info|.
 - For Insert mode.  These are also used in Replace mode.
 - For Command-line mode: When entering a ":" or "/" command.
+- For Terminal mode: When typing in a |:terminal| buffer.
 
 Special case: While typing a count for a command in Normal mode, mapping zero
 is disabled.  This makes it possible to map zero without making it impossible
@@ -316,6 +323,7 @@ Overview of which map command works in which mode.  More details below.
 :imap  :inoremap :iunmap    Insert
 :lmap  :lnoremap :lunmap    Insert, Command-line, Lang-Arg
 :cmap  :cnoremap :cunmap    Command-line
+:tmap  :tnoremap :tunmap    Terminal
 
 
     COMMANDS				      MODES ~
@@ -481,7 +489,7 @@ internal code is written to the script file.
 
 
 1.6 SPECIAL CHARACTERS					*:map-special-chars*
-							*map_backslash*
+						*map_backslash* *map-backslash*
 Note that only CTRL-V is mentioned here as a special character for mappings
 and abbreviations.  When 'cpoptions' does not contain 'B', a backslash can
 also be used like CTRL-V.  The <> notation can be fully used then |<>|.  But
@@ -492,21 +500,21 @@ To map a backslash, or use a backslash literally in the {rhs}, the special
 sequence "<Bslash>" can be used.  This avoids the need to double backslashes
 when using nested mappings.
 
-							*map_CTRL-C*
+						*map_CTRL-C* *map-CTRL-C*
 Using CTRL-C in the {lhs} is possible, but it will only work when Vim is
 waiting for a key, not when Vim is busy with something.  When Vim is busy
 CTRL-C interrupts/breaks the command.
 When using the GUI version on MS-Windows CTRL-C can be mapped to allow a Copy
 command to the clipboard.  Use CTRL-Break to interrupt Vim.
 
-							*map_space_in_lhs*
+					*map_space_in_lhs* *map-space_in_lhs*
 To include a space in {lhs} precede it with a CTRL-V (type two CTRL-Vs for
 each space).
-							*map_space_in_rhs*
+					*map_space_in_rhs* *map-space_in_rhs*
 If you want a {rhs} that starts with a space, use "<Space>".  To be fully Vi
 compatible (but unreadable) don't use the |<>| notation, precede {rhs} with a
 single CTRL-V (you have to type CTRL-V two times).
-							*map_empty_rhs*
+						*map_empty_rhs* *map-empty-rhs*
 You can create an empty {rhs} by typing nothing after a single CTRL-V (you
 have to type CTRL-V two times).  Unfortunately, you cannot do this in a vimrc
 file.
@@ -581,7 +589,7 @@ Upper and lowercase differences are ignored.
 It is not possible to put a comment after these commands, because the '"'
 character is considered to be part of the {lhs} or {rhs}.
 
-							*map_bar*
+							*map_bar* *map-bar*
 Since the '|' character is used to separate a map command from the next
 command, you will have to do something special to include  a '|' in {rhs}.
 There are three methods:
@@ -599,7 +607,7 @@ When 'b' is present in 'cpoptions', "\|" will be recognized as a mapping
 ending in a '\' and then another command.  This is Vi compatible, but
 illogical when compared to other commands.
 
-							*map_return*
+						*map_return* *map-return*
 When you have a mapping that contains an Ex command, you need to put a line
 terminator after it to have it executed.  The use of <CR> is recommended for
 this (see |<>|).  Example: >
@@ -1398,6 +1406,27 @@ The valid escape sequences are
 	<bang>	(See the '-bang' attribute) Expands to a ! if the
 		command was executed with a ! modifier, otherwise
 		expands to nothing.
+						*<mods>*
+	<mods>  The command modifiers, if specified. Otherwise, expands to
+		nothing. Supported modifiers are |aboveleft|, |belowright|,
+		|botright|, |browse|, |confirm|, |hide|, |keepalt|,
+		|keepjumps|, |keepmarks|, |keeppatterns|, |lockmarks|,
+		|noswapfile|, |silent|, |tab|, |topleft|, |verbose|, and
+		|vertical|.
+		Examples: >
+		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file MyEdit
+				\ for f in expand(<q-args>, 0, 1) |
+				\ exe '<mods> split ' . f |
+				\ endfor
+
+		    function! SpecialEdit(files, mods)
+			for f in expand(a:files, 0, 1)
+			    exe a:mods . ' split ' . f
+			endfor
+		    endfunction
+		    command! -nargs=+ -complete=file Sedit
+				\ call SpecialEdit(<q-args>, <q-mods>)
+<
 						*<reg>* *<register>*
 	<reg>	(See the '-register' attribute) The optional register,
 		if specified.  Otherwise, expands to nothing.  <register>

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -70,29 +70,24 @@ See |mbyte-locale| for details.
 
 ENCODING
 
-If your locale works properly, Vim will try to set the 'encoding' option
-accordingly.  If this doesn't work you can overrule its value: >
+Nvim always uses UTF-8 internally. Thus 'encoding' option is always set
+to "utf-8" and cannot be changed.
 
-	:set encoding=utf-8
+All the text that is used inside Vim will be in UTF-8. Not only the text in
+the buffers, but also in registers, variables, etc.
 
-See |encoding-values| for a list of acceptable values.
-
-The result is that all the text that is used inside Vim will be in this
-encoding.  Not only the text in the buffers, but also in registers, variables,
-etc. 'encoding' is read-only after startup because changing it would make the
-existing text invalid.
-
-You can edit files in another encoding than what 'encoding' is set to.  Vim
+You can edit files in different encodings than UTF-8.  Nvim
 will convert the file when you read it and convert it back when you write it.
 See 'fileencoding', 'fileencodings' and |++enc|.
 
 
 DISPLAY AND FONTS
 
-If you are working in a terminal (emulator) you must make sure it accepts the
-same encoding as which Vim is working with.
+If you are working in a terminal (emulator) you must make sure it accepts
+UTF-8, the encoding which Vim is working with. Otherwise only ASCII can
+be displayed and edited correctly.
 
-For the GUI you must select fonts that work with the current 'encoding'.  This
+For the GUI you must select fonts that work with UTF-8.  This
 is the difficult part.  It depends on the system you are using, the locale and
 a few other things.  See the chapters on fonts: |mbyte-fonts-X11| for
 X-Windows and |mbyte-fonts-MSwin| for MS-Windows.
@@ -216,10 +211,9 @@ You could make a small shell script for this.
 ==============================================================================
 3.  Encoding				*mbyte-encoding*
 
-Vim uses the 'encoding' option to specify how characters are identified and
-encoded when they are used inside Vim.  This applies to all the places where
-text is used, including buffers (files loaded into memory), registers and
-variables.
+In Nvim UTF-8 is always used internally to encode characters.
+ This applies to all the places where text is used, including buffers (files
+ loaded into memory), registers and variables.
 
 							*charset* *codeset*
 Charset is another name for encoding.  There are subtle differences, but these
@@ -240,7 +234,7 @@ matter what language is used.  Thus you might see the right text even when the
 encoding was set wrong.
 
 							*encoding-names*
-Vim can use many different character encodings.  There are three major groups:
+Vim can edit files in different character encodings.  There are three major groups:
 
 1   8bit	Single-byte encodings, 256 different characters.  Mostly used
 		in USA and Europe.  Example: ISO-8859-1 (Latin1).  All
@@ -255,11 +249,10 @@ u   Unicode	Universal encoding, can replace all others.  ISO 10646.
 		Millions of different characters.  Example: UTF-8.  The
 		relation between bytes and screen cells is complex.
 
-Other encodings cannot be used by Vim internally.  But files in other
+Only UTF-8 is used by Vim internally.  But files in other
 encodings can be edited by using conversion, see 'fileencoding'.
-Note that all encodings must use ASCII for the characters up to 128.
 
-Supported 'encoding' values are:			*encoding-values*
+Recognized 'fileencoding' values include:		*encoding-values*
 1   latin1	8-bit characters (ISO 8859-1, also used for cp1252)
 1   iso-8859-n	ISO_8859 variant (n = 2 to 15)
 1   koi8-r	Russian
@@ -311,11 +304,11 @@ u   ucs-4	32 bit UCS-4 encoded Unicode (ISO/IEC 10646-1)
 u   ucs-4le	like ucs-4, little endian
 
 The {name} can be any encoding name that your system supports.  It is passed
-to iconv() to convert between the encoding of the file and the current locale.
+to iconv() to convert between UTF-8 and the encoding of the file.
 For MS-Windows "cp{number}" means using codepage {number}.
 Examples: >
-		:set encoding=8bit-cp1252
-		:set encoding=2byte-cp932
+		:set fileencoding=8bit-cp1252
+		:set fileencoding=2byte-cp932
 
 The MS-Windows codepage 1252 is very similar to latin1.  For practical reasons
 the same encoding is used and it's called latin1.  'isprint' can be used to
@@ -337,8 +330,7 @@ u   ucs-2be	same as ucs-2 (big endian)
 u   ucs-4be	same as ucs-4 (big endian)
 u   utf-32	same as ucs-4
 u   utf-32le	same as ucs-4le
-    default     stands for the default value of 'encoding', depends on the
-		environment
+    default     the encoding of the current locale.
 
 For the UCS codes the byte order matters.  This is tricky, use UTF-8 whenever
 you can.  The default is to use big-endian (most significant byte comes
@@ -363,13 +355,12 @@ or when conversion is not possible:
 CONVERSION						*charset-conversion*
 
 Vim will automatically convert from one to another encoding in several places:
-- When reading a file and 'fileencoding' is different from 'encoding'
-- When writing a file and 'fileencoding' is different from 'encoding'
+- When reading a file and 'fileencoding' is different from "utf-8"
+- When writing a file and 'fileencoding' is different from "utf-8"
 - When displaying messages and the encoding used for LC_MESSAGES differs from
-  'encoding' (requires a gettext version that supports this).
+  "utf-8" (requires a gettext version that supports this).
 - When reading a Vim script where |:scriptencoding| is different from
-  'encoding'.
-- When reading or writing a |shada| file.
+  "utf-8".
 Most of these require the |+iconv| feature.  Conversion for reading and
 writing files may also be specified with the 'charconvert' option.
 
@@ -408,11 +399,11 @@ Useful utilities for converting the charset:
 
 
 							*mbyte-conversion*
-When reading and writing files in an encoding different from 'encoding',
+When reading and writing files in an encoding different from "utf-8",
 conversion needs to be done.  These conversions are supported:
 - All conversions between Latin-1 (ISO-8859-1), UTF-8, UCS-2 and UCS-4 are
   handled internally.
-- For MS-Windows, when 'encoding' is a Unicode encoding, conversion from and
+- For MS-Windows, conversion from and
   to any codepage should work.
 - Conversion specified with 'charconvert'
 - Conversion with the iconv library, if it is available.
@@ -468,8 +459,6 @@ and you will have a working UTF-8 terminal emulator.  Try both >
 with the demo text that comes with ucs-fonts.tar.gz in order to see
 whether there are any problems with UTF-8 in your xterm.
 
-For Vim you may need to set 'encoding' to "utf-8".
-
 ==============================================================================
 5.  Fonts on X11					*mbyte-fonts-X11*
 
@@ -864,11 +853,11 @@ between two keyboard settings.
 The value of the 'keymap' option specifies a keymap file to use.  The name of
 this file is one of these two:
 
-	keymap/{keymap}_{encoding}.vim
+	keymap/{keymap}_utf-8.vim
 	keymap/{keymap}.vim
 
-Here {keymap} is the value of the 'keymap' option and {encoding} of the
-'encoding' option.  The file name with the {encoding} included is tried first.
+Here {keymap} is the value of the 'keymap' option.
+The file name with "utf-8" included is tried first.
 
 'runtimepath' is used to find these files.  To see an overview of all
 available keymap files, use this: >
@@ -950,7 +939,7 @@ this is unusual.  But you can use various ways to specify the character: >
 	A	<char-0141>	octal value
 	x	<Space>		special key name
 
-The characters are assumed to be encoded for the current value of 'encoding'.
+The characters are assumed to be encoded in UTF-8.
 It's possible to use ":scriptencoding" when all characters are given
 literally.  That doesn't work when using the <char-> construct, because the
 conversion is done on the keymap file, not on the resulting character.
@@ -1170,21 +1159,13 @@ Useful commands:
   message is truncated, use ":messages").
 - "g8" shows the bytes used in a UTF-8 character, also the composing
   characters, as hex numbers.
-- ":set encoding=utf-8 fileencodings=" forces using UTF-8 for all files.  The
-  default is to use the current locale for 'encoding' and set 'fileencodings'
-  to automatically detect the encoding of a file.
+- ":set fileencodings=" forces using UTF-8 for all files.  The
+  default is to automatically detect the encoding of a file.
 
 
 STARTING VIM
 
-If your current locale is in an utf-8 encoding, Vim will automatically start
-in utf-8 mode.
-
-If you are using another locale: >
-
-	set encoding=utf-8
-
-You might also want to select the font used for the menus.  Unfortunately this
+You might want to select the font used for the menus.  Unfortunately this
 doesn't always work.  See the system specific remarks below, and 'langmenu'.
 
 
@@ -1245,10 +1226,9 @@ not everybody is able to type a composing character.
 These options are relevant for editing multi-byte files.  Check the help in
 options.txt for detailed information.
 
-'encoding'	Encoding used for the keyboard and display.  It is also the
-		default encoding for files.
+'encoding'	Internal text encoding, always "utf-8".
 
-'fileencoding'	Encoding of a file.  When it's different from 'encoding'
+'fileencoding'	Encoding of a file.  When it's different from "utf-8"
 		conversion is done when reading or writing the file.
 
 'fileencodings'	List of possible encodings of a file.  When opening a file

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2013 Feb 23
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 14
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -656,6 +656,12 @@ You must be using an awful lot of buffers.  It's now possible that two buffers
 have the same number, which causes various problems.  You might want to exit
 Vim and restart it.
 
+							*E931*  >
+  Buffer cannot be registered
+
+Out of memory or a duplicate buffer number.  May habben after W14.  Looking up
+a buffer will not always work, better restart Vim.
+
 							*E296* *E297*  >
   Seek error in swap file write
   Write error in swap file

runtime/doc/mlang.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2012 Jan 15
+*mlang.txt*     For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jan 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -94,13 +94,15 @@ If you used the self-installing .exe file, message translations should work
 already.  Otherwise get the libintl.dll file if you don't have it yet:
 
 	http://sourceforge.net/projects/gettext
+Or:
+	https://mlocati.github.io/gettext-iconv-windows/
 
 This also contains tools xgettext, msgformat and others.
 
 libintl.dll should be placed in same directory with (g)vim.exe, or some
-place where PATH environment value describe.  Message files (vim.mo)
-have to be placed in "$VIMRUNTIME/lang/xx/LC_MESSAGES", where "xx" is the
-abbreviation of the language (mostly two letters).
+place where PATH environment value describe.  Vim also finds libintl-8.dll.
+Message files (vim.mo) have to be placed in "$VIMRUNTIME/lang/xx/LC_MESSAGES",
+where "xx" is the abbreviation of the language (mostly two letters).
 
 If you write your own translations you need to generate the .po file and
 convert it to a .mo file.  You need to get the source distribution and read

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jun 06
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ i[			"inner [] block", select [count] '[' ']' blocks.  This
 			When used in Visual mode it is made characterwise.
 
 a)							*v_a)* *a)* *a(*
-a(							*v_ab* *v_a(* *ab*
+a(							*vab* *v_ab* *v_a(* *ab*
 ab			"a block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [(" to
 			the matching ')', including the '(' and ')' (see
 			|[(|).  Does not include white space outside of the
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ ab			"a block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [(" to
 			When used in Visual mode it is made characterwise.
 
 i)							*v_i)* *i)* *i(*
-i(							*v_ib* *v_i(* *ib*
+i(							*vib* *v_ib* *v_i(* *ib*
 ib			"inner block", select [count] blocks, from "[count] [("
 			to the matching ')', excluding the '(' and ')' (see
 			|[(|).

runtime/doc/msgpack_rpc.txt

@@ -1,97 +1,93 @@
-*msgpack_rpc.txt*    For Nvim.						 {Nvim}
+*msgpack_rpc.txt*							{Nvim}
 
 
 		 NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thiago de Arruda
 
 
-The Msgpack-RPC Interface to Nvim				  *msgpack-rpc*
+RPC API for Nvim				     *RPC* *rpc* *msgpack-rpc*
 
-1. Introduction			|msgpack-rpc-intro|
-2. API mapping			|msgpack-rpc-api|
-3. Connecting			|msgpack-rpc-connecting|
-4. Clients			|msgpack-rpc-clients|
-5. Types			|msgpack-rpc-types|
-6. Wrapping methods		|msgpack-rpc-wrap-methods|
-7. Vimscript functions		|msgpack-rpc-vim-functions|
+1. Introduction			|rpc-intro|
+2. API mapping			|rpc-api|
+3. Connecting			|rpc-connecting|
+4. Clients			|rpc-api-client|
+5. Types			|rpc-types|
+6. Remote UIs			|rpc-remote-ui|
 
 ==============================================================================
-1. Introduction						    *msgpack-rpc-intro*
+1. Introduction						            *rpc-intro*
 
-The primary way to control a running Nvim instance is through
-MessagePack-RPC, a messaging protocol that uses the MessagePack serialization
-format: https://github.com/msgpack/msgpack/blob/7498cf3/spec.md.
-From now on, we refer to the protocol as msgpack-rpc.
+The primary way to control Nvim programmatically is the RPC API, which speaks
+MessagePack-RPC ("msgpack-rpc"), a messaging protocol that uses the
+MessagePack serialization format:
+  https://github.com/msgpack/msgpack/blob/0b8f5ac/spec.md
 
-At this point, only plugins use msgpack-rpc, but eventually even user
-interaction will happen through it, since user interfaces will be separate
-programs that control a headless Nvim instance.
+All kinds of Nvim "clients" use the RPC API: user interfaces (GUIs), remote
+plugins, scripts like "nvr" (https://github.com/mhinz/neovim-remote), and even
+`nvim` itself can control other `nvim` instances. By connecting to the RPC API
+programs can:
 
-By connecting to the msgpack-rpc interface, programs can:
+  - Call any API function
+  - Listen for events
+  - Receive remote calls from Nvim
 
-- Call any Nvim API function
-- Listen for Nvim events
-- Receive remote calls from Nvim
-
-Nvim's msgpack-rpc interface is like a more powerful version of Vim's
-`clientserver` feature.
+The RPC API is like a more powerful version of Vim's `clientserver` feature.
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. API mapping						      *msgpack-rpc-api*
+ 2. API mapping							    *rpc-api*
 
-The Nvim C API, see |nvim-api|, is automatically exposed to the msgpack-rpc
-interface by the build system, which parses headers at src/nvim/api from the
-project root. A dispatch function is generated, which matches msgpack-rpc method
-names with non-static API functions, converting/validating arguments and return
-values back to msgpack.
+The Nvim C |API| is automatically exposed to the RPC API by the build system,
+which parses headers at src/nvim/api/*. A dispatch function is generated which
+matches RPC API method names with public API functions, converting/validating
+arguments and return values back to msgpack.
 
-Client libraries will normally provide wrappers that hide msgpack-rpc details
-from programmers. The wrappers can be automatically generated by reading
-bundled API metadata from a compiled Nvim instance.
+Client libraries (|api-client|s) normally provide wrappers that hide
+msgpack-rpc details from application developers. The wrappers can be
+automatically generated by reading bundled API metadata from a compiled Nvim
+instance.
 
-There are two ways to obtain API metadata:
+There are three ways to obtain API metadata:
 
-1. By connecting to a running Nvim instance and calling `vim_get_api_info`
-   via msgpack-rpc. This is best for clients written in dynamically-typed
-   languages, which can define functions at runtime.
+  1. Connect to a running Nvim instance and call `nvim_get_api_info` via
+     msgpack-rpc. This is best for clients written in dynamic languages which
+     can define functions at runtime.
 
-2. By starting Nvim with the `--api-info` command-line option, which makes Nvim
-   dump a blob of msgpack metadata to standard output and exit. This is best
-   for clients written in statically-typed languages, which require a separate
-   compilation step.
+  2. Start Nvim with the |--api-info| option. Useful for clients written in
+     statically-compiled languages.
 
-Here's a simple way to get human-readable description of the API (requires
-Python and the `pyyaml`/`msgpack-python` pip packages):
->
-    nvim --api-info | python -c 'import msgpack, sys, yaml; print yaml.dump(msgpack.unpackb(sys.stdin.read()))' > api.yaml
+  3. Use the |api_info()| vimscript function.
+
+To get a human-readable list of API functions: >
+    :new|put =map(api_info().functions, 'v:val.name')
+<
+To get a formatted dump of the API using python (requires the `pyyaml` and
+`msgpack-python` packages): >
+    nvim --api-info | python -c 'import msgpack, sys, yaml; print yaml.dump(msgpack.unpackb(sys.stdin.read()))'
 <
 ==============================================================================
-3. Connecting					       *msgpack-rpc-connecting*
+3. Connecting						      *rpc-connecting*
 
-There are four ways to open msgpack-rpc streams to Nvim:
+There are several ways to open a msgpack-rpc channel to an Nvim instance:
 
-1. Through Nvim's stdin/stdout when it's started with the `--embed` option.
-   This is how other programs can embed Nvim.
+  1. Through stdin/stdout when `nvim` is started with `--embed`. This is how
+     applications can embed Nvim.
 
-2. Through the stdin/stdout of a program spawned by the |rpcstart()| function.
+  2. Through stdin/stdout of some other process spawned by |jobstart()|.
+     Set the "rpc" key to |v:true| in the options dict to use the job's stdin
+     and stdout as a single msgpack channel that is processed directly by
+     Nvim.  Then it is not possible to process raw data to or from the
+     process's stdin and stdout. stderr can still be used, though.
 
-							*$NVIM_LISTEN_ADDRESS*
-3. Through the socket automatically created with each instance. To get the
-   socket location for a running Nvim instance (which is random by default),
-   see the |$NVIM_LISTEN_ADDRESS| environment variable:
->
-       :echo $NVIM_LISTEN_ADDRESS
-<
-   See also |v:servername|.
+  3. Through the socket automatically created with each instance. The socket
+     location is stored in |v:servername|.
 
-4. Through a TCP/IP socket. To make Nvim listen on a TCP/IP socket, set the
-   |$NVIM_LISTEN_ADDRESS| environment variable in a shell before starting Nvim:
->
+  4. Through a TCP/IP socket. To make Nvim listen on a TCP/IP socket, set the
+     |$NVIM_LISTEN_ADDRESS| environment variable before starting Nvim: >
         NVIM_LISTEN_ADDRESS=127.0.0.1:6666 nvim
 <
-Connecting to the socket is the easiest way a programmer can test the API, which
-can be done through any msgpack-rpc client library or fully-featured Nvim client
-(which we'll see in the next section). Here's a Ruby script that prints 'hello
-world!' in the current Nvim instance:
+Connecting to the socket is the easiest way a programmer can test the API,
+which can be done through any msgpack-rpc client library or full-featured
+|api-client|. Here's a Ruby script that prints 'hello world!' in the current
+Nvim instance:
 >
     #!/usr/bin/env ruby
     # Requires msgpack-rpc: gem install msgpack-rpc
@@ -109,7 +105,7 @@ world!' in the current Nvim instance:
     require 'msgpack/rpc/transport/unix'
 
     nvim = MessagePack::RPC::Client.new(MessagePack::RPC::UNIXTransport.new, ENV['NVIM_LISTEN_ADDRESS'])
-    result = nvim.call(:vim_command, 'echo "hello world!"')
+    result = nvim.call(:nvim_command, 'echo "hello world!"')
 <
 A better way is to use the Python REPL with the `neovim` package, where API
 functions can be called interactively:
@@ -118,72 +114,110 @@ functions can be called interactively:
     >>> nvim = attach('socket', path='[address]')
     >>> nvim.command('echo "hello world!"')
 <
-One can also spawn and connect to an embedded Nvim instance via |rpcstart()|
+You can also embed an Nvim instance via |jobstart()|, and communicate using
+|rpcrequest()| and |rpcnotify()|:
 >
-    let vim = rpcstart('nvim', ['--embed'])
-    echo rpcrequest(vim, 'vim_eval', '"Hello " . "world!"')
-    call rpcstop(vim)
+    let nvim = jobstart(['nvim', '--embed'], {'rpc': v:true})
+    echo rpcrequest(nvim, 'nvim_eval', '"Hello " . "world!"')
+    call jobstop(nvim)
 <
 ==============================================================================
-4. Implementing new clients				  *msgpack-rpc-clients*
+4. Implementing API clients			*rpc-api-client* *api-client*
 
-Nvim is still in alpha, so there's no in-depth documentation explaining how to
-properly implement a client library yet. The Python client (the pip package
-"neovim") will always be up-to-date with the latest API changes, so its source
-code is the best documentation currently available. There are some guidelines
-however:
+"API clients" wrap the Nvim API to provide idiomatic "SDKs" for their
+respective platforms (see |dev-jargon|). You can build a new API client for
+your favorite platform or programming language.
 
-- Separate the transport layer from the rest of the library. See
-  |msgpack-rpc-connecting| for details on how clients can connect to Nvim.
-- Use a MessagePack library that implements at least version 5 of the
-  MessagePack spec, which supports the `bin` and `ext` types used by Nvim.
-- Read API metadata in order to create client-side wrappers for all
-  msgpack-rpc methods.
-- Use a single-threaded event loop library/pattern.
-- Use a fiber/coroutine library for the language being used for implementing a
-  client. These greatly simplify concurrency and allow the library to expose a
-  blocking API on top of a non-blocking event loop without the complexity that
-  comes with preemptive multitasking.
-- Don't assume anything about the order that responses to msgpack-rpc requests
-  will arrive.
-- Clients should expect msgpack-rpc requests, which need to be handled
-  immediately because Nvim is blocked while waiting for the client response.
-- Clients should expect to receive msgpack-rpc notifications, but these don't
-  need to be handled immediately because they won't block Nvim (although they
-  should probably be handled immediately anyway).
+Existing API clients are listed here:
+    https://github.com/neovim/neovim/wiki/Related-projects#api-clients
 
-Most of the complexity could be handled by a msgpack-rpc library that supports
-server to client requests and notifications, but it's not clear if this is part
-of the msgpack-rpc spec. At least the Ruby msgpack-rpc library does not seem
-to support it:
+The Python client is the reference implementation for API clients. It is
+always up-to-date with the Nvim API, so its source code and test suite are
+authoritative references.
+    https://github.com/neovim/python-client
 
+API client implementation guidelines ~
+
+  - Separate the transport layer from the rest of the library. See
+    |rpc-connecting| for details on how clients can connect to Nvim.
+  - Use a MessagePack library that implements at least version 5 of the
+    MessagePack spec, which supports the `bin` and `ext` types used by Nvim.
+  - Read API metadata in order to create client-side wrappers for all
+    msgpack-rpc methods.
+  - Use a single-threaded event loop library/pattern.
+  - Use a fiber/coroutine library for the language being used for implementing
+    a client. These greatly simplify concurrency and allow the library to
+    expose a blocking API on top of a non-blocking event loop without the
+    complexity that comes with preemptive multitasking.
+  - Don't assume anything about the order that responses to msgpack-rpc
+    requests will arrive.
+  - Clients should expect msgpack-rpc requests, which need to be handled
+    immediately because Nvim is blocked while waiting for the client response.
+  - Clients should expect to receive msgpack-rpc notifications, but these
+    don't need to be handled immediately because they won't block Nvim
+    (although they should probably be handled immediately anyway).
+
+Note: Most of the complexity could be handled by a msgpack-rpc library that
+supports server to client requests and notifications, but it's not clear if
+this is part of the msgpack-rpc spec. At least the Ruby msgpack-rpc library
+does not seem to support it:
 https://github.com/msgpack-rpc/msgpack-rpc-ruby/blob/master/lib/msgpack/rpc/transport/tcp.rb#L150-L158
 
+API metadata object ~
+
+API clients exist to hide msgpack-rpc details. The API metadata object
+contains information that makes this task easier (see also |rpc-types|):
+
+  - The "version" key contains the Nvim version, API level, and API
+    backwards-compatibility level.
+  - The "functions" key contains a list of metadata objects for individual
+    functions.
+  - Each function metadata object has |rpc-types| information about the return
+    value and parameters. These can be used for generating strongly-typed APIs
+    in static languages.
+  - Container types may be decorated with type/size constraints, e.g.
+    ArrayOf(Buffer) or ArrayOf(Integer, 2). This can be useful to generate
+    even more strongly-typed APIs.
+  - Functions that are considered to be methods that operate on instances of
+    Nvim special types (msgpack EXT) will have the `"method"` attribute set to
+    `true`. The reciever type is the type of the first argument. The method
+    names are prefixed with `nvim_` plus a shortened type name, e.g.
+    `nvim_buf_get_lines` represents the `get_lines` method of a Buffer instance.
+    - Global functions have `"method"` set to `false` and are prefixed with just
+    `nvim_`, e.g. `nvim_get_buffers`.
+
+So for an object-oriented language, an API client contains the classes
+representing Nvim special types, and the methods of each class could be
+defined by stripping the prefix for the type as defined in the `types` metadata
+(this will always be the first two "_"-separated parts of the function name).
+There could also be a singleton Vim class with methods where the `nvim_`
+prefix is stripped off.
+
 ==============================================================================
-5. Types						    *msgpack-rpc-types*
+5. Types							    *rpc-types*
 
-Nvim's C API uses custom types for all functions, se |nvim-api-types|.
-For the purpose of mapping to msgpack, he types can be split into two groups:
+The Nvim C API uses custom types for all functions. |api-types|
+For the purpose of mapping to msgpack, the types can be split into two groups:
 
-- Basic types that map natively to msgpack (and probably have a default
-  representation in msgpack-supported programming languages)
-- Special Nvim types that map to msgpack EXT with custom type codes.
+  - Basic types that map natively to msgpack (and probably have a default
+    representation in msgpack-supported programming languages)
+  - Special Nvim types that map to msgpack EXT with custom type codes.
 
-Basic type mapping:
+Basic types ~
 
-Nil				  -> msgpack nil
-Boolean				  -> msgpack boolean
-Integer (signed 64-bit integer)	  -> msgpack integer
-Float (IEEE 754 double precision) -> msgpack float
-String				  -> msgpack string
-Array				  -> msgpack array
-Dictionary			  -> msgpack map
+  Nil                               -> msgpack nil
+  Boolean                           -> msgpack boolean
+  Integer (signed 64-bit integer)   -> msgpack integer
+  Float (IEEE 754 double precision) -> msgpack float
+  String                            -> msgpack string
+  Array                             -> msgpack array
+  Dictionary                        -> msgpack map
 
-Special Nvim types that use msgpack EXT:
+Special types (msgpack EXT) ~
 
-Buffer				  -> enum value kObjectTypeBuffer
-Window				  -> enum value kObjectTypeWindow
-Tabpage				  -> enum value kObjectTypeTabpage
+  Buffer                            -> enum value kObjectTypeBuffer
+  Window                            -> enum value kObjectTypeWindow
+  Tabpage                           -> enum value kObjectTypeTabpage
 
 An API method expecting one of these types may be passed an integer instead,
 although they are not interchangeable. For example, a Buffer may be passed as
@@ -191,70 +225,192 @@ an integer, but not a Window or Tabpage.
 
 The most reliable way of determining the type codes for the special Nvim types
 is to inspect the `types` key of metadata dictionary returned by the
-`vim_get_api_info` method at runtime. Here's an example JSON representation of
+`nvim_get_api_info` method at runtime. Here's a sample JSON representation of
 the `types` object:
 >
   "types": {
     "Buffer": {
-      "id": 0
+      "id": 0,
+      "prefix": "nvim_buf_"
     },
     "Window": {
-      "id": 1
+      "id": 1,
+      "prefix": "nvim_win_"
     },
     "Tabpage": {
-      "id": 2
+      "id": 2,
+      "prefix": "nvim_tabpage_"
     }
   }
 <
-Even for statically compiled clients, it's a good practice to avoid hardcoding
-the type codes, because a client may be built against one Nvim version but connect
-to another with different type codes.
+Even for statically compiled clients it is good practice to avoid hardcoding
+the type codes, because a client may be built against one Nvim version but
+connect to another with different type codes.
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Wrapping methods				     *msgpack-rpc-wrap-methods*
+6. Remote UIs					           *rpc-remote-ui*
 
-As mentioned before, clients should provide an API that hides msgpack-rpc
-details from programmers, and the API metadata object contains information
-that makes this task easier:
+Nvim allows Graphical user interfaces to be implemented by separate processes
+communicating with Nvim over the RPC API. Currently the ui model conists of a
+terminal-like grid with one single, monospace font size, with a few elements
+that could be drawn separately from the grid (for the momemnt only the popup
+menu)
 
-- The "functions" key contains a list of metadata objects for individual
-  functions.
-- Each function metadata object has type information about the return value
-  and parameters. These can be used for generating strongly-typed APIs in
-  static languages.
-- Container types may be decorated with type/size constraints, e.g.
-  ArrayOf(Buffer) or ArrayOf(Integer, 2). This can be useful to generate even
-  more strongly-typed APIs.
-- Methods that operate instances of Nvim's types are prefixed with the type
-  name in lower case, e.g. `buffer_get_line` represents the `get_line` method
-  of a Buffer instance.
-- Global methods are prefixed with `vim`, e.g. `vim_get_buffers`.
+After connecting to a nvim instance (typically a spawned, embedded instance)
+use the |nvim_ui_attach|(width, height, options) API method to tell nvim that your
+program wants to draw the nvim screen on a grid with "width" times
+"height" cells. "options" should be a dictionary with the following (all
+optional) keys:
+	`rgb`:			Controls what color format to use.
+				Set to true (default) to use 24-bit rgb
+				colors.
+				Set to false to use terminal color codes (at
+				most 256 different colors).
+	`popupmenu_external`:	Instead of drawing the completion popupmenu on
+				the grid, Nvim will send higher-level events to
+				the ui and let it draw the popupmenu.
+				Defaults to false.
 
-So, for an object-oriented language, a client library would have the classes
-that represent Nvim's types, and the methods of each class could be defined
-by inspecting the method name prefix. There could also be a singleton Vim
-class with methods mapped to functions prefixed with `vim_`
+Nvim will then send msgpack-rpc notifications, with the method name "redraw"
+and a single argument, an array of screen updates (described below).
+These should be processed in order. Preferably the user should only be able to
+see the screen state after all updates are processed (not any intermediate
+state after processing only a part of the array).
 
-==============================================================================
-7. Vimscript functions				   *msgpack-rpc-vim-functions*
+Screen updates are arrays. The first element a string describing the kind
+of update.
 
-Four msgpack-rpc functions are available in Vimscript:
+["resize", width, height]
+	The grid is resized to `width` and `height` cells.
 
-1. |rpcstart()|: Similarly to |jobstart()|, this will spawn a co-process with
-   its standard handles connected to Nvim. The difference is that it's not
-   possible to process raw data to or from the process's stdin, stdout, or
-   stderr.  This is because the job's stdin and stdout are used as a single
-   msgpack channel that is processed directly by Nvim.
+["clear"]
+	Clear the screen.
 
-2. |rpcstop()|: Same as |jobstop()|, but operates on handles returned by
-   |rpcstart()|.
+["eol_clear"]
+	Clear from the cursor position to the end of the current line.
 
-3. |rpcrequest()|: Sends a msgpack-rpc request to the process.
+["cursor_goto", row, col]
+	Move the cursor to position (row, col). Currently, the same cursor is
+	used to define the position for text insertion and the visible cursor.
+	However, only the last cursor position, after processing the entire
+	array in the "redraw" event, is intended to be a visible cursor
+	position.
 
-4. |rpcnotify()|: Sends a msgpack-rpc notification to the process.
+["update_fg", color]
+["update_bg", color]
+["update_sp", color]
+	Set the default foreground, background and special colors
+	respectively.
 
-The last two functions may also be used with channels created from
-connections to |$NVIM_LISTEN_ADDRESS|.
+["highlight_set", attrs]
+	Set the attributes that the next text put on the screen will have.
+	`attrs` is a dict with the keys below. Any absent key is reset
+	to its default value. Color defaults are set by the `update_fg` etc
+	updates. All boolean keys default to false.
+
+	`foreground`:	foreground color.
+	`background`:	backround color.
+	`special`:	color to use for underline and undercurl, when present.
+	`reverse`:	reverse video. Foreground and background colors are
+			switched.
+	`italic`:	italic text.
+	`bold`:		bold text.
+	`underline`:	underlined text. The line has `special` color.
+	`undercurl`:	undercurled text. The curl has `special` color.
+
+["put", text]
+	The (utf-8 encoded) string `text` is put at the cursor position
+	(and the cursor is advanced), with the highlights as set by the
+	last `highlight_set` update.
+
+["set_scroll_region", top, bot, left, right]
+	Define the scroll region used by `scroll` below.
+
+["scroll", count]
+	Scroll the text in the scroll region. The diagrams below illustrate
+	what will happen, depending on the scroll direction. "=" is used to
+	represent the SR(scroll region) boundaries and "-" the moved rectangles.
+	Note that dst and src share a common region.
+
+	If count is bigger than 0, move a rectangle in the SR up, this can
+	happen while scrolling down.
+>
+		+-------------------------+
+		| (clipped above SR)      |            ^
+		|=========================| dst_top    |
+		| dst (still in SR)       |            |
+		+-------------------------+ src_top    |
+		| src (moved up) and dst  |            |
+		|-------------------------| dst_bot    |
+		| src (cleared)           |            |
+		+=========================+ src_bot
+<
+	If count is less than zero, move a rectangle in the SR down, this can
+	happen while scrolling up.
+>
+		+=========================+ src_top
+		| src (cleared)           |            |
+		|------------------------ | dst_top    |
+		| src (moved down) and dst|            |
+		+-------------------------+ src_bot    |
+		| dst (still in SR)       |            |
+		|=========================| dst_bot    |
+		| (clipped below SR)      |            v
+		+-------------------------+
+<
+["set_title", title]
+["set_icon", icon]
+	Set the window title, and icon (minimized) window title, respectively.
+	In windowing systems not distinguishing between the two, "set_icon"
+	can be ignored.
+
+["mouse_on"]
+["mouse_off"]
+	Tells the client whether mouse support, as determined by |'mouse'|
+	option, is considered to be active in the current mode. This is mostly
+	useful for a terminal frontend, or other situations where nvim mouse
+	would conflict with other usages of the mouse. It is safe for a client
+	to ignore this and always send mouse events.
+
+["busy_on"]
+["busy_off"]
+	Nvim started or stopped being busy, and possibly not responsible to user
+	input. This could be indicated to the user by hiding the cursor.
+
+["suspend"]
+	|:suspend| command or |Ctrl-Z| mapping is used. A terminal client (or other
+	client where it makes sense) could suspend itself.  Other clients can
+	safely ignore it.
+
+["bell"]
+["visual_bell"]
+	Notify the user with an audible or visual bell, respectively.
+
+["update_menu"]
+	The menu mappings changed.
+
+["mode_change", mode]
+	The mode changed. Currently sent when "insert", "replace" and "normal"
+	modes are entered. A client could for instance change the cursor shape.
+
+["popupmenu_show", items, selected, row, col]
+	When `popupmenu_external` is set to true, nvim will not draw the
+	popupmenu on the grid, instead when the popupmenu is to be displayed
+	this update is sent. `items` is an array of the items to show, the
+	items are themselves arrays of the form [word, kind, menu, info]
+	as defined at |complete-items|, except that `word` is replaced by
+	`abbr` if present.  `selected` is the initially selected item, either a
+	zero-based index into the array of items, or -1 if no item is
+	selected. `row` and `col` is the anchor position, where the first
+	character of the completed word will be.
+
+["popupmenu_select", selected]
+	An item in the currently displayed popupmenu is selected. `selected`
+	is either a zero-based index into the array of items from the last
+	`popupmenu_show` event, or -1 if no item is selected.
+
+["popupmenu_hide"]
+	The popupmenu is hidden.
 
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/nvim.txt

@@ -1,24 +1,59 @@
-*nvim.txt*    For Nvim.						{Nvim}
+*nvim.txt*								{Nvim}
 
 
-		 NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL				*nvim*
+			    NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL
 
 
-Introduction to Nvim				*nvim-intro*
+Nvim						*nvim* *nvim-intro*
 
-This is an introduction for Vim users who are just getting started with Nvim.
-It is not meant for Vim beginners. For a basic introduction to Vim,
-see |help.txt|.
+If you are new to Vim (and Nvim) see |help.txt| or type ":Tutor".
+If you already use Vim (but not Nvim) see |nvim-from-vim| for a quickstart.
 
-1. Transitioning from Vim	 |nvim-from-vim|
-2. Differences from Vim		 |vim-differences|
-3. Msgpack-RPC			 |msgpack-rpc|
-4. Job control			 |job-control|
-5. Python plugins		 |nvim-python|
-6. Clipboard integration	 |nvim-clipboard|
-7. Remote plugins		 |remote-plugin|
-8. Provider infrastructure	 |nvim-provider|
-9. Integrated terminal emulator	 |nvim-terminal-emulator|
+Nvim is emphatically a fork of Vim, not a clone: compatibility with Vim is
+maintained where possible. See |vim_diff.txt| for the complete reference of
+differences from Vim.
+
+==============================================================================
+Transitioning from Vim				*nvim-from-vim*
+
+To start the transition, link your previous configuration so Nvim can use it:
+>
+    mkdir ~/.config
+    ln -s ~/.vim ~/.config/nvim
+    ln -s ~/.vimrc ~/.config/nvim/init.vim
+<
+Note: If your system sets `$XDG_CONFIG_HOME`, use that instead of `~/.config`
+in the code above. Nvim follows the XDG |base-directories| convention.
+
+See |provider-python| and |provider-clipboard| for additional software you
+might need to use some features.
+
+Your Vim configuration might not be entirely compatible with Nvim. For a
+full list of differences between Vim and Nvim see |vim-differences|.
+
+The |'ttymouse'| option, for example, was removed from Nvim (mouse support
+should work without it). If you use the same |vimrc| for Vim and Nvim,
+consider guarding |'ttymouse'| in your configuration like so:
+>
+    if !has('nvim')
+        set ttymouse=xterm2
+    endif
+<
+Conversely, if you have Nvim specific configuration items, you could do
+this:
+>
+    if has('nvim')
+        tnoremap <Esc> <C-\><C-n>
+    endif
+<
+For a more granular approach use |exists()|:
+>
+    if exists(':tnoremap')
+        tnoremap <Esc> <C-\><C-n>
+    endif
+<
+Now you should be able to explore Nvim more comfortably. Check |nvim-features|
+for more information.
 
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/nvim_clipboard.txt

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-*nvim_clipboard.txt*    For Nvim.					{Nvim}
-
-
-		 NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thiago de Arruda
-
-
-Clipboard integration for Nvim					*nvim-clipboard*
-
-1. Intro			|nvim-clipboard-intro|
-2. X11 selection mechanism	|nvim-clipboard-x11|
-
-==============================================================================
-1. Intro						  *nvim-clipboard-intro*
-
-Nvim has no direct connection to the system clipboard. Instead, it is
-accessible through the |nvim-provider| infrastructure, which transparently
-uses shell commands for communicating with the clipboard.
-
-Clipboard access is implicitly enabled if any of the following clipboard tools
-is found in your `$PATH`.
-
-- xclip
-- xsel (newer alternative to xclip)
-- pbcopy/pbpaste (only for Mac OS X)
-
-The presence of a suitable clipboard tool implicitly enables the '+' and '*'
-registers.
-
-If you want to ALWAYS use the clipboard for ALL operations (as opposed
-to interacting with the '+' and/or '*' registers explicitly), set the
-following option:
->
-    set clipboard+=unnamedplus
-<
-See 'clipboard' for details and more options.
-
-==============================================================================
-2. X11 selection mechanism		      *nvim-clipboard-x11* *x11-selection*
-
-The clipboard providers for X11 store text in what is known as "selections".
-Selections are "owned" by an application, so when the application is closed,
-the selection text is lost.
-
-The contents of selections are held by the originating application (e.g., upon
-a copy), and only passed on to another application when that other application
-asks for them (e.g., upon a paste).
-
-							      *quoteplus* *quote+*
-
-There are three documented X11 selections: `PRIMARY`, `SECONDARY`, and `CLIPBOARD`.
-`CLIPBOARD` is typically used in X11 applications for copy/paste operations
-(`Ctrl-c`/`v`), while `PRIMARY` is used for the last selected text, which is
-generally inserted with the middle mouse button.
-
-Nvim's X11 clipboard providers only utilize the `PRIMARY` and `CLIPBOARD`
-selections, used for the '*' and '+' registers, respectively.
-
-==============================================================================
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/nvim_from_vim.txt

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-*nvim_from_vim.txt*    For Nvim.						{Nvim}
-
-
-		 NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL
-
-
-Transitioning from Vim				*nvim-from-vim*
-
-Nvim is emphatically a fork of Vim, so compatibility to Vim should be pretty
-good.
-
-To start the transition, link your previous configuration so Nvim can use
-it:
->
-    mkdir -p ${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:=$HOME/.config}
-    ln -s ~/.vim $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/nvim
-    ln -s ~/.vimrc $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/nvim/init.vim
-<
-See |nvim-intro|, especially |nvim-python| and |nvim-clipboard|, for
-additional software you might need to install to use all of Nvim's features.
-
-Your Vim configuration might not be entirely compatible with Nvim. For a
-full list of differences between Vim and Nvim, see |vim-differences|.
-
-The |'ttymouse'| option, for example, was removed from Nvim (mouse support
-should work without it). If you use the same |vimrc| for Vim and Nvim,
-consider guarding |'ttymouse'| in your configuration like so:
->
-    if !has('nvim')
-        set ttymouse=xterm2
-    endif
-<
-Conversely, if you have Nvim specific configuration items, you could do
-this:
->
-    if has('nvim')
-        tnoremap <Esc> <C-\><C-n>
-    endif
-<
-For a more granular approach, use |exists()|:
->
-    if exists(':tnoremap')
-        tnoremap <Esc> <C-\><C-n>
-    endif
-<
-Now you should be able to explore Nvim more comfortably. Check |nvim| for more
-information.
-
-==============================================================================
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/nvim_provider.txt

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-*nvim_provider.txt*    For Nvim.					{Nvim}
-
-
-		 NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thiago de Arruda
-
-
-Nvim provider infrastructure			       *nvim-provider*
-
-First of all, this document is meant to be read by developers interested in
-contributing to the refactoring effort. If you are a normal user or plugin
-developer looking to learn about Nvim |msgpack-rpc| infrastructure for
-implementing plugins in other programming languages, see |remote-plugin|.
-For instructions on how to enable Python plugins, see |nvim-python|. For
-clipboard, see |nvim-clipboard|.
-
-Instead of doing everything by itself, Nvim aims to simplify its own
-maintenance by delegating as much work as possible to external systems. But
-some Vim components are too tightly coupled and in some cases the refactoring
-work necessary to swap in-house implementations by code that integrates to
-other systems is too great. Nvim provider infrastructure is a facility that
-aims to make this task simpler.
-
-To understand why the provider infrastructure is useful, let us consider two
-examples of integration with external systems that are implemented in Vim and
-are now decoupled from Nvim core as providers:
-
-The first example is clipboard integration: in the original Vim source code,
-clipboard functions account for more than 1k lines of C source code (and that
-is just on ui.c), all to perform two tasks that are now accomplished with
-simple shell commands such as xclip or pbcopy/pbpaste.
-
-The other example is Python scripting support: Vim has three files dedicated to
-embedding the Python interpreter: if_python.c, if_python3.c and if_py_both.h.
-Together these files sum about 9.5k lines of C source code. On Nvim, Python
-scripting is performed by an external host process that is running 2k sloc
-Python program.
-
-In a perfect world, we would implement Python and clipboard integration in
-pure vimscript and without touching the C code. Unfortunately we can't achieve
-these goals without severely compromising backwards compatibility with Vim.
-That's where providers come to the rescue.
-
-In essence, this infrastructure is a simple framework that simplifies the task
-of calling vimscript from C code, making it simpler to rewrite C functions that
-interact with external systems in pure vimscript. It is composed of two
-functions in eval.c:
-
-- eval_call_provider(name, method, arguments): Call a provider(name) method
-  with arguments
-- eval_has_provider(name): Checks if a provider is implemented
-
-What these functions do is simple:
-
-- eval_call_provider will call the provider#(name)#Call function passing in
-  the method and arguments.
-- eval_has_provider will return true if the provider#(name)#Call function is
-  implemented, and is called by the "has" vimscript function to check if
-  features are available.
-
-The basic idea is that the provider#(name)#Call function should implement
-integration with an external system, because calling shell commands and
-|msgpack-rpc| clients (Nvim only) is easier to do in vimscript.
-
-Now, back to the Python example. Instead of modifying vimscript to allow for
-the definition of lowercase functions and commands (for the |:python|,
-|:pyfile|, and |:pydo| commands, and the |pyeval()| function), which would
-break backwards compatibility with Vim, we implemented the
-autoload/provider/python.vim script and the provider#python#Call function
-that is only defined if an external Python host is started successfully.
-
-That works well with the `has('python')` expression (normally used by Python
-plugins) because if the Python host isn't installed then the plugin will
-"think" it is running in a Vim compiled without |+python| feature.
-
-==============================================================================
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/nvim_python.txt

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-*nvim_python.txt*    For Nvim.						{Nvim}
-
-
-		 NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thiago de Arruda
-
-
-Python plugins and scripting in Nvim				  *nvim-python*
-
-1. Introduction			|nvim-python-intro|
-2. Quickstart			|nvim-python-quickstart|
-
-==============================================================================
-1. Introduction						    *nvim-python-intro*
-
-Through external Python 2/3 interpreters connected via |msgpack-rpc|, Nvim
-offers some support for the legacy |python-vim| and |python3| interfaces.
-
-Note: For now only the old Vim 7.3 API is supported.
-
-==============================================================================
-2. Quickstart						 *nvim-python-quickstart*
-
-If you used a package manager to install Nvim, there's a good chance that
-it also provides the `neovim` Python package. If it doesn't, follow these
-steps to install the package with Python's package manager, `pip`.
-
-Note: Depending on your system, `pip` might refer to Python 2 or Python 3,
-      which is why the following instructions mention `pip2` or `pip3`
-      explicitly. If one of these is not available for you, maybe `pip`
-      is what you want.
-
-To use Vim Python 2/3 plugins with Nvim, do the following:
-
-- For Python 2 plugins, make sure an interpreter for Python 2.6 or 2.7 is
-  available in your `$PATH`, then install the `neovim` Python package systemwide:
-  >
-    $ sudo pip2 install neovim
-<
-  or for the current user:
->
-    $ pip2 install --user neovim
-<
-- For Python 3 plugins, make sure an interpreter for Python 3.3 or above is
-  available in your `$PATH`, then install the `neovim` Python package systemwide:
-  >
-    $ sudo pip3 install neovim
-<
-  or for the current user:
->
-    $ pip3 install --user neovim
-<
-Note: If you previously installed the package, get the latest version by
-      appending the `--upgrade` flag to the commands above.
-
-==============================================================================
-							   *g:python_host_prog*
-
-To point Nvim to a specific Python 2 interpreter, set |g:python_host_prog|:
->
-    let g:python_host_prog = '/path/to/python'
-<
-							   *g:python3_host_prog*
-
-To point Nvim to a specific Python 3 interpreter, set |g:python3_host_prog|:
->
-    let g:python3_host_prog = '/path/to/python3'
-<
-						   *g:loaded_python_provider*
-
-To disable Python 2 interface, set `g:loaded_python_provider` to 1:
->
-    let g:loaded_python_provider = 1
-<
-						   *g:loaded_python3_provider*
-
-To disable Python 3 interface, set `g:loaded_python3_provider` to 1:
->
-    let g:loaded_python3_provider = 1
-<
-						   *g:python_host_skip_check*
-
-To disable Python 2 interpreter check, set `g:python_host_skip_check` to 1:
-Note: If you disable Python 2 check, you must install neovim module properly.
->
-    let g:python_host_skip_check = 1
-<
-						   *g:python3_host_skip_check*
-
-To disable Python 3 interpreter check, set `g:python3_host_skip_check` to 1:
-Note: If you disable Python 3 check, you must install neovim module properly.
->
-    let g:python3_host_skip_check = 1
-<
-==============================================================================
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/nvim_terminal_emulator.txt

@@ -1,34 +1,31 @@
-*nvim_terminal_emulator.txt*    For Nvim.				{Nvim}
+*terminal_emulator.txt*    						{Nvim}
 
 
 		 NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thiago de Arruda
 
 
-Nvim integrated terminal emulator		     *nvim-terminal-emulator*
+Embedded terminal emulator				   *terminal-emulator*
 
-1. Introduction			|nvim-terminal-emulator-introduction|
-2. Spawning			|nvim-terminal-emulator-spawning|
-3. Input			|nvim-terminal-emulator-input|
-4. Configuration		|nvim-terminal-emulator-configuration|
+1. Introduction			|terminal-emulator-intro|
+2. Spawning			|terminal-emulator-spawning|
+3. Input			|terminal-emulator-input|
+4. Configuration		|terminal-emulator-configuration|
+5. Status Variables		|terminal-emulator-status|
 
 ==============================================================================
-1. Introduction			      *nvim-terminal-emulator-introduction*
+1. Introduction					     *terminal-emulator-intro*
 
-One feature that distinguishes Nvim from Vim is that it implements a mostly
-complete VT220/xterm-like terminal emulator. The terminal is presented to the
-user as a special buffer type, one that is asynchronously updated to mirror
-the virtual terminal display as data is received from the program connected
-to it. For most purposes, terminal buffers behave a lot like normal buffers
-with 'nomodifiable' set.
+Nvim offers a mostly complete VT220/xterm terminal emulator. The terminal is
+presented as a special buffer type, asynchronously updated to mirror the
+virtual terminal display as data is received from the program connected to it.
+For most purposes, terminal buffers behave a lot like normal buffers with
+'nomodifiable' set.
 
-
-The implementation is powered by libvterm[1], a powerful abstract terminal
-emulation library.
-
-[1]: http://www.leonerd.org.uk/code/libvterm/
+The implementation is powered by libvterm, a powerful abstract terminal
+emulation library. http://www.leonerd.org.uk/code/libvterm/
 
 ==============================================================================
-2. Spawning			      *nvim-terminal-emulator-spawning*
+2. Spawning					  *terminal-emulator-spawning*
 
 There are 3 ways to create a terminal buffer:
 
@@ -37,16 +34,22 @@ There are 3 ways to create a terminal buffer:
 - By editing a file with a name matching `term://(.{-}//(\d+:)?)?\zs.*`.
   For example:
 >
-    :e term://bash
-    :vsp term://top
+    :edit term://bash
+    :vsplit term://top
 <
+    Note: The "term://" pattern is handled by a BufReadCmd handler, so the
+    |autocmd-nested| modifier is required to use it in an autocmd. >
+        autocmd VimEnter * nested split term://sh
+<    This is only mentioned for reference; you should use the |:terminal|
+    command instead.
+
 When the terminal spawns the program, the buffer will start to mirror the
 terminal display and change its name to `term://$CWD//$PID:$COMMAND`.
 Note that |:mksession| will "save" the terminal buffers by restarting all
 programs when the session is restored.
 
 ==============================================================================
-3. Input			      *nvim-terminal-emulator-input*
+3. Input					     *terminal-emulator-input*
 
 Sending input is possible by entering terminal mode, which is achieved by
 pressing any key that would enter insert mode in a normal buffer (|i| or |a|
@@ -90,7 +93,7 @@ Mouse input is also fully supported, and has the following behavior:
   the terminal wont lose focus and the hovered window will be scrolled.
 
 ==============================================================================
-4. Configuration		     *nvim-terminal-emulator-configuration*
+4. Configuration			     *terminal-emulator-configuration*
 
 Terminal buffers can be customized through the following global/buffer-local
 variables (set via the |TermOpen| autocmd):
@@ -110,5 +113,26 @@ There is also a corresponding |TermClose| event.
 The terminal cursor can be highlighted via |hl-TermCursor| and
 |hl-TermCursorNC|.
 
+==============================================================================
+5. Status Variables				    *terminal-emulator-status*
+
+Terminal buffers maintain some information about the terminal in buffer-local
+variables:
+
+- *b:term_title* The settable title of the terminal, typically displayed in
+  the window title or tab title of a graphical terminal emulator. Programs
+  running in the terminal can set this title via an escape sequence.
+- *b:terminal_job_id* The nvim job ID of the job running in the terminal. See
+  |job-control| for more information.
+- *b:terminal_job_pid* The PID of the top-level process running in the
+  terminal.
+
+These variables will have a value by the time the TermOpen autocmd runs, and
+will continue to have a value for the lifetime of the terminal buffer, making
+them suitable for use in 'statusline'. For example, to show the terminal title
+as the status line:
+>
+    :autocmd TermOpen * setlocal statusline=%{b:term_title}
+<
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Oct 15
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -49,9 +49,11 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 :se[t] {option}&vi	Reset option to its Vi default value.
 :se[t] {option}&vim	Reset option to its Vim default value.
 
-:se[t] all&		Set all options, except terminal options, to their
-			default value.  The values of 'lines' and 'columns'
-			are not changed.
+:se[t] all&		Set all options to their default value.  The values of
+			these options are not changed:
+			  'columns'
+			  'lines'
+			Warning: This may have a lot of side effects.
 
 						*:set-args* *E487* *E521*
 :se[t] {option}={value}		or
@@ -494,6 +496,7 @@ For example, to use a modeline only for Vim 7.0:
 To use a modeline for Vim after version 7.2:
 	/* vim>702: set cole=2: */ ~
 There can be no blanks between "vim" and the ":".
+The modeline is ignored if {vers} does not fit in an integer. {Nvim}
 
 
 The number of lines that are checked can be set with the 'modelines' option.
@@ -611,7 +614,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
 			feature}
-	Only effective when 'encoding' is "utf-8" or another Unicode encoding.
 	Tells Vim what to do with characters with East Asian Width Class
 	Ambiguous (such as Euro, Registered Sign, Copyright Sign, Greek
 	letters, Cyrillic letters).
@@ -664,7 +666,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- Set the 'keymap' option to "arabic"; in Insert mode CTRL-^ toggles
 	  between typing English and Arabic key mapping.
 	- Set the 'delcombine' option
-	Note that 'encoding' must be "utf-8" for working with Arabic text.
 
 	Resetting this option will:
 	- Reset the 'rightleft' option.
@@ -704,7 +705,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	line.
 	When 'smartindent' or 'cindent' is on the indent is changed in
 	a different way.
-	The 'autoindent' option is reset when the 'paste' option is set.
+	The 'autoindent' option is reset when the 'paste' option is set and
+	restored when 'paste' is reset.
 	{small difference from Vi: After the indent is deleted when typing
 	<Esc> or <CR>, the cursor position when moving up or down is after the
 	deleted indent; Vi puts the cursor somewhere in the deleted indent}.
@@ -895,7 +897,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- The backup file will be created in the first directory in the list
 	  where this is possible.  The directory must exist, Vim will not
 	  create it for you.
-	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ( 'patchmode' is
+	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ('patchmode' is
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
@@ -1073,8 +1075,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
 			feature}
 	This option lets you choose which characters might cause a line
-	break if 'linebreak' is on.  Only works for ASCII and also for 8-bit
-	characters when 'encoding' is an 8-bit encoding.
+	break if 'linebreak' is on.  Only works for ASCII characters.
 
 						*'breakindent'* *'bri'*
 'breakindent' 'bri'	boolean (default off)
@@ -1154,22 +1155,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'buftype'* *'bt'* *E382*
 'buftype' 'bt'		string (default: "")
 			local to buffer
-			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
-			feature}
 	The value of this option specifies the type of a buffer:
 	  <empty>	normal buffer
-	  nofile	buffer which is not related to a file and will not be
-			written
-	  nowrite	buffer which will not be written
-	  acwrite	buffer which will always be written with BufWriteCmd
-			autocommands.
-	  quickfix	quickfix buffer, contains list of errors |:cwindow|
-			or list of locations |:lwindow|
-	  help		help buffer (you are not supposed to set this
-			manually)
-	  terminal	terminal buffer, this is set automatically when a 
-			terminal is created. See |nvim-terminal-emulator| for
-			more information.
+	  acwrite	buffer will always be written with |BufWriteCmd|s
+	  help		help buffer (do not set this manually)
+	  nofile	buffer is not related to a file, will not be written
+	  nowrite	buffer will not be written
+	  quickfix	list of errors |:cwindow| or locations |:lwindow|
+	  terminal	|terminal-emulator| buffer
 
 	This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'swapfile' to
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
@@ -1210,11 +1203,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Specifies details about changing the case of letters.  It may contain
 	these words, separated by a comma:
 	internal	Use internal case mapping functions, the current
-			locale does not change the case mapping.  This only
-			matters when 'encoding' is a Unicode encoding,
-			"latin1" or "iso-8859-15".  When "internal" is
-			omitted, the towupper() and towlower() system library
-			functions are used when available.
+			locale does not change the case mapping. When
+			"internal" is omitted, the towupper() and towlower()
+			system library functions are used when available.
 	keepascii	For the ASCII characters (0x00 to 0x7f) use the US
 			case mapping, the current locale is not effective.
 			This probably only matters for Turkish.
@@ -1267,13 +1258,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	file to convert from.  You will have to save the text in a file first.
 	The expression must return zero or an empty string for success,
 	non-zero for failure.
-	The possible encoding names encountered are in 'encoding'.
+	See |encoding-names| for possible encoding names.
 	Additionally, names given in 'fileencodings' and 'fileencoding' are
 	used.
 	Conversion between "latin1", "unicode", "ucs-2", "ucs-4" and "utf-8"
 	is done internally by Vim, 'charconvert' is not used for this.
-	'charconvert' is also used to convert the shada file, if 'encoding' is 
-	not "utf-8".  Also used for Unicode conversion.
+	Also used for Unicode conversion.
 	Example: >
 		set charconvert=CharConvert()
 		fun CharConvert()
@@ -1288,8 +1278,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		v:fname_in		name of the input file
 		v:fname_out		name of the output file
 	Note that v:fname_in and v:fname_out will never be the same.
-	Note that v:charconvert_from and v:charconvert_to may be different
-	from 'encoding'.  Vim internally uses UTF-8 instead of UCS-2 or UCS-4.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -1349,7 +1337,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			used regardless of whether "unnamed" is in 'clipboard'
 			or not.  The clipboard register can always be
 			explicitly accessed using the "* notation.  Also see
-			|gui-clipboard|.
+			|clipboard|.
 
 						*clipboard-unnamedplus*
 	unnamedplus	A variant of the "unnamed" flag which uses the
@@ -1359,7 +1347,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			register.  When "unnamed" is also included to the
 			option, yank and delete operations (but not put)
 			will additionally copy the text into register
-			'*'. See |nvim-clipboard|.
+			'*'. See |clipboard|.
 
 						*clipboard-autoselect*
 	autoselect	Works like the 'a' flag in 'guioptions': If present,
@@ -1446,9 +1434,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	comment text.  Currently only used to add markers for folding, see
 	|fold-marker|.
 
-			*'compatible'* *'cp'* *'nocompatible'* *'nocp'*
-'compatible' 'cp'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 						*'complete'* *'cpt'* *E535*
 'complete' 'cpt'	string	(default: ".,w,b,u,t")
 			local to buffer
@@ -1456,7 +1441,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	when CTRL-P or CTRL-N are used.  It is also used for whole-line
 	completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|.  It indicates the type of completion
 	and the places to scan.  It is a comma separated list of flags:
-	.	scan the current buffer ( 'wrapscan' is ignored)
+	.	scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
 	w	scan buffers from other windows
 	b	scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
 	u	scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
@@ -1598,7 +1583,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	line, the remaining space is filled in the normal manner.
 	See 'preserveindent'.
 
-						*'cpoptions'* *'cpo'*
+						*'cpoptions'* *'cpo'* *cpo*
 'cpoptions' 'cpo'	string	(Vim default: "aABceFs",
 				 Vi default: all flags)
 			global
@@ -1845,9 +1830,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			the cursor would skip over it and jump to the
 			following occurrence.
 
-						*'cryptmethod'* *'cm'*
-'cryptmethod'		Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 						*'cscopepathcomp'* *'cspc'*
 'cscopepathcomp' 'cspc'	number	(default 0)
 			global
@@ -2113,11 +2095,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Change the way text is displayed.  This is comma separated list of
 	flags:
 	lastline	When included, as much as possible of the last line
-			in a window will be displayed.  When not included, a
-			last line that doesn't fit is replaced with "@" lines.
+			in a window will be displayed.  "@@@" is put in the
+			last columns of the last screen line to indicate the
+			rest of the line is not displayed.
+	truncate	Like "lastline", but "@@@" is displayed in the first
+			column of the last screen line.  Overrules "lastline".
 	uhex		Show unprintable characters hexadecimal as <xx>
 			instead of using ^C and ~C.
 
+	When neither "lastline" or "truncate" is included, a last line that
+	doesn't fit is replaced with "@" lines.
+
 						*'eadirection'* *'ead'*
 'eadirection' 'ead'	string	(default "both")
 			global
@@ -2126,48 +2114,24 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		hor	horizontally, height of windows is not affected
 		both	width and height of windows is affected
 
-			   *'ed'* *'edcompatible'* *'noed'* *'noedcompatible'*
-'edcompatible' 'ed'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
-					*'encoding'* *'enc'* *E543*
-'encoding' 'enc'	string (default: "utf-8")
+						*'emoji'* *'emo'*
+'emoji' 'emo'	boolean (default: on)
 			global
+			{not in Vi}
 			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
 			feature}
-	Sets the character encoding used inside Vim.  It applies to text in
-	the buffers, registers, Strings in expressions, text stored in the
-	shada file, etc.  It sets the kind of characters which Vim can work
-	with.  See |encoding-names| for the possible values.
+	When on all Unicode emoji characters are considered to be full width.
 
-	'encoding' cannot be changed after startup, because (1) it causes
-	non-ASCII text inside Vim to become invalid, and (2) it complicates
-	runtime logic.  The recommended 'encoding' is "utf-8".  Remote plugins
-	and GUIs only support utf-8. See |multibyte|.
 
-	The character encoding of files can be different from 'encoding'.
+					*'encoding'* *'enc'* *E543*
+'encoding' 'enc'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
+	Nvim always uses UTF-8 internally. RPC communication
+	(remote plugins/GUIs) must use UTF-8 strings.
+
+	The character encoding of files can be different than UTF-8.
 	This is specified with 'fileencoding'.  The conversion is done with
 	iconv() or as specified with 'charconvert'.
 
-	If you need to know whether 'encoding' is a multi-byte encoding, you
-	can use: >
-		if has("multi_byte_encoding")
-<
-	When you set this option, it fires the |EncodingChanged| autocommand
-	event so that you can set up fonts if necessary.
-
-	When the option is set, the value is converted to lowercase.  Thus
-	you can set it with uppercase values too.  Underscores are translated
-	to '-' signs.
-	When the encoding is recognized, it is changed to the standard name.
-	For example "Latin-1" becomes "latin1", "ISO_88592" becomes
-	"iso-8859-2" and "utf8" becomes "utf-8".
-
-	When "unicode", "ucs-2" or "ucs-4" is used, Vim internally uses utf-8.
-	You don't notice this while editing, but it does matter for the
-	|shada-file|.  And Vim expects the terminal to use utf-8 too.  Thus
-	setting 'encoding' to one of these values instead of utf-8 only has
-	effect for encoding used for files when 'fileencoding' is empty.
-
 			*'endofline'* *'eol'* *'noendofline'* *'noeol'*
 'endofline' 'eol'	boolean	(default on)
 			local to buffer
@@ -2273,6 +2237,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	<Tab>.  Spaces are used in indents with the '>' and '<' commands and
 	when 'autoindent' is on.  To insert a real tab when 'expandtab' is
 	on, use CTRL-V<Tab>.  See also |:retab| and |ins-expandtab|.
+	This option is reset when the 'paste' option is set and restored when
+	the 'paste' option is reset.
 
 					*'exrc'* *'ex'* *'noexrc'* *'noex'*
 'exrc' 'ex'		boolean (default off)
@@ -2292,20 +2258,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	Sets the character encoding for the file of this buffer.
 
-	When 'fileencoding' is different from 'encoding', conversion will be
+	When 'fileencoding' is different from "utf-8", conversion will be
 	done when writing the file.  For reading see below.
-	When 'fileencoding' is empty, the same value as 'encoding' will be
-	used (no conversion when reading or writing a file).
-	Conversion will also be done when 'encoding' and 'fileencoding' are
-	both a Unicode encoding and 'fileencoding' is not utf-8.  That's
-	because internally Unicode is always stored as utf-8.
-		WARNING: Conversion can cause loss of information!  When
-		'encoding' is "utf-8" or another Unicode encoding, conversion
-		is most likely done in a way that the reverse conversion
-		results in the same text.  When 'encoding' is not "utf-8" some
-		characters may be lost!
+	When 'fileencoding' is empty, the file will be saved with utf-8
+	encoding.  (no conversion when reading or writing a file).
+		WARNING: Conversion to a non-Unicode encoding can cause loss of
+		information! 
 
-	See 'encoding' for the possible values.  Additionally, values may be
+	See |encoding-names| for the possible values.  Additionally, values may be
 	specified that can be handled by the converter, see
 	|mbyte-conversion|.
 
@@ -2318,8 +2278,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Prepending "8bit-" and "2byte-" has no meaning here, they are ignored.
 	When the option is set, the value is converted to lowercase.  Thus
 	you can set it with uppercase values too.  '_' characters are
-	replaced with '-'.  If a name is recognized from the list for
-	'encoding', it is replaced by the standard name.  For example
+	replaced with '-'.  If a name is recognized from the list at
+	|encoding-names|, it is replaced by the standard name.  For example
 	"ISO8859-2" becomes "iso-8859-2".
 
 	When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the 'modified'
@@ -2332,11 +2292,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	This option can not be changed when 'modifiable' is off.
 
-							*'fe'*
-	NOTE: Before version 6.0 this option specified the encoding for the
-	whole of Vim, this was a mistake.  Now use 'encoding' instead.  The
-	old short name was 'fe', which is no longer used.
-
 					*'fileencodings'* *'fencs'*
 'fileencodings' 'fencs'	string (default: "ucs-bom,utf-8,default,latin1")
 			global
@@ -2347,12 +2302,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	mentioned character encoding.  If an error is detected, the next one
 	in the list is tried.  When an encoding is found that works,
 	'fileencoding' is set to it.  If all fail, 'fileencoding' is set to
-	an empty string, which means the value of 'encoding' is used.
-		WARNING: Conversion can cause loss of information!  When
-		'encoding' is "utf-8" (or one of the other Unicode variants)
-		conversion is most likely done in a way that the reverse
-		conversion results in the same text.  When 'encoding' is not
-		"utf-8" some non-ASCII characters may be lost!  You can use
+	an empty string, which means that UTF-8 is used.
+		WARNING: Conversion can cause loss of information! You can use
 		the |++bad| argument to specify what is done with characters
 		that can't be converted.
 	For an empty file or a file with only ASCII characters most encodings
@@ -2378,11 +2329,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	because Vim cannot detect an error, thus the encoding is always
 	accepted.
 	The special value "default" can be used for the encoding from the
-	environment.  It is useful when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and
-	your environment uses a non-latin1 encoding, such as Russian.
-	When 'encoding' is "utf-8" and a file contains an illegal byte
-	sequence it won't be recognized as UTF-8.  You can use the |8g8|
-	command to find the illegal byte sequence.
+	environment.  It is useful when your environment uses a non-latin1
+	encoding, such as Russian.
+	When a file contains an illegal UTF-8 byte sequence it won't be
+	recognized as "utf-8".  You can use the |8g8| command to find the
+	illegal byte sequence.
 	WRONG VALUES:			WHAT'S WRONG:
 		latin1,utf-8		"latin1" will always be used
 		utf-8,ucs-bom,latin1	BOM won't be recognized in an utf-8
@@ -2453,8 +2404,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  file only, the option is not changed.
 	When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformats' is not used.
 
-	Note that when Vim starts up with an empty buffer this option is not
-	used.  Set 'fileformat' in your vimrc instead.
+	When Vim starts up with an empty buffer the first item is used.  You
+	can overrule this by setting 'fileformat' in your .vimrc.
 
 	For systems with a Dos-like <EOL> (<CR><NL>), when reading files that
 	are ":source"ed and for vimrc files, automatic <EOL> detection may be
@@ -2509,17 +2460,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	  item		default		Used for ~
 	  stl:c		' ' or '^'	statusline of the current window
-	  stlnc:c	' ' or '-'	statusline of the non-current windows
+	  stlnc:c	' ' or '='	statusline of the non-current windows
 	  vert:c	'|'		vertical separators |:vsplit|
 	  fold:c	'-'		filling 'foldtext'
 	  diff:c	'-'		deleted lines of the 'diff' option
 
 	Any one that is omitted will fall back to the default.  For "stl" and
-	"stlnc" the space will be used when there is highlighting, '^' or '-'
+	"stlnc" the space will be used when there is highlighting, '^' or '='
 	otherwise.
 
 	Example: >
-	    :set fillchars=stl:^,stlnc:-,vert:\|,fold:-,diff:-
+	    :set fillchars=stl:^,stlnc:=,vert:\|,fold:-,diff:-
 <	This is similar to the default, except that these characters will also
 	be used when there is highlighting.
 
@@ -3041,8 +2992,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note: The size of these fonts must be exactly twice as wide as the one
 	specified with 'guifont' and the same height.
 
-	'guifontwide' is only used when 'encoding' is set to "utf-8" and
-	'guifontset' is empty or invalid.
+	'guifontwide' is only used when 'guifontset' is empty or invalid.
 	When 'guifont' is set and a valid font is found in it and
 	'guifontwide' is empty Vim will attempt to find a matching
 	double-width font and set 'guifontwide' to it.
@@ -3091,7 +3041,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		The same applies to the modeless selection.
 								*'go-P'*
 	  'P'	Like autoselect but using the "+ register instead of the "*
-	  	register.
+		register.
 								*'go-A'*
 	  'A'	Autoselect for the modeless selection.  Like 'a', but only
 		applies to the modeless selection.
@@ -3159,9 +3109,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		removing it after the GUI has started has no effect.
 
 
-						*'guipty'* *'noguipty'*
-'guipty'		Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 						*'guitablabel'* *'gtl'*
 'guitablabel' 'gtl'	string	(default empty)
 			global
@@ -3322,8 +3269,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		-	no highlighting
 		:	use a highlight group
 	The default is used for occasions that are not included.
-	If you want to change what the display modes do, see |dos-colors|
-	for an example.
 	When using the ':' display mode, this must be followed by the name of
 	a highlight group.  A highlight group can be used to define any type
 	of highlighting, including using color.  See |:highlight| on how to
@@ -3404,16 +3349,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	Ignore case in search patterns.  Also used when searching in the tags
 	file.
-	Also see 'smartcase'.
+	Also see 'smartcase' and 'tagcase'.
 	Can be overruled by using "\c" or "\C" in the pattern, see
 	|/ignorecase|.
 
-						*'imactivatefunc'* *'imaf'*
-'imactivatefunc' 'imaf'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
-						*'imactivatekey'* *'imak'*
-'imactivatekey' 'imak'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 				*'imcmdline'* *'imc'* *'noimcmdline'* *'noimc'*
 'imcmdline' 'imc'	boolean (default off)
 			global
@@ -3470,8 +3409,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The value is set to 1 when it is not -1 and setting the 'keymap'
 	option to a valid keymap name.
 
-						*'imstatusfunc'* *'imsf'*
-'imstatusfunc' 'imsf'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
+						*'inccommand'* *'icm'*
+'inccommand' 'icm'	string	(default "")
+			global
+			
+	"nosplit": Shows the effects of a command incrementally, as you type.
+	"split"	 : Also shows partial off-screen results in a preview window.
+
+	Works for |:substitute|, |:smagic|, |:snomagic|. |hl-Substitute|
+
+	If the preview is too slow (exceeds 'redrawtime') then 'inccommand' is
+	automatically disabled until |Command-line-mode| is done.
 
 						*'include'* *'inc'*
 'include' 'inc'		string	(default "^\s*#\s*include")
@@ -3690,6 +3638,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'*', '"' and '|' (so that CTRL-] on a command finds the help for that
 	command).
 	When the 'lisp' option is on the '-' character is always included.
+	This option also influences syntax highlighting, unless the syntax
+	uses |:syn-iskeyword|.
 
 						*'isprint'* *'isp'*
 'isprint' 'isp'	string	(default: "@,161-255")
@@ -3707,7 +3657,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		128 - 159	"~@" - "~_"
 		160 - 254	"| " - "|~"
 		   255		"~?"
-	When 'encoding' is a Unicode one, illegal bytes from 128 to 255 are
+	Illegal bytes from 128 to 255 (invalid UTF-8) are
 	displayed as <xx>, with the hexadecimal value of the byte.
 	When 'display' contains "uhex" all unprintable characters are
 	displayed as <xx>.
@@ -3727,9 +3677,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Insert two spaces after a '.', '?' and '!' with a join command.
 	Otherwise only one space is inserted.
 
-					*'key'*
-'key'			Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 					*'keymap'* *'kmp'* *E544*
 'keymap' 'kmp'		string	(default "")
 			local to buffer
@@ -3779,7 +3726,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	This option allows switching your keyboard into a special language
 	mode.  When you are typing text in Insert mode the characters are
-	inserted directly.  When in command mode the 'langmap' option takes
+	inserted directly.  When in Normal mode the 'langmap' option takes
 	care of translating these special characters to the original meaning
 	of the key.  This means you don't have to change the keyboard mode to
 	be able to execute Normal mode commands.
@@ -3954,6 +3901,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the |:list| command.  It is a
 	comma separated list of string settings.
+
 							*lcs-eol*
 	  eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
 			omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
@@ -3988,8 +3936,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			omitted.
 
 	The characters ':' and ',' should not be used.  UTF-8 characters can
-	be used when 'encoding' is "utf-8", otherwise only printable
-	characters are allowed.  All characters must be single width.
+	be used.  All characters must be single width.
 
 	Examples: >
 	    :set lcs=tab:>-,trail:-
@@ -4008,9 +3955,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that using the "-u NONE" and "--noplugin" command line arguments
 	reset this option. |-u| |--noplugin|
 
-						*'macatsui'* *'nomacatsui'*
-'macatsui'		Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 						*'magic'* *'nomagic'*
 'magic'			boolean	(default on)
 			global
@@ -4089,7 +4033,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{only available when compiled with the |+multi_byte|
 			feature}
 	The maximum number of combining characters supported for displaying.
-	Only used when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
 	The default is OK for most languages.  Hebrew may require 4.
 	Maximum value is 6.
 	Even when this option is set to 2 you can still edit text with more
@@ -4146,8 +4089,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	Maximum amount of memory in Kbyte to use for all buffers together.
 	The maximum usable value is about 2000000 (2 Gbyte).  Use this to work
-	without a limit.  On 64 bit machines higher values might work.  But
-	hey, do you really need more than 2 Gbyte for text editing?
+	without a limit.
+	On 64 bit machines higher values might work.  But hey, do you really
+	need more than 2 Gbyte for text editing?  Keep in mind that text is
+	stored in the swap file, one can edit files > 2 Gbyte anyway.  We do
+	need the memory to store undo info.
 	Also see 'maxmem'.
 
 						*'menuitems'* *'mis'*
@@ -4230,6 +4176,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   written.  A ":set nomodified" command also resets the original
 	   values to the current values and the 'modified' option will be
 	   reset.
+	   Similarly for 'eol' and 'bomb'.
 	This option is not set when a change is made to the buffer as the
 	result of a BufNewFile, BufRead/BufReadPost, BufWritePost,
 	FileAppendPost or VimLeave autocommand event.  See |gzip-example| for
@@ -4390,9 +4337,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'mousetime'* *'mouset'*
 'mousetime' 'mouset'	number	(default 500)
 			global
-	Only for GUI, Windows and Unix with xterm.  Defines the maximum
-	time in msec between two mouse clicks for the second click to be
-	recognized as a multi click.
+	Defines the maximum time in msec between two mouse clicks for the
+	second click to be recognized as a multi click.
 
 							*'nrformats'* *'nf'*
 'nrformats' 'nf'	string	(default "bin,hex")
@@ -4402,7 +4348,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	respectively; see |CTRL-A| for more info on these commands.
 	alpha	If included, single alphabetical characters will be
 		incremented or decremented.  This is useful for a list with a
-		letter index a), b), etc.	  	*octal-nrformats*
+		letter index a), b), etc.		*octal-nrformats*
 	octal	If included, numbers that start with a zero will be considered
 		to be octal.  Example: Using CTRL-A on "007" results in "010".
 	hex	If included, numbers starting with "0x" or "0X" will be
@@ -4432,7 +4378,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	relative to the cursor.  Together with 'number' there are these
 	four combinations (cursor in line 3):
 
-              	'nonu'          'nu'            'nonu'          'nu'
+		'nonu'          'nu'            'nonu'          'nu'
 		'nornu'         'nornu'         'rnu'           'rnu'
 
 	    |apple          |  1 apple      |  2 apple      |  2 apple
@@ -4491,6 +4437,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
+				*'packpath'* *'pp'*
+'packpath' 'pp'		string	(default: see 'runtimepath')
+			{not in Vi}
+	Directories used to find packages.  See |packages|.
+
+
 						*'paragraphs'* *'para'*
 'paragraphs' 'para'	string	(default "IPLPPPQPP TPHPLIPpLpItpplpipbp")
 			global
@@ -4517,19 +4469,21 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When the 'paste' option is switched on (also when it was already on):
 		- mapping in Insert mode and Command-line mode is disabled
 		- abbreviations are disabled
-		- 'textwidth' is set to 0
-		- 'wrapmargin' is set to 0
 		- 'autoindent' is reset
-		- 'smartindent' is reset
-		- 'softtabstop' is set to 0
+		- 'expandtab' is reset
+		- 'formatoptions' is used like it is empty
 		- 'revins' is reset
 		- 'ruler' is reset
 		- 'showmatch' is reset
-		- 'formatoptions' is used like it is empty
+		- 'smartindent' is reset
+		- 'smarttab' is reset
+		- 'softtabstop' is set to 0
+		- 'textwidth' is set to 0
+		- 'wrapmargin' is set to 0
 	These options keep their value, but their effect is disabled:
-		- 'lisp'
-		- 'indentexpr'
 		- 'cindent'
+		- 'indentexpr'
+		- 'lisp'
 	NOTE: When you start editing another file while the 'paste' option is
 	on, settings from the modelines or autocommands may change the
 	settings again, causing trouble when pasting text.  You might want to
@@ -4782,8 +4736,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{only available when compiled with the |+reltime|
 			feature}
-	The time in milliseconds for redrawing the display.  This applies to
-	searching for patterns for 'hlsearch' and |:match| highlighting.
+	Time in milliseconds for redrawing the display.  Applies to
+	'hlsearch', 'inccommand' and |:match| highlighting.
 	When redrawing takes more than this many milliseconds no further
 	matches will be highlighted.  This is used to avoid that Vim hangs
 	when using a very complicated pattern.
@@ -4843,16 +4797,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For the ":substitute" command the number of substitutions is used
 	instead of the number of lines.
 
-			 *'restorescreen'* *'rs'* *'norestorescreen'* *'nors'*
-'restorescreen' 'rs'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 				*'revins'* *'ri'* *'norevins'* *'nori'*
 'revins' 'ri'		boolean	(default off)
 			global
 	Inserting characters in Insert mode will work backwards.  See "typing
 	backwards" |ins-reverse|.  This option can be toggled with the CTRL-_
 	command in Insert mode, when 'allowrevins' is set.
-	NOTE: This option is reset when 'paste' is set.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 
 				 *'rightleft'* *'rl'* *'norightleft'* *'norl'*
 'rightleft' 'rl'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -4901,7 +4853,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	separated with a dash.
 	For an empty line "0-1" is shown.
 	For an empty buffer the line number will also be zero: "0,0-1".
-	This option is reset when the 'paste' option is set.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 	If you don't want to see the ruler all the time but want to know where
 	you are, use "g CTRL-G" |g_CTRL-G|.
 
@@ -4924,7 +4877,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					       $XDG_CONFIG_DIRS[1]/nvim,
 					       $XDG_CONFIG_DIRS[2]/nvim,
 					       …
-					       $XDG_DATA_HOME/nvim,
+					       $XDG_DATA_HOME/nvim/site,
 					       $XDG_DATA_DIRS[1]/nvim/site,
 					       $XDG_DATA_DIRS[2]/nvim/site,
 					       …
@@ -4932,7 +4885,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					       …
 					       $XDG_DATA_DIRS[2]/nvim/site/after,
 					       $XDG_DATA_DIRS[1]/nvim/site/after,
-					       $XDG_DATA_HOME/nvim/after,
+					       $XDG_DATA_HOME/nvim/site/after,
 					       …
 					       $XDG_CONFIG_DIRS[2]/nvim/after,
 					       $XDG_CONFIG_DIRS[1]/nvim/after,
@@ -4951,6 +4904,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	  keymap/	key mapping files |mbyte-keymap|
 	  lang/		menu translations |:menutrans|
 	  menu.vim	GUI menus |menu.vim|
+	  pack/		packages |:packadd|
 	  plugin/	plugin scripts |write-plugin|
 	  print/	files for printing |postscript-print-encoding|
 	  spell/	spell checking files |spell|
@@ -4977,6 +4931,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   ordering.  This is for preferences to overrule or add to the 
 	   distributed defaults or system-wide settings (rarely needed).
 
+	More entries are added when using |packages|.
+
 	Note that, unlike 'path', no wildcards like "**" are allowed.  Normal
 	wildcards are allowed, but can significantly slow down searching for
 	runtime files.  For speed, use as few items as possible and avoid
@@ -5453,6 +5409,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The |FilterReadPre|, |FilterReadPost| and |FilterWritePre|,
 	|FilterWritePost| autocommands event are not triggered when
 	'shelltemp' is off.
+	The `system()` function does not respect this option and always uses
+	temp files.
 
 						*'shellxescape'* *'sxe'*
 'shellxescape' 'sxe'	string	(default: "";
@@ -5551,9 +5509,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	    shm=a	Abbreviation, but no loss of information.
 	    shm=at	Abbreviation, and truncate message when necessary.
 
-				 *'shortname'* *'sn'* *'noshortname'* *'nosn'*
-'shortname' 'sn'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 						*'showbreak'* *'sbr'* *E595*
 'showbreak' 'sbr'	string	(default "")
 			global
@@ -5609,7 +5564,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	jump is only done if the match can be seen on the screen.  The time to
 	show the match can be set with 'matchtime'.
 	A Beep is given if there is no match (no matter if the match can be
-	seen or not).  This option is reset when the 'paste' option is set.
+	seen or not).
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 	When the 'm' flag is not included in 'cpoptions', typing a character
 	will immediately move the cursor back to where it belongs.
 	See the "sm" field in 'guicursor' for setting the cursor shape and
@@ -5708,7 +5665,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	mapping: ":inoremap # X^H#", where ^H is entered with CTRL-V CTRL-H.
 	When using the ">>" command, lines starting with '#' are not shifted
 	right.
-	NOTE: When 'paste' is set smart indenting is disabled.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 
 				 *'smarttab'* *'sta'* *'nosmarttab'* *'nosta'*
 'smarttab' 'sta'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -5723,6 +5681,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	What gets inserted (a <Tab> or spaces) depends on the 'expandtab'
 	option.  Also see |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the
 	number of spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
+	This option is reset when 'paste' is set and restored when 'paste' is
+	reset.
 
 					*'softtabstop'* *'sts'*
 'softtabstop' 'sts'	number	(default 0)
@@ -5735,7 +5695,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	commands like "x" still work on the actual characters.
 	When 'sts' is zero, this feature is off.
 	When 'sts' is negative, the value of 'shiftwidth' is used.
-	'softtabstop' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set.
+	'softtabstop' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set and restored
+	when 'paste' is reset.
 	See also |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the number of
 	spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
 	The 'L' flag in 'cpoptions' changes how tabs are used when 'list' is
@@ -5807,7 +5768,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	the two-letter, lower case region name.  You can use more than one
 	region by listing them: "en_us,en_ca" supports both US and Canadian
 	English, but not words specific for Australia, New Zealand or Great
-	Britain.
+	Britain. (Note: currently en_au and en_nz dictionaries are older than
+	en_ca, en_gb and en_us).
 	If the name "cjk" is included East Asian characters are excluded from
 	spell checking.  This is useful when editing text that also has Asian
 	words.
@@ -5817,9 +5779,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	(_xx is an underscore, two letters and followed by a non-letter).
 	This is mainly for testing purposes.  You must make sure the correct
 	encoding is used, Vim doesn't check it.
-	When 'encoding' is set the word lists are reloaded.  Thus it's a good
-	idea to set 'spelllang' after setting 'encoding' to avoid loading the
-	files twice.
 	How the related spell files are found is explained here: |spell-load|.
 
 	If the |spellfile.vim| plugin is active and you use a language name
@@ -5935,7 +5894,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The option consists of printf style '%' items interspersed with
 	normal text.  Each status line item is of the form:
 	  %-0{minwid}.{maxwid}{item}
-	All fields except the {item} is optional.  A single percent sign can
+	All fields except the {item} are optional.  A single percent sign can
 	be given as "%%".  Up to 80 items can be specified.  *E541*
 
 	When the option starts with "%!" then it is used as an expression,
@@ -6048,7 +6007,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	            feature use `has('tablineat')`.
 	< -   Where to truncate line if too long.  Default is at the start.
 	      No width fields allowed.
-	= -   Separation point between left and right aligned items.
+	= -   Separation point between alignment sections. Each section will
+	      be separated by an equal number of spaces.
 	      No width fields allowed.
 	# -   Set highlight group.  The name must follow and then a # again.
 	      Thus use %#HLname# for highlight group HLname.  The same
@@ -6069,7 +6029,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	become empty.  This will make a group like the following disappear
 	completely from the statusline when none of the flags are set. >
 		:set statusline=...%(\ [%M%R%H]%)...
-<
+<							*g:actual_curbuf*
 	Beware that an expression is evaluated each and every time the status
 	line is displayed.  The current buffer and current window will be set
 	temporarily to that of the window (and buffer) whose statusline is
@@ -6159,9 +6119,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option is used together with 'bufhidden' and 'buftype' to
 	specify special kinds of buffers.   See |special-buffers|.
 
-						*'swapsync'* *'sws'*
-'swapsync' 'sws'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 						*'switchbuf'* *'swb'*
 'switchbuf' 'swb'	string	(default "")
 			global
@@ -6305,19 +6262,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	[The whitespace before and after the '0' must be a single <Tab>]
 
 	When a binary search was done and no match was found in any of the
-	files listed in 'tags', and 'ignorecase' is set or a pattern is used
+	files listed in 'tags', and case is ignored or a pattern is used
 	instead of a normal tag name, a retry is done with a linear search.
 	Tags in unsorted tags files, and matches with different case will only
 	be found in the retry.
 
 	If a tag file indicates that it is case-fold sorted, the second,
-	linear search can be avoided for the 'ignorecase' case.  Use a value
-	of '2' in the "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED" line for this.  A tag file can be
-	case-fold sorted with the -f switch to "sort" in most unices, as in
-	the command: "sort -f -o tags tags".  For "Exuberant ctags" version
-	5.x or higher (at least 5.5) the --sort=foldcase switch can be used
-	for this as well.  Note that case must be folded to uppercase for this
-	to work.
+	linear search can be avoided when case is ignored.  Use a value of '2'
+	in the "!_TAG_FILE_SORTED" line for this.  A tag file can be case-fold
+	sorted with the -f switch to "sort" in most unices, as in the command:
+	"sort -f -o tags tags".  For "Exuberant ctags" version 5.x or higher
+	(at least 5.5) the --sort=foldcase switch can be used for this as
+	well.  Note that case must be folded to uppercase for this to work.
+
+	By default, tag searches are case-sensitive.  Case is ignored when
+	'ignorecase' is set and 'tagcase' is "followic", or when 'tagcase' is
+	"ignore".
 
 	When 'tagbsearch' is off, tags searching is slower when a full match
 	exists, but faster when no full match exists.  Tags in unsorted tags
@@ -6328,6 +6288,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option doesn't affect commands that find all matching tags (e.g.,
 	command-line completion and ":help").
 
+							*'tagcase'* *'tc'*
+'tagcase' 'tc'		string	(default "followic")
+			global or local to buffer |global-local|
+			{not in Vi}
+	This option specifies how case is handled when searching the tags
+	file:
+	   followic	Follow the 'ignorecase' option
+	   ignore	Ignore case
+	   match	Match case
+
 						*'taglength'* *'tl'*
 'taglength' 'tl'	number	(default 0)
 			global
@@ -6372,9 +6342,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Resetting this option is useful when using a ":tag" command in a
 	mapping which should not change the tagstack.
 
-						*'term'* *E529* *E530* *E531*
-'term'			Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 						*'termbidi'* *'tbidi'*
 						*'notermbidi'* *'notbidi'*
 'termbidi' 'tbidi'	boolean (default off)
@@ -6388,8 +6355,13 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'arabicshape' is ignored, but 'rightleft' isn't changed automatically.
 	For further details see |arabic.txt|.
 
-					*'termencoding'* *'tenc'*
-'termencoding' 'tenc'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
+						*'termguicolors'* *'tgc'*
+'termguicolors' 'tgc'	boolean (default off)
+			global
+	When on, uses |highlight-guifg| and |highlight-guibg| attributes in
+	the terminal (thus using 24-bit color). Requires a ISO-8613-3
+	compatible terminal.
+	Must be set at startup (in your |init.vim| or |--cmd|).
 
 						*'terse'* *'noterse'*
 'terse'			boolean	(default off)
@@ -6404,8 +6376,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 	Maximum width of text that is being inserted.  A longer line will be
 	broken after white space to get this width.  A zero value disables
-	this.  'textwidth' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set.  When
-	'textwidth' is zero, 'wrapmargin' may be used.  See also
+	this.
+	'textwidth' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set and restored
+	when 'paste' is reset.
+	When 'textwidth' is zero, 'wrapmargin' may be used.  See also
 	'formatoptions' and |ins-textwidth|.
 	When 'formatexpr' is set it will be used to break the line.
 
@@ -6418,6 +6392,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	non-keyword characters (white space is preferred).  Maximum line
 	length is 510 bytes.
 	To obtain a file to be used here, check out this ftp site:
+	[Sorry this link doesn't work anymore, do you know the right one?] 
 	ftp://ftp.ox.ac.uk/pub/wordlists/  First get the README file.
 	To include a comma in a file name precede it with a backslash.  Spaces
 	after a comma are ignored, otherwise spaces are included in the file
@@ -6534,28 +6509,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	to be garbled (e.g., when it contains a CR or NL character).
 	{not available when compiled without the |+statusline| feature}
 
-				*'toolbar'* *'tb'*
-'toolbar' 'tb'		Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
-						*'toolbariconsize'* *'tbis'*
-'toolbariconsize' 'tbis'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
-			     *'ttybuiltin'* *'tbi'* *'nottybuiltin'* *'notbi'*
-'ttybuiltin' 'tbi'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 				     *'ttyfast'* *'tf'* *'nottyfast'* *'notf'*
 'ttyfast' 'tf'		Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
 
-						*'ttymouse'* *'ttym'*
-'ttymouse' 'ttym'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
-						*'ttyscroll'* *'tsl'*
-'ttyscroll' 'tsl'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
-						*'ttytype'* *'tty'*
-'ttytype' 'tty'		Alias for 'term'. Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
-						*'undodir'* *'udir'* *E926*
+						*'undodir'* *'udir'* *E5003*
 'undodir' 'udir'	string	(default "$XDG_DATA_HOME/nvim/undo")
 			global
 			{only when compiled with the |+persistent_undo| feature}
@@ -6709,12 +6666,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	with Unix.  The Unix version of Vim cannot source dos format scripts,
 	but the Windows version of Vim can source unix format scripts.
 
-				*'viminfo'* *'vi'*
-'viminfo' 'vi'		string
-			global
-	Deprecated alias for 'shada' option. Is kept for compatibility 
-	reasons.
-
 					    *'virtualedit'* *'ve'*
 'virtualedit' 've'	string	(default "")
 			global
@@ -6760,9 +6711,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Give a warning message when a shell command is used while the buffer
 	has been changed.
 
-		     *'weirdinvert'* *'wiv'* *'noweirdinvert'* *'nowiv'*
-'weirdinvert' 'wiv'	Removed. |vim-differences| {Nvim}
-
 						*'whichwrap'* *'ww'*
 'whichwrap' 'ww'	string	(Vim default: "b,s", Vi default: "")
 			global

runtime/doc/os_win32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Sep 25
+*os_win32.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by George Reilly
@@ -75,6 +75,31 @@ The directory of the Vim executable is appended to $PATH.  This is mostly to
 make "!xxd" work, as it is in the Tools menu.  And it also means that when
 executable() returns 1 the executable can actually be executed.
 
+Quotes in file names					*win32-quotes*
+
+Quotes inside a file name (or any other command line argument) can be escaped
+with a backslash.  E.g. >
+	vim -c "echo 'foo\"bar'"
+
+Alternatively use three quotes to get one: >
+	vim -c "echo 'foo"""bar'"
+
+The quotation rules are:
+
+1. A `"` starts quotation.
+2. Another `"` or `""` ends quotation. If the quotation ends with `""`, a `"`
+   is produced at the end of the quoted string.
+
+Examples, with [] around an argument:
+        "foo"           -> [foo]
+        "foo""          -> [foo"]
+        "foo"bar        -> [foobar]
+        "foo" bar       -> [foo], [bar]
+        "foo""bar       -> [foo"bar]
+        "foo"" bar      -> [foo"], [bar]
+        "foo"""bar"     -> [foo"bar]
+
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Using the mouse					*win32-mouse*
 

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Mar 16
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Apr 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -392,8 +392,8 @@ Use of "\M" makes the pattern after it be interpreted as if 'nomagic' is used.
 Use of "\v" means that in the pattern after it all ASCII characters except
 '0'-'9', 'a'-'z', 'A'-'Z' and '_' have a special meaning.  "very magic"
 
-Use of "\V" means that in the pattern after it only the backslash has a
-special meaning.  "very nomagic"
+Use of "\V" means that in the pattern after it only the backslash and the
+terminating character (/ or ?) has a special meaning.  "very nomagic"
 
 Examples:
 after:	  \v	   \m	    \M	     \V		matches ~
@@ -401,6 +401,7 @@ after:	  \v	   \m	    \M	     \V		matches ~
 	  $	   $	    $	     \$		matches end-of-line
 	  .	   .	    \.	     \.		matches any character
 	  *	   *	    \*	     \*		any number of the previous atom
+	  ~	   ~	    \~	     \~		latest substitute string
 	  ()	   \(\)     \(\)     \(\)	grouping into an atom
 	  |	   \|	    \|	     \|		separating alternatives
 	  \a	   \a	    \a	     \a		alphabetic character
@@ -477,6 +478,7 @@ More explanation and examples below, follow the links.
 |/\%v|	\%23v	\%23v	in virtual column 23 |/zero-width|
 
 Character classes:					*/character-classes*
+      magic   nomagic	matches ~
 |/\i|	\i	\i	identifier character (see 'isident' option)
 |/\I|	\I	\I	like "\i", but excluding digits
 |/\k|	\k	\k	keyword character (see 'iskeyword' option)
@@ -507,6 +509,7 @@ Character classes:					*/character-classes*
 			class with end-of-line included
 (end of character classes)
 
+      magic   nomagic	matches ~
 |/\e|	\e	\e	<Esc>
 |/\t|	\t	\t	<Tab>
 |/\r|	\r	\r	<CR>
@@ -532,6 +535,7 @@ Character classes:					*/character-classes*
 |/\Z|	\Z	\Z	ignore differences in Unicode "combining characters".
 			Useful when searching voweled Hebrew or Arabic text.
 
+      magic   nomagic	matches ~
 |/\m|	\m	\m	'magic' on for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\M|	\M	\M	'magic' off for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\v|	\v	\v	the following chars in the pattern are "very magic"
@@ -1067,8 +1071,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  belonging to that character class.  The following character classes
 	  are supported:
 			  Name		Contents ~
-*[:alnum:]*		  [:alnum:]     letters and digits
-*[:alpha:]*		  [:alpha:]     letters
+*[:alnum:]*		  [:alnum:]     ASCII letters and digits
+*[:alpha:]*		  [:alpha:]     ASCII letters
 *[:blank:]*		  [:blank:]     space and tab characters
 *[:cntrl:]*		  [:cntrl:]     control characters
 *[:digit:]*		  [:digit:]     decimal digits
@@ -1076,7 +1080,7 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 *[:lower:]*		  [:lower:]     lowercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
 *[:print:]*		  [:print:]     printable characters including space
-*[:punct:]*		  [:punct:]     punctuation characters
+*[:punct:]*		  [:punct:]     ASCII punctuation characters
 *[:space:]*		  [:space:]     whitespace characters
 *[:upper:]*		  [:upper:]     uppercase letters (all letters when
 					'ignorecase' is used)
@@ -1090,7 +1094,11 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  plausible pattern for a Unix filename: "[-./[:alnum:]_~]\+" That is,
 	  a list of at least one character, each of which is either '-', '.',
 	  '/', alphabetic, numeric, '_' or '~'.
-	  These items only work for 8-bit characters.
+	  These items only work for 8-bit characters, except [:lower:] and
+	  [:upper:] also work for multi-byte characters when using the new
+	  regexp engine.  See |two-engines|.  In the future these items may
+	  work for multi-byte characters.  For now, to get all "alpha"
+	  characters you can use: [[:lower:][:upper:]].
 							*/[[=* *[==]*
 	- An equivalence class.  This means that characters are matched that
 	  have almost the same meaning, e.g., when ignoring accents.  This

runtime/doc/pi_health.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+*pi_health.txt*   Healthcheck framework
+
+Author: TJ DeVries <devries.timothyj@gmail.com>
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Introduction				|health.vim-intro|
+2. Commands and functions		|health.vim-manual|
+3. Create a healthcheck			|health.vim-dev|
+
+==============================================================================
+Introduction				*healthcheck* *health.vim-intro*
+
+Troubleshooting user configuration problems is a time-consuming task that
+developers want to minimize. health.vim provides a simple framework for plugin
+authors to hook into, and for users to invoke, to check and report the user's
+configuration and environment. Type this command to try it: >
+
+        :CheckHealth
+<
+For example, some users have broken or unusual Python setups, which breaks the
+|:python| command. |:CheckHealth| detects several common Python configuration
+problems and reports them. If the Neovim Python module is not installed, it
+shows a warning: >
+
+	You have not installed the Neovim Python module
+	You might want to try `pip install Neovim`
+< 
+Plugin authors are encouraged to add healthchecks, see |health.vim-dev|.
+
+==============================================================================
+Commands and functions			*health.vim-manual*
+
+Commands
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+							*:CheckHealth*
+:CheckHealth          Run all healthchecks and show the output in a new
+                      tabpage. These healthchecks are included by default:
+                        - python2
+                        - python3
+                        - ruby
+                        - remote plugin
+
+:CheckHealth {plugins}
+                      Run healthchecks for one or more plugins. E.g. to run
+                      only the standard Nvim healthcheck: >
+                        :CheckHealth nvim
+<                      To run the healthchecks for the "foo" and "bar" plugins
+                      (assuming these plugins are on your 'runtimepath' and
+                      they have implemented health#foo#check() and
+                      health#bar#check(), respectively): >
+                        :CheckHealth foo bar
+<
+Functions
+------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+health.vim functions are for creating new healthchecks. They mostly just do
+some layout and formatting, to give users a consistent presentation.
+
+health#report_start({name})				*health#report_start*
+	Starts a new report. Most plugins should call this only once, but if
+        you want different sections to appear in your report, call this once
+        per section.
+
+health#report_info({msg})				*health#report_info*
+	Displays an informational message.
+
+health#report_ok({msg})					*health#report_ok*
+	Displays a "success" message.
+
+health#report_warn({msg}, [{suggestions}])		*health#report_warn*
+        Displays a warning. {suggestions} is an optional List of suggestions.
+
+health#report_error({msg}, [{suggestions}])		*health#report_error*
+        Displays an error. {suggestions} is an optional List of suggestions.
+
+health#{plugin}#check()					*health.user_checker*
+        This is the form of a healthcheck definition. Call the above functions
+        from this function, then |:CheckHealth| does the rest. Example: >
+
+                function! health#my_plug#check() abort
+                  silent call s:check_environment_vars()
+                  silent call s:check_python_configuration()
+                endfunction
+<
+        The function will be found and called automatically when the user
+        invokes |:CheckHealth|.
+
+	All output will be captured from the healthcheck. Use the
+        health#report_* functions so that your healthcheck has a format
+        consistent with the standard healthchecks.
+
+==============================================================================
+Create a healthcheck			*health.vim-dev*
+
+Healthchecks are functions that check the health of the system. Neovim has
+built-in checkers, found in $VIMRUNTIME/autoload/health/.
+
+To add a new checker for your own plugin, simply define a
+health#{plugin}#check() function in autoload/health/{plugin}.vim.
+|:CheckHealth| automatically finds and invokes such functions.
+
+If your plugin is named "jslint", then its healthcheck function must be >
+
+        health#jslint#check()
+<
+defined in this file on 'runtimepath': >
+
+        autoload/health/jslint.vim
+<
+Here's a sample to get started: >
+
+        function! health#jslint#check() abort
+          call health#report_start('sanity checks')
+          " perform arbitrary checks
+          " ...
+
+          if looks_good
+            call health#report_ok('found required dependencies')
+          else
+            call health#report_error('cannot find jslint', 
+              \ ['npm install --save jslint'])
+          endif
+        endfunction
+<
+==============================================================================
+
+vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:fdm=marker

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2015 Jan 05
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Feb 16
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2015 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE applies to the files in this package, including
 	netrw.vim, pi_netrw.txt, netrwFileHandlers.vim, netrwSettings.vim, and
 	syntax/netrw.vim.  Like anything else that's free, netrw.vim and its
@@ -48,9 +48,10 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2015 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
       Introduction To Browsing............................|netrw-intro-browse|
       Quick Reference: Maps...............................|netrw-browse-maps|
       Quick Reference: Commands...........................|netrw-browse-cmds|
+      Banner Display......................................|netrw-I|
       Bookmarking A Directory.............................|netrw-mb|
       Browsing............................................|netrw-cr|
-        Squeezing the Current Tree-Listing Directory......|:netrw-s-cr|
+      Squeezing the Current Tree-Listing Directory........|netrw-s-cr|
       Browsing With A Horizontally Split Window...........|netrw-o|
       Browsing With A New Tab.............................|netrw-t|
       Browsing With A Vertically Split Window.............|netrw-v|
@@ -75,11 +76,13 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 1999-2015 Charles E Campbell    *netrw-copyright*
       Making The Browsing Directory The Current Directory.|netrw-c|
       Marking Files.......................................|netrw-mf|
       Unmarking Files.....................................|netrw-mF|
+      Marking Files By Location List......................|netrw-qL|
       Marking Files By QuickFix List......................|netrw-qF|
       Marking Files By Regular Expression.................|netrw-mr|
       Marked Files: Arbitrary Shell Command...............|netrw-mx|
       Marked Files: Arbitrary Shell Command, En Bloc......|netrw-mX|
       Marked Files: Arbitrary Vim Command.................|netrw-mv|
+      Marked Files: Argument List.........................|netrw-ma| |netrw-mA|
       Marked Files: Compression And Decompression.........|netrw-mz|
       Marked Files: Copying...............................|netrw-mc|
       Marked Files: Diff..................................|netrw-md|
@@ -365,7 +368,12 @@ settings are described below, in |netrw-browser-options|, and in
 			    fun! MyFuncRef()
 			    endfun
 			    let g:Netrw_funcref= function("MyFuncRef")
+
 <
+ *g:Netrw_UserMaps*	specifies a function or |List| of functions which can
+			be used to set up user-specified maps and functionality.
+			See |netrw-usermaps|
+
  *g:netrw_ftp*		   if it doesn't exist, use default ftp
 			=0 use default ftp		       (uid password)
 			=1 use alternate ftp method	  (user uid password)
@@ -1062,9 +1070,10 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 <	 <F1>	Causes Netrw to issue help
 	 <cr>	Netrw will enter the directory or read the file      |netrw-cr|
 	 <del>	Netrw will attempt to remove the file/directory      |netrw-del|
-	 <c-h>	Edit file hiding list                             |netrw-ctrl-h|
-	 <c-l>	Causes Netrw to refresh the directory listing     |netrw-ctrl-l|
-	 <c-r>	Browse using a gvim server                        |netrw-ctrl-r|
+	 <c-h>	Edit file hiding list                                |netrw-ctrl-h|
+	 <c-l>	Causes Netrw to refresh the directory listing        |netrw-ctrl-l|
+	 <c-r>	Browse using a gvim server                           |netrw-ctrl-r|
+	 <c-tab> Shrink/expand a netrw/explore window                |netrw-c-tab|
 	   -	Makes Netrw go up one directory                      |netrw--|
 	   a	Toggles between normal display,                      |netrw-a|
 	    	hiding (suppress display of files matching g:netrw_list_hide)
@@ -1077,6 +1086,7 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	   gd	Force treatment as directory                         |netrw-gd|
 	   gf	Force treatment as file                              |netrw-gf|
 	   gh	Quick hide/unhide of dot-files                       |netrw-gh|
+	   gn	Make top of tree the directory below the cursor      |netrw-gn|
 	   i	Cycle between thin, long, wide, and tree listings    |netrw-i|
 	   mb	Bookmark current directory                           |netrw-mb|
 	   mc	Copy marked files to marked-file target directory    |netrw-mc|
@@ -1104,8 +1114,9 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: MAPS				*netrw-browse-maps* {{{2
 	   qb	List bookmarked directories and history              |netrw-qb|
 	   qf	Display information on file                          |netrw-qf|
 	   qF	Mark files using a quickfix list                     |netrw-qF|
+	   qL	Mark files using a |location-list|                     |netrw-qL|
 	   r	Reverse sorting order                                |netrw-r|
-	   R	Rename the designed file(s)/directory(ies)           |netrw-R|
+	   R	Rename the designated file(s)/directory(ies)         |netrw-R|
 	   s	Select sorting style: by name, time, or file size    |netrw-s|
 	   S	Specify suffix priority for name-sorting             |netrw-S|
 	   t	Enter the file/directory under the cursor in a new tab|netrw-t|
@@ -1153,6 +1164,14 @@ QUICK REFERENCE: COMMANDS	*netrw-explore-cmds* *netrw-browse-cmds* {{{2
      :Texplore[!] [dir] Tab & Explore..........................|netrw-explore|
      :Vexplore[!] [dir] Vertical Split & Explore...............|netrw-explore|
 
+
+BANNER DISPLAY						*netrw-I*
+
+One may toggle the banner display on and off by pressing "I".
+
+Also See: |g:netrw_banner|
+
+
 BOOKMARKING A DIRECTORY *netrw-mb* *netrw-bookmark* *netrw-bookmarks* {{{2
 
 One may easily "bookmark" the currently browsed directory by using >
@@ -1174,10 +1193,10 @@ Addtionally, one may use :NetrwMB to bookmark files or directories. >
 < No bang: enters files/directories into Netrw's bookmark system
 
    No argument and in netrw buffer:
-     if there are marked files: bookmark marked files
-     otherwise                : bookmark file/directory under cursor
+     if there are marked files        : bookmark marked files
+     otherwise                        : bookmark file/directory under cursor
    No argument and not in netrw buffer: bookmarks current open file
-   Has arguments: globs them individually and bookmarks them
+   Has arguments                      : |glob()|s each arg and bookmarks them
 
  With bang: deletes files/directories from Netrw's bookmark system
 
@@ -1194,7 +1213,7 @@ Related Topics:
 	|g:netrw_home| controls where .netrwbook is kept
 
 
-BROWSING						*netrw-cr* {{{2
+BROWSING					*netrw-enter*	*netrw-cr* {{{2
 
 Browsing is simple: move the cursor onto a file or directory of interest.
 Hitting the <cr> (the return key) will select the file or directory.
@@ -1235,11 +1254,21 @@ The price for such re-use is that when changes are made (such as new files
 are introduced into a directory), the listing may become out-of-date.  One may
 always refresh directory listing buffers by pressing ctrl-L (see
 |netrw-ctrl-l|).
-								*:netrw-s-cr*
-    Squeezing the Current Tree-Listing Directory~
-    When the tree listing style is enabled (see |netrw-i|) and one is using
-    gvim, then the <s-cr> mapping may be used to squeeze (close) the
-    directory currently containing the cursor.
+
+								*netrw-s-cr*
+Squeezing the Current Tree-Listing Directory~
+
+When the tree listing style is enabled (see |netrw-i|) and one is using
+gvim, then the <s-cr> mapping may be used to squeeze (close) the
+directory currently containing the cursor.
+
+Otherwise, one may remap a key combination of one's own choice to get
+this effect: >
+
+    nmap <buffer> <silent> <nowait> YOURKEYCOMBO  <Plug>NetrwTreeSqueeze
+<
+Put this line in $HOME/ftplugin/netrw/netrw.vim; it needs to be generated
+for netrw buffers only.
 
 Related topics:
 	|netrw-ctrl-r|	|netrw-o|	|netrw-p|
@@ -1394,8 +1423,8 @@ list (unless |g:netrw_dirhistmax| is zero; by default, it's ten).  With the
 the opposite, see |netrw-U|.
 
 The "u" map also accepts counts to go back in the history several slots.
-For your convenience, |netrw-qb| lists the history number which can be
-re-used in that count.
+For your convenience, qb (see |netrw-qb|) lists the history number which may
+be used in that count.
 
 						*.netrwhist*
 See |g:netrw_dirhistmax| for how to control the quantity of history stack
@@ -1412,7 +1441,7 @@ CHANGING TO A SUCCESSOR DIRECTORY		*netrw-U* *netrw-downdir* {{{2
 
 With the "U" map, one can change to a later directory (successor).
 This map is the opposite of the "u" map. (see |netrw-u|)  Use the
-q map to list both the bookmarks and history. (see |netrw-qb|)
+qb map to list both the bookmarks and history. (see |netrw-qb|)
 
 The "U" map also accepts counts to go forward in the history several slots.
 
@@ -1420,7 +1449,7 @@ See |g:netrw_dirhistmax| for how to control the quantity of history stack
 slots.
 
 
-CHANGING TREE TOP				*netrw-ntree* *:Ntree* {{{2
+CHANGING TREE TOP			*netrw-ntree*  *:Ntree*  *netrw-gn* {{{2
 
 One may specify a new tree top for tree listings using >
 
@@ -1430,14 +1459,18 @@ Without a "dirname", the current line is used (and any leading depth
 information is elided).
 With a "dirname", the specified directory name is used.
 
+The "gn" map will take the word below the cursor and use that for
+changing the top of the tree listing.
+
 
 NETRW CLEAN					*netrw-clean* *:NetrwClean* {{{2
 
-With :NetrwClean one may easily remove netrw from one's home directory;
+With NetrwClean one may easily remove netrw from one's home directory;
 more precisely, from the first directory on your |'runtimepath'|.
 
-With :NetrwClean!, netrw will remove netrw from all directories on your
-|'runtimepath'|.
+With NetrwClean!, netrw will attempt to remove netrw from all directories on
+your |'runtimepath'|.  Of course, you have to have write/delete permissions
+correct to do this.
 
 With either form of the command, netrw will first ask for confirmation
 that the removal is in fact what you want to do.  If netrw doesn't have
@@ -1454,6 +1487,7 @@ operating system).  Netrw allows one to invoke such special handlers by: >
 	* when Exploring, hit the "x" key
 	* when editing, hit gx with the cursor atop the special filename
 <	  (latter not available if the |g:netrw_nogx| variable exists)
+
 Netrw determines which special handler by the following method:
 
   * if |g:netrw_browsex_viewer| exists, then it will be used to attempt to
@@ -1483,7 +1517,8 @@ One may also use visual mode (see |visual-start|) to select the text that the
 special handler will use.  Normally gx uses expand("<cfile>") to pick up the
 text under the cursor; one may change what |expand()| uses via the
 |g:netrw_gx| variable.  Alternatively, one may select the text to be used by
-gx via first making a visual selection (see |visual-block|).
+gx via first making a visual selection (see |visual-block|) or by changing
+the |'isfname'| option (which is global, so netrw doesn't modify it).
 
 Associated setting variables:
 	|g:netrw_gx|	control how gx picks up the text under the cursor
@@ -1629,19 +1664,23 @@ DIRECTORY EXPLORATION COMMANDS  {{{2
 	  of the current tab.  It will open a netrw window on the current
 	  directory if [dir] is omitted; a :Lexplore [dir] will show the
 	  specified directory in the left-hand side browser display no matter
-	  from which window the command is issued.  By default, :Lexplore will
-	  change an uninitialized |g:netrw_chgwin| to 2; edits will thus
-	  preferentially be made in window#2.
-	    The [N] specifies a |g:netrw_winsize| just for the new :Lexplore
+	  from which window the command is issued.
+
+	  By default, :Lexplore will change an uninitialized |g:netrw_chgwin|
+	  to 2; edits will thus preferentially be made in window#2.
+
+	  The [N] specifies a |g:netrw_winsize| just for the new :Lexplore
 	  window.
-	    Those who like this method often also like tree style displays;
+
+	  Those who like this method often also often like tree style displays;
 	  see |g:netrw_liststyle|.
 
-	  Also see: |netrw-C| |g:netrw_chgwin| |g:netrw_winsize|
-		    |netrw-p| |netrw-P|        |g:netrw_browse_split|
+	  Also see: |netrw-C|           |g:netrw_browse_split|   |g:netrw_wiw|
+		    |netrw-p| |netrw-P|   |g:netrw_chgwin|
+		    |netrw-c-tab|       |g:netrw_winsize|
 
 :[N]Lexplore! is like :Lexplore, except that the full-height Explorer window
-	  will open on the right hand side, and an uninitialized |g:netrw_chgwin|
+	  will open on the right hand side and an uninitialized |g:netrw_chgwin|
 	  will be set to 1.
 
 						*netrw-:Sexplore*
@@ -1697,8 +1736,9 @@ Also see: |g:netrw_alto| |g:netrw_altv| |g:netrw_winsize|
 EXPLORING WITH STARS AND PATTERNS {{{2
 
 When Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, or Vexplore are used with one of the
-following four patterns Explore generates a list of files which satisfy
-the request. >
+following four patterns Explore generates a list of files which satisfy the
+request for the local file system.  These exploration patterns will not work
+with remote file browsing.
 
     */filepat	files in current directory which satisfy filepat
     **/filepat	files in current directory or below which satisfy the
@@ -2063,15 +2103,22 @@ Netrw provides several ways to mark files:
 
 		:MF *.c
 <
-	* Note that :MF uses |<f-args>| to break the line
-	  at spaces.
+	  (Note that :MF uses |<f-args>| to break the line
+	  at spaces)
+
+	* Mark files using the |argument-list| (|netrw-mA|)
+
+	* Mark files based upon a |location-list| (|netrw-qL|)
 
 	* Mark files based upon the quickfix list (|netrw-qF|)
+	  (|quickfix-error-lists|)
 
 The following netrw maps make use of marked files:
 
     |netrw-a|	Hide marked files/directories
     |netrw-D|	Delete marked files/directories
+    |netrw-ma|	Move marked files' names to |arglist|
+    |netrw-mA|	Move |arglist| filenames to marked file list
     |netrw-mb|	Append marked files to bookmarks
     |netrw-mB|	Delete marked files from bookmarks
     |netrw-mc|	Copy marked files to target
@@ -2125,19 +2172,24 @@ is unlikely to be fixed.
 
 
 UNMARKING FILES							*netrw-mF* {{{2
+	(also see |netrw-mf|, |netrw-mu|)
+
+The "mF" command will unmark all files in the current buffer.  One may also use
+mf (|netrw-mf|) on a specific, already marked, file to unmark just that file.
+
+MARKING FILES BY LOCATION LIST					*netrw-qL* {{{2
 	(also see |netrw-mf|)
 
-This command will unmark all files in the current buffer.  One may also use
-mf (|netrw-mf|) on a specific file to unmark just that file.
+One may convert |location-list|s into a marked file list using "qL".
+You may then proceed with commands such as me (|netrw-me|) to edit them.
 
 
-MARKING FILES BY QUICKFIX LIST				*netrw-qF* {{{2
+MARKING FILES BY QUICKFIX LIST					*netrw-qF* {{{2
 	(also see |netrw-mf|)
 
-One may convert the |quickfix-error-lists| into a marked file list using
-"qF".  You may then proceed with commands such as me (|netrw-me|) to
-edit them.  Quickfix error lists are generated, for example, by calls
-to |:vimgrep|.
+One may convert |quickfix-error-lists| into a marked file list using "qF".
+You may then proceed with commands such as me (|netrw-me|) to edit them.
+Quickfix error lists are generated, for example, by calls to |:vimgrep|.
 
 
 MARKING FILES BY REGULAR EXPRESSION				*netrw-mr* {{{2
@@ -2155,14 +2207,17 @@ MARKED FILES, ARBITRARY VIM COMMAND				*netrw-mv*  {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the local marked-file list)
 
-The "mv" map causes netrw execute an arbitrary vim command on each file
-on the local marked file list, individually:
+The "mv" map causes netrw to execute an arbitrary vim command on each file on
+the local marked file list, individually:
 
 	* 1split
 	* sil! keepalt e file
 	* run vim command
 	* sil! keepalt wq!
 
+A prompt, "Enter vim command: ", will be issued to elicit the vim command
+you wish used.
+
 
 MARKED FILES, ARBITRARY SHELL COMMAND				*netrw-mx* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
@@ -2194,17 +2249,27 @@ command to be applied to all marked files on the global marked file list.  The
 
 	command files
 
-It is useful, for example, to select files and make a tarball:
+This approach is useful, for example, to select files and make a tarball: >
 
 	(mark files)
 	mX
 	Enter command: tar cf mynewtarball.tar
-
-The command that will be run in this example:
+<
+The command that will be run with this example:
 
 	tar cf mynewtarball.tar 'file1' 'file2' ...
 
 
+MARKED FILES: ARGUMENT LIST				*netrw-ma* *netrw-mA*
+	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
+		      (uses the global marked-file list)
+
+Using ma, one moves filenames from the marked file list to the argument list.
+Using mA, one moves filenames from the argument list to the marked file list.
+
+See Also: |netrw-qF| |argument-list| |:args|
+
+
 MARKED FILES: COMPRESSION AND DECOMPRESSION		*netrw-mz* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the local marked file list)
@@ -2214,7 +2279,7 @@ If any marked files are decompressed, then "mz" will compress them
 using the command specified by |g:netrw_compress|; by default,
 that's "gzip".
 
-For decompression, netrw provides a |Dictionary| of suffices and their
+For decompression, netrw uses a |Dictionary| of suffices and their
 associated decompressing utilities; see |g:netrw_decompress|.
 
 Remember that one can mark multiple files by regular expression
@@ -2253,7 +2318,7 @@ MARKED FILES: EDITING						*netrw-me* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the global marked file list)
 
-This command will place the marked files on the |arglist| and commence
+The "me" command will place the marked files on the |arglist| and commence
 editing them.  One may return the to explorer window with |:Rexplore|.
 (use |:n| and |:p| to edit next and previous files in the arglist)
 
@@ -2261,26 +2326,33 @@ MARKED FILES: GREP						*netrw-mg* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the global marked file list)
 
-This command will apply |:vimgrep| to the marked files.
+The "mg" command will apply |:vimgrep| to the marked files.
 The command will ask for the requested pattern; one may then enter: >
 
 	/pattern/[g][j]
 	! /pattern/[g][j]
 	pattern
 <
-In the cases of "j" option usage as shown above, "mg" will winnow the current
-marked file list to just those possessing the specified pattern.
-Thus, one may use >
-	mr ...file-pattern
-	mg ..contents-pattern
-to have a marked file list satisfying the file-pattern but containing the
-desired contents-pattern.
+With /pattern/, editing will start with the first item on the |quickfix| list
+that vimgrep sets up (see |:copen|, |:cnext|, |:cprevious|, |:cclose|).  The |:vimgrep|
+command is in use, so without 'g' each line is added to quickfix list only
+once; with 'g' every match is included.
+
+With /pattern/j, "mg" will winnow the current marked file list to just those
+marked files also possessing the specified pattern.  Thus, one may use >
+
+	mr ...file-pattern...
+	mg /pattern/j
+<
+to have a marked file list satisfying the file-pattern but also restricted to
+files containing some desired pattern.
+
 
 MARKED FILES: HIDING AND UNHIDING BY SUFFIX			*netrw-mh* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the local marked file list)
 
-This command extracts the suffices of the marked files and toggles their
+The "mh" command extracts the suffices of the marked files and toggles their
 presence on the hiding list.  Please note that marking the same suffix
 this way multiple times will result in the suffix's presence being toggled
 for each file (so an even quantity of marked files having the same suffix
@@ -2309,16 +2381,16 @@ MARKED FILES: PRINTING						*netrw-mp* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the local marked file list)
 
-Netrw will apply the |:hardcopy| command to marked files.  What it does
-is open each file in a one-line window, execute hardcopy, then close the
-one-line window.
+When "mp" is used, netrw will apply the |:hardcopy| command to marked files.
+What netrw does is open each file in a one-line window, execute hardcopy, then
+close the one-line window.
 
 
 MARKED FILES: SOURCING						*netrw-ms* {{{2
 	    (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
 		      (uses the local marked file list)
 
-Netrw will source the marked files (using vim's |:source| command)
+With "ms", netrw will source the marked files (using vim's |:source| command)
 
 
 MARKED FILES: SETTING THE TARGET DIRECTORY			*netrw-mt* {{{2
@@ -2341,6 +2413,9 @@ Set the marked file copy/move-to target (see |netrw-mc| and |netrw-mm|):
     This command uses |<q-args>|, so spaces in the directory name are
     permitted without escaping.
 
+  * With mouse-enabled vim or with gvim, one may select a target by using
+    <c-leftmouse>
+
 There is only one copy/move-to target at a time in a vim session; ie. the
 target is a script variable (see |s:var|) and is shared between all netrw
 windows (in an instance of vim).
@@ -2417,9 +2492,13 @@ Related topics:
 
 
 MARKED FILES: UNMARKING						*netrw-mu* {{{2
-     (See |netrw-mf| and |netrw-mr| for how to mark files)
+     (See |netrw-mf|, |netrw-mF|)
+
+The "mu" mapping will unmark all currently marked files.  This command differs
+from "mF" as the latter only unmarks files in the current directory whereas
+"mu" will unmark global and all buffer-local marked files.
+(see |netrw-mF|)
 
-The "mu" mapping will unmark all currently marked files.
 
 				*netrw-browser-settings*
 NETRW BROWSER VARIABLES		*netrw-browser-options* *netrw-browser-var* {{{2
@@ -2724,6 +2803,21 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				evaluation will be suppressed
 				(see |'ballooneval'|)
 
+ *g:netrw_sizestyle*		not defined: actual bytes (default)
+ 				="b" : actual bytes       (default)
+ 				="h" : human-readable (ex. 5k, 4m, 3g)
+				       uses 1000 base
+ 				="H" : human-readable (ex. 5K, 4M, 3G)
+				       uses 1024 base
+				The long listing (|netrw-i|) and query-file
+				maps (|netrw-qf|) will display file size
+				using the specified style.
+
+  *g:netrw_usetab*		if this variable exists and is non-zero, then
+				the <tab> map supporting shrinking/expanding a
+				Lexplore or netrw window will be enabled.
+				(see |netrw-c-tab|)
+
   *g:netrw_remote_mkdir*	command for making a remote directory
 				via ftp  (also see |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|)
 				 default: "mkdir"
@@ -2760,7 +2854,8 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				|netrw-ctrl-r| to use for its server.
 				 default: "NETRWSERVER"
 
-  *g:netrw_sort_by*		sort by "name", "time", or "size"
+  *g:netrw_sort_by*		sort by "name", "time", "size", or
+  				"exten".
 				 default: "name"
 
   *g:netrw_sort_direction*	sorting direction: "normal" or "reverse"
@@ -2872,6 +2967,10 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				take effect, for example).
 				 default: 50  (for 50%)
 
+  *g:netrw_wiw*			=1 specifies the minimum window width to use
+				when shrinking a netrw/Lexplore window
+				(see |netrw-c-tab|).
+
   *g:netrw_xstrlen*		Controls how netrw computes string lengths,
 				including multi-byte characters' string
 				length. (thanks to N Weibull, T Mechelynck)
@@ -2917,7 +3016,7 @@ help on what each of the variables do.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
-OBTAINING A FILE					*netrw-O* {{{2
+OBTAINING A FILE					*netrw-obtain* *netrw-O* {{{2
 
 If there are no marked files:
 
@@ -2947,7 +3046,7 @@ Related topics:
  * To automatically make the currently browsed directory the current
    directory, see |g:netrw_keepdir|.
 
-							*netrw-createfile*
+					*netrw-newfile* *netrw-createfile*
 OPEN A NEW FILE IN NETRW'S CURRENT DIRECTORY		*netrw-%* {{{2
 
 To open a new file in netrw's current directory, press "%".  This map
@@ -2979,14 +3078,17 @@ These will:
 	   will use only 30% of the columns available; the rest of the window
 	   is used for the preview window.
 
-Also see: |g:netrw_chgwin| |netrw-P|
+	Related: if you like this idea, you may also find :Lexplore
+	         (|netrw-:Lexplore|) or |g:netrw_chgwin| of interest
+
+Also see: |g:netrw_chgwin| |netrw-P| |'previewwindow'| |CTRL-W_z| |:pclose|
 
 
-PREVIOUS WINDOW				*netrw-P* *netrw-prvwin* {{{2
+PREVIOUS WINDOW					*netrw-P* *netrw-prvwin* {{{2
 
-To edit a file or directory in the previously used (last accessed) window (see
-:he |CTRL-W_p|), press a "P".  If there's only one window, then the one window
-will be horizontally split (by default).
+To edit a file or directory under the cursor in the previously used (last
+accessed) window (see :he |CTRL-W_p|), press a "P".  If there's only one
+window, then the one window will be horizontally split (by default).
 
 If there's more than one window, the previous window will be re-used on
 the selected file/directory.  If the previous window's associated buffer
@@ -3004,7 +3106,7 @@ Associated setting variables:
 Also see: |g:netrw_chgwin| |netrw-p|
 
 
-REFRESHING THE LISTING			*netrw-ctrl-l* *netrw-ctrl_l* {{{2
+REFRESHING THE LISTING		*netrw-refresh* *netrw-ctrl-l* *netrw-ctrl_l* {{{2
 
 To refresh either a local or remote directory listing, press ctrl-l (<c-l>) or
 hit the <cr> when atop the ./ directory entry in the listing.  One may also
@@ -3024,11 +3126,12 @@ RENAMING FILES OR DIRECTORIES	*netrw-move* *netrw-rename* *netrw-R* {{{2
 
 If there are no marked files: (see |netrw-mf|)
 
-    Renaming/moving files and directories involves moving the cursor to the
+    Renaming files and directories involves moving the cursor to the
     file/directory to be moved (renamed) and pressing "R".  You will then be
-    queried for where you want the file/directory to be moved.  You may select
+    queried for what you want the file/directory to be renamed to  You may select
     a range of lines with the "V" command (visual selection), and then
-    pressing "R".
+    press "R"; you will be queried for each file as to what you want it
+    renamed to.
 
 If there are marked files:  (see |netrw-mf|)
 
@@ -3046,6 +3149,14 @@ If there are marked files:  (see |netrw-mf|)
     This example will mark all *.c files and then rename them to *.cpp
     files.
 
+    The ctrl-X character has special meaning for renaming files: >
+
+    	<c-x>      : a single ctrl-x tells netrw to ignore the portion of the response
+	             lying between the last '/' and the ctrl-x.
+
+	<c-x><c-x> : a pair of contiguous ctrl-x's tells netrw to ignore any
+		     portion of the string preceding the double ctrl-x's.
+<
     WARNING:~
 
     Note that moving files is a dangerous operation; copies are safer.  That's
@@ -3053,13 +3164,13 @@ If there are marked files:  (see |netrw-mf|)
     the copy fails and the delete does not, you may lose the file.
     Use at your own risk.
 
-The g:netrw_rename_cmd variable is used to implement renaming.  By default its
-value is:
+The g:netrw_rename_cmd variable is used to implement remote renaming.  By
+default its value is:
 
 	ssh HOSTNAME mv
 
 One may rename a block of files and directories by selecting them with
-the V (|linewise-visual|).
+V (|linewise-visual|) when using thin style
 
 
 SELECTING SORTING STYLE			*netrw-s* *netrw-sort* {{{2
@@ -3072,18 +3183,19 @@ Related topics:               |netrw-r| |netrw-S|
 Associated setting variables: |g:netrw_sort_by| |g:netrw_sort_sequence|
 
 
-SETTING EDITING WINDOW				*netrw-C* *netrw-:NetrwC* {{{2
+SETTING EDITING WINDOW		*netrw-editwindow* *netrw-C* *netrw-:NetrwC* {{{2
 
 One may select a netrw window for editing with the "C" mapping, using the
-:NetrwC [win#] command, or by setting g:netrw_chgwin to the selected window
+:NetrwC [win#] command, or by setting |g:netrw_chgwin| to the selected window
 number.  Subsequent selection of a file to edit (|netrw-cr|) will use that
 window.
 
-	* C  by itself, will select the current window for editing via
-	  |netrw-cr|
+	* C : by itself, will select the current window holding a netrw buffer
+	  for editing via |netrw-cr|.  The C mapping is only available while in
+	  netrw buffers.
 
-	* [count]C the count will be used as the window number to be used
-	  for editing via |netrw-cr|.
+	* [count]C : the count will be used as the window number to be used
+	  for subsequent editing via |netrw-cr|.
 
 	* :NetrwC will set |g:netrw_chgwin| to the current window
 
@@ -3092,12 +3204,91 @@ window.
 
 Using >
 	let g:netrw_chgwin= -1
-will restore the default editing behavior (ie. use the current window).
+will restore the default editing behavior
+(ie. editing will use the current window).
 
 Related topics:			|netrw-cr| |g:netrw_browse_split|
 Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_chgwin|
 
 
+SHRINKING OR EXPANDING A NETRW OR LEXPLORE WINDOW	*netrw-c-tab* {{{2
+
+The <c-tab> key will toggle a netrw or |:Lexplore| window's width,
+but only if |g:netrw_usetab| exists and is non-zero (and, of course,
+only if your terminal supports differentiating <c-tab> from a plain
+<tab>).
+
+  * If the current window is a netrw window, toggle its width
+    (between |g:netrw_wiw| and its original width)
+
+  * Else if there is a |:Lexplore| window in the current tab, toggle
+    its width
+
+  * Else bring up a |:Lexplore| window
+
+If |g:netrw_usetab| exists or is zero, or if there is a pre-existing mapping
+for <c-tab>, then the <c-tab> will not be mapped.  One may map something other
+than a <c-tab>, too: (but you'll still need to have had g:netrw_usetab set) >
+
+	nmap <unique> (whatever)	<Plug>NetrwShrink
+<
+Related topics:			|:Lexplore|
+Associated setting variable:	|g:netrw_usetab|
+
+
+USER SPECIFIED MAPS					*netrw-usermaps* {{{1
+
+One may make customized user maps.  Specify a variable, |g:Netrw_UserMaps|,
+to hold a |List| of lists of keymap strings and function names: >
+
+	[["keymap-sequence","ExampleUserMapFunc"],...]
+<
+When netrw is setting up maps for a netrw buffer, if |g:Netrw_UserMaps|
+exists, then the internal function netrw#UserMaps(islocal) is called.
+This function goes through all the entries in the |g:Netrw_UserMaps| list:
+
+	* sets up maps: >
+		nno <buffer> <silent> KEYMAP-SEQUENCE
+		:call s:UserMaps(islocal,"ExampleUserMapFunc")
+<	* refreshes if result from that function call is the string
+	  "refresh"
+	* if the result string is not "", then that string will be
+	  executed (:exe result)
+	* if the result is a List, then the above two actions on results
+	  will be taken for every string in the result List
+
+The user function is passed one argument; it resembles >
+
+	fun! ExampleUserMapFunc(islocal)
+<
+where a:islocal is 1 if its a local-directory system call or 0 when
+remote-directory system call.
+
+Use netrw#Expose("varname")          to access netrw-internal (script-local)
+				     variables.
+Use netrw#Modify("varname",newvalue) to change netrw-internal variables.
+Use netrw#Call("funcname"[,args])    to call a netrw-internal function with
+				     specified arguments.
+
+Example: Get a copy of netrw's marked file list: >
+
+	let netrwmarkfilelist= netrw#Expose("netrwmarkfilelist")
+<
+Example: Modify the value of netrw's marked file list: >
+
+	call netrw#Modify("netrwmarkfilelist",[])
+<
+Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
+    " ExampleUserMap: {{{2
+    fun! ExampleUserMap(islocal)
+      call netrw#Modify("netrwmarkfilelist",[])
+      call netrw#Modify('netrwmarkfilemtch_{bufnr("%")}',"")
+      let retval= ["refresh"]
+      return retval
+    endfun
+    let g:Netrw_UserMaps= [["gu","ExampleUserMap"]]
+<
+
 10. Problems and Fixes					*netrw-problems* {{{1
 
 	(This section is likely to grow as I get feedback)
@@ -3272,6 +3463,7 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_chgwin|
 		The first one (|g:netrw_ssh_cmd|) is the most important; most
 		of the others will use the string in g:netrw_ssh_cmd by
 		default.
+
 						*netrw-p9* *netrw-ml_get*
 	P9. I'm browsing, changing directory, and bang!  ml_get errors
 	    appear and I have to kill vim.  Any way around this?
@@ -3298,6 +3490,14 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_chgwin|
 	P11. I want to have two windows; a thin one on the left and my editing
 	     window on the right.  How may I accomplish this?
 
+	     You probably want netrw running as in a side window.  If so, you
+	     will likely find that ":[N]Lexplore" does what you want.  The
+	     optional "[N]" allows you to select the quantity of columns you
+	     wish the |:Lexplore|r window to start with (see |g:netrw_winsize|
+	     for how this parameter works).
+
+	     Previous solution:
+
 		* Put the following line in your <.vimrc>:
 			let g:netrw_altv = 1
 		* Edit the current directory:  :e .
@@ -3311,6 +3511,7 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_chgwin|
 		  <leftmouse> in the browser window and then press the
 		  <middlemouse> to select the file.
 
+
 								*netrw-p12*
 	P12. My directory isn't sorting correctly, or unwanted letters are
 	     appearing in the listed filenames, or things aren't lining
@@ -3388,7 +3589,7 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_chgwin|
 	     to open a swap file.
 
 	     (romainl) It looks like you are starting Vim from a protected
-	     directory.  Start if from your $HOME or another writable
+	     directory.  Start netrw from your $HOME or other writable
 	     directory.
 
 								*netrw-p17*
@@ -3412,6 +3613,58 @@ Associated setting variables:	|g:netrw_chgwin|
 	     "Using Vim to Remotely Edit A File on ServerB Only
 	      Accessible From ServerA"
 
+								*netrw-P19*
+	P19. How do I get numbering on in directory listings?
+		With |g:netrw_bufsettings|, you can control netrw's buffer
+		settings; try putting >
+		  let g:netrw_bufsettings="noma nomod nu nobl nowrap ro nornu"
+<		in your .vimrc.  If you'd like to have relative numbering
+		instead, try >
+		  let g:netrw_bufsettings="noma nomod nonu nobl nowrap ro rnu"
+<
+								*netrw-P20*
+	P20. How may I have gvim start up showing a directory listing?
+		Try putting the following code snippet into your .vimrc: >
+		    augroup VimStartup
+		      au!
+		      au VimEnter * if expand("%") == "" && argc() == 0 &&
+		      \ (v:servername =~ 'GVIM\d*' || v:servername == "")
+		      \ | e . | endif
+		    augroup END
+<		You may use Lexplore instead of "e" if you're so inclined.
+		This snippet assumes that you have client-server enabled
+		(ie. a "huge" vim version).
+
+								*netrw-P21*
+	P21. I've made a directory (or file) with an accented character, but
+		netrw isn't letting me enter that directory/read that file:
+
+		Its likely that the shell or o/s is using a different encoding
+		than you have vim (netrw) using.  A patch to vim supporting
+		"systemencoding" may address this issue in the future; for
+		now, just have netrw use the proper encoding.  For example: >
+
+			au FileType netrw set enc=latin1
+<
+								*netrw-P22*
+	P22. I get an error message when I try to copy or move a file:
+
+		**error** (netrw) tried using g:netrw_localcopycmd<cp>; it doesn't work!
+
+	     What's wrong?
+
+	     Netrw uses several system level commands to do things (see
+
+		 |g:netrw_localcopycmd|, |g:netrw_localmovecmd|,
+		 |g:netrw_localrmdir|, |g:netrw_mkdir_cmd|).
+
+	    You may need to adjust the default commands for one or more of
+	    these commands by setting them properly in your .vimrc.  Another
+	    source of difficulty is that these commands use vim's local
+	    directory, which may not be the same as the browsing directory
+	    shown by netrw (see |g:netrw_keepdir|).
+
+
 ==============================================================================
 11. Debugging Netrw Itself				*netrw-debug* {{{1
 
@@ -3441,13 +3694,13 @@ called netrw.vimrc with the following contents: >
 <
 Then run netrw as follows: >
 
-	vim -u netrw.vimrc --noplugins [some path here]
+	vim -u netrw.vimrc --noplugins -i NONE [some path here]
 <
 Perform whatever netrw commands you need to, and check that the problem is
 still present.  This procedure sidesteps any issues due to personal .vimrc
-settings and other plugins.  If the problem does not appear, then you need
-to determine what setting in your .vimrc is causing the conflict with netrw
-or which plugin.
+settings, .viminfo file, and other plugins.  If the problem does not appear,
+then you need to determine which setting in your .vimrc is causing the
+conflict with netrw or which plugin(s) is/are involved.
 
 Step 3: If the problem still is present, then get a debugging trace from
 netrw:
@@ -3502,6 +3755,77 @@ netrw:
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v155:	Oct 29, 2015	* (Timur Fayzrakhmanov) reported that netrw's
+				  mapping of ctrl-l was not allowing refresh of
+				  other windows when it was done in a netrw
+				  window.
+		Nov 05, 2015	* Improved s:TreeSqueezeDir() to use search()
+				  instead of a loop
+				* NetrwBrowse() will return line to
+				  w:netrw_bannercnt if cursor ended up in
+				  banner
+		Nov 16, 2015	* Added a <Plug>NetrwTreeSqueeze (|netrw-s-cr|)
+		Nov 17, 2015	* Commented out imaps -- perhaps someone can
+				  tell me how they're useful and should be
+				  retained?
+		Nov 20, 2015	* Added |netrw-ma| and |netrw-mA| support
+		Nov 20, 2015	* gx (|netrw-gx|) on an url downloaded the
+				  file in addition to simply bringing up the
+				  url in a browser.  Fixed.
+		Nov 23, 2015	* Added |g:netrw_sizestyle| support
+		Nov 27, 2015	* Inserted a lot of <c-u>s into various netrw
+				  maps.
+		Jan 05, 2016	* |netrw-qL| implemented to mark files based
+				  upon |location-list|s; similar to |netrw-qF|.
+		Jan 19, 2016	* using - call delete(directoryname,"d") -
+				  instead of using g:netrw_localrmdir if
+				  v7.4 + patch#1107 is available
+		Jan 28, 2016	* changed to using |winsaveview()| and
+				  |winrestview()|
+		Jan 28, 2016	* s:NetrwTreePath() now does a save and
+				  restore of view
+		Feb 08, 2016	* Fixed a tree-listing problem with remote
+				  directories
+	v154:	Feb 26, 2015	* (Yuri Kanivetsky) reported a situation where
+				  a file was not treated properly as a file
+				  due to g:netrw_keepdir == 1
+		Mar 25, 2015	* (requested by Ben Friz) one may now sort by
+				  extension
+		Mar 28, 2015	* (requested by Matt Brooks) netrw has a lot
+				  of buffer-local mappings; however, some
+				  plugins (such as vim-surround) set up
+				  conflicting mappings that cause vim to wait.
+				  The "<nowait>" modifier has been included
+				  with most of netrw's mappings to avoid that
+				  delay.
+		Jun 26, 2015	* |netrw-gn| mapping implemted
+				* :Ntree NotADir resulted in having
+				  the tree listing expand in the error messages
+				  window.  Fixed.
+		Jun 29, 2015	* Attempting to delete a file remotely caused
+				  an error with "keepsol" mentioned; fixed.
+		Jul 08, 2015	* Several changes to keep the |:jumps| table
+				  correct when working with
+				  |g:netrw_fastbrowse| set to 2
+				* wide listing with accented characters fixed
+				  (using %-S instead of %-s with a |printf()|
+		Jul 13, 2015	* (Daniel Hahler) CheckIfKde() could be true
+				  but kfmclient not installed.  Changed order
+				  in netrw#BrowseX(): checks if kde and
+				  kfmclient, then will use xdg-open on a unix
+				  system (if xdg-open is executable)
+		Aug 11, 2015	* (McDonnell) tree listing mode wouldn't
+				  select a file in a open subdirectory.
+				* (McDonnell) when multiple subdirectories
+				  were concurrently open in tree listing
+				  mode, a ctrl-L wouldn't refresh properly.
+				* The netrw:target menu showed duplicate
+				  entries
+		Oct 13, 2015	* (mattn) provided an exception to handle
+				  windows with shellslash set but no shell
+		Oct 23, 2015	* if g:netrw_usetab and <c-tab> now used
+				  to control whether NetrwShrink is used
+				  (see |netrw-c-tab|)
 	v153:	May 13, 2014	* added another |g:netrw_ffkeep| usage {{{2
 		May 14, 2014	* changed s:PerformListing() so that it
 				  always sets ft=netrw for netrw buffers
@@ -3622,7 +3946,7 @@ netrw:
 				  handling.
 				* |:Lexplore| path: will be used to update
 				  a left-side netrw browsing directory.
-		Mar 12, 2014	* |:netrw-s-cr|: use <s-cr>  to close
+		Mar 12, 2014	* |netrw-s-cr|: use <s-cr>  to close
 				  tree directory implemented
 		Mar 13, 2014	* (Tony Mechylynck) reported that using
 				  the browser with ftp on a directory,

runtime/doc/provider.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+*provider.txt*								{Nvim}
+
+
+		 NVIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Thiago de Arruda
+
+
+Providers	 						    *provider*
+
+Nvim delegates some features to dynamic "providers".
+
+==============================================================================
+Python integration		    	      *provider-python*
+
+Nvim supports the Vim legacy |python-vim| and |python3| interfaces via
+external Python interpreters connected via |RPC|.
+Note: Only the Vim 7.3 API is supported; bindeval (Vim 7.4) is not.
+
+PYTHON QUICKSTART ~
+
+If you used a package manager to install Nvim, you might already have the
+required `neovim` Python package. Run |:CheckHealth| to see if your system is
+up-to-date.
+
+Following are steps to install the package with Python's `pip` tool.
+
+Note: Depending on your system, `pip` might refer to Python 2 or Python 3,
+      which is why the following instructions mention `pip2` or `pip3`
+      explicitly. If one of these is not available, try `pip`.
+
+To use Vim Python 2/3 plugins with Nvim:
+
+- For Python 2 plugins, make sure an interpreter for Python 2.6 or 2.7 is
+  available in your `$PATH`, then install the `neovim` Python package systemwide: >
+    $ sudo pip2 install --upgrade neovim
+<
+  or for the current user: >
+    $ pip2 install --user --upgrade neovim
+<
+- For Python 3 plugins, make sure an interpreter for Python 3.3 or above is
+  available in your `$PATH`, then install the `neovim` Python package systemwide: >
+    $ sudo pip3 install --upgrade neovim
+<
+  or for the current user: >
+    $ pip3 install --user --upgrade neovim
+<
+Note: The `--upgrade` flag ensures you have the latest version even if
+      a previous version was already installed.
+
+PYTHON PROVIDER CONFIGURATION ~
+						*g:python_host_prog*
+Set `g:python_host_prog` to point Nvim to a specific Python 2 interpreter: >
+    let g:python_host_prog = '/path/to/python'
+<
+						*g:python3_host_prog*
+Set `g:python3_host_prog` to point Nvim to a specific Python 3 interpreter: >
+    let g:python3_host_prog = '/path/to/python3'
+<
+						*g:loaded_python_provider*
+To disable Python 2 support: >
+    let g:loaded_python_provider = 1
+<
+						*g:loaded_python3_provider*
+To disable Python 3 support: >
+    let g:loaded_python3_provider = 1
+<
+						*g:python_host_skip_check*
+Set `g:python_host_skip_check` to disable the Python 2 interpreter check.
+Note: This requires you to install the python-neovim module properly. >
+    let g:python_host_skip_check = 1
+<
+						*g:python3_host_skip_check*
+Set `g:python3_host_skip_check` to disable the Python 3 interpreter check.
+Note: This requires you to install the python3-neovim module properly. >
+    let g:python3_host_skip_check = 1
+
+
+==============================================================================
+Ruby integration		    	      *provider-ruby*
+
+Nvim supports the Vim legacy |ruby-vim| interface via external Ruby
+interpreters connected via |RPC|.
+
+Run |:CheckHealth| to see if your system is up-to-date.
+
+RUBY QUICKSTART ~
+
+To use Vim Ruby plugins with Nvim, just install the latest `neovim` RubyGem: >
+    $ gem install neovim
+
+RUBY PROVIDER CONFIGURATION ~
+						*g:loaded_ruby_provider*
+To disable Ruby support: >
+    let g:loaded_ruby_provider = 1
+
+
+==============================================================================
+Clipboard integration 			      *provider-clipboard* *clipboard*
+
+Nvim has no direct connection to the system clipboard. Instead it is
+accessible through a |provider| which transparently uses shell commands for
+communicating with the clipboard.
+
+Clipboard access is implicitly enabled if any of the following clipboard tools
+are found in your `$PATH`.
+
+  - xclip
+  - xsel (newer alternative to xclip)
+  - pbcopy/pbpaste (Mac OS X)
+  - lemonade (for SSH) https://github.com/pocke/lemonade
+  - doitclient (for SSH) http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/doit/
+
+The presence of a suitable clipboard tool implicitly enables the '+' and '*'
+registers.
+
+If you want to ALWAYS use the clipboard for ALL operations (as opposed
+to interacting with the '+' and/or '*' registers explicitly), set the
+following option:
+>
+    set clipboard+=unnamedplus
+<
+See 'clipboard' for details and more options.
+
+==============================================================================
+X11 selection mechanism			      *clipboard-x11* *x11-selection*
+
+The clipboard providers for X11 store text in what is known as "selections".
+Selections are "owned" by an application, so when the application is closed,
+the selection text is lost.
+
+The contents of selections are held by the originating application (e.g., upon
+a copy), and only passed on to another application when that other application
+asks for them (e.g., upon a paste).
+
+							      *quoteplus* *quote+*
+
+There are three documented X11 selections: `PRIMARY`, `SECONDARY`, and `CLIPBOARD`.
+`CLIPBOARD` is typically used in X11 applications for copy/paste operations
+(`Ctrl-c`/`v`), while `PRIMARY` is used for the last selected text, which is
+generally inserted with the middle mouse button.
+
+Nvim's X11 clipboard providers only utilize the `PRIMARY` and `CLIPBOARD`
+selections, used for the '*' and '+' registers, respectively.
+
+==============================================================================
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Mar 27
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Jul 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -49,6 +49,14 @@ The following quickfix commands can be used.  The location list commands are
 similar to the quickfix commands, replacing the 'c' prefix in the quickfix
 command with 'l'.
 
+							*E924*
+If the current window was closed by an |autocommand| while processing a
+location list command, it will be aborted.
+
+							*E925* *E926*
+If the current quickfix or location list was changed by an |autocommand| while
+processing a quickfix or location list command, it will be aborted.
+
 							*:cc*
 :cc[!] [nr]		Display error [nr].  If [nr] is omitted, the same
 			error is displayed again.  Without [!] this doesn't
@@ -255,9 +263,23 @@ command with 'l'.
 			The 'switchbuf' settings are respected when jumping
 			to a buffer.
 
+:cl[ist] +{count}	List the current and next {count} valid errors.  This
+			is similar to ":clist from from+count", where "from"
+			is the current error position.
+
 :cl[ist]! [from] [, [to]]
 			List all errors.
 
+:cl[ist]! +{count}	List the current and next {count} error lines.  This
+			is useful to see unrecognized lines after the current
+			one.  For example, if ":clist" shows:
+        8384 testje.java:252: error: cannot find symbol ~
+			Then using ":cl! +3" shows the reason:
+        8384 testje.java:252: error: cannot find symbol ~
+        8385:   ZexitCode = Fmainx(); ~
+        8386:               ^ ~
+        8387:   symbol:   method Fmainx() ~
+
 							*:lli* *:llist*
 :lli[st] [from] [, [to]]
 			Same as ":clist", except the location list for the
@@ -302,16 +324,22 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				etc.
 <			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
 			is not present, the command fails.
-			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
-			buffers will not be visited.
+			When an error is detected execution stops.
 			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
 			the current buffer.
 			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
+
 			Only valid entries in the quickfix list are used.
+			A range can be used to select entries, e.g.: >
+				:10,$cdo cmd
+<			To skip entries 1 to 9.
+
 			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
 			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
 			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
 			each buffer.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
 			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
 			|:ldo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
 
@@ -323,20 +351,9 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				:cnfile
 				:{cmd}
 				etc.
-<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
-			is not present, the command fails.
-			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
-			buffers will not be visited.
-			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
-			the current buffer.
-			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
-			Only valid entries in the quickfix list are used.
-			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
-			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
-			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
-			each buffer.
-			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
-			|:cdo|, |:ldo| and |:lfdo|.
+<			Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
 
 							*:ldo*
 :ld[o][!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each valid entry in the location list
@@ -347,20 +364,10 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				:lnext
 				:{cmd}
 				etc.
-<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
-			is not present, the command fails.
-			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
-			buffers will not be visited.
-			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
-			the current buffer.
-			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
-			Only valid entries in the location list are used.
-			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
-			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
-			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
-			each buffer.
-			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
-			|:cdo|, |:cfdo| and |:lfdo|.
+<			Only valid entries in the location list are used.
+			Otherwise it works the same as `:cdo`.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
 
 							*:lfdo*
 :lfdo[!] {cmd}		Execute {cmd} in each file in the location list for
@@ -371,20 +378,9 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				:lnfile
 				:{cmd}
 				etc.
-<			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
-			is not present, the command fails.
-			When an error is detected on one buffer, further
-			buffers will not be visited.
-			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
-			the current buffer.
-			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
-			Only valid entries in the location list are used.
-			Note: While this command is executing, the Syntax
-			autocommand event is disabled by adding it to
-			'eventignore'.  This considerably speeds up editing
-			each buffer.
-			Also see |:bufdo|, |:tabdo|, |:argdo|, |:windo|,
-			|:cdo|, |:ldo| and |:cfdo|.
+<			Otherwise it works the same as `:ldo`.
+			{not in Vi} {not available when compiled without the
+			|+listcmds| feature}
 
 =============================================================================
 2. The error window					*quickfix-window*
@@ -1515,12 +1511,6 @@ However, to properly parse such a complex file, an external filter should
 be used.  See the description further above how to make such a filter known
 by Vim.
 
-						*errorformat-Perl*
-In $VIMRUNTIME/tools you can find the efm_perl.pl script, which filters Perl
-error messages into a format that quickfix mode will understand.  See the
-start of the file about how to use it.  (This script is deprecated, see
-|compiler-perl|.)
-
 
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2014 Nov 19
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2016 Mar 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -617,6 +617,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'balloondelay'	  'bdlay'   delay in mS before a balloon may pop up
 'ballooneval'	  'beval'   switch on balloon evaluation
 'balloonexpr'	  'bexpr'   expression to show in balloon
+'belloff'	  'bo'	    do not ring the bell for these reasons
 'binary'	  'bin'     read/write/edit file in binary mode
 'bomb'			    prepend a Byte Order Mark to the file
 'breakat'	  'brk'     characters that may cause a line break
@@ -688,6 +689,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'fileignorecase'  'fic'     ignore case when using file names
 'filetype'	  'ft'	    type of file, used for autocommands
 'fillchars'	  'fcs'     characters to use for displaying special items
+'fixendofline'	  'fixeol'  make sure last line in file has <EOL>
 'fkmap'		  'fk'	    Farsi keyboard mapping
 'foldclose'	  'fcl'     close a fold when the cursor leaves it
 'foldcolumn'	  'fdc'     width of the column used to indicate folds
@@ -702,10 +704,10 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'foldnestmax'	  'fdn'     maximum fold depth
 'foldopen'	  'fdo'     for which commands a fold will be opened
 'foldtext'	  'fdt'     expression used to display for a closed fold
+'formatexpr'	  'fex'     expression used with "gq" command
 'formatlistpat'   'flp'     pattern used to recognize a list header
 'formatoptions'   'fo'	    how automatic formatting is to be done
 'formatprg'	  'fp'	    name of external program used with "gq" command
-'formatexpr'	  'fex'     expression used with "gq" command
 'fsync'		  'fs'	    whether to invoke fsync() after file write
 'gdefault'	  'gd'	    the ":substitute" flag 'g' is default on
 'grepformat'	  'gfm'     format of 'grepprg' output
@@ -792,12 +794,14 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'omnifunc'	  'ofu'     function for filetype-specific completion
 'opendevice'	  'odev'    allow reading/writing devices on MS-Windows
 'operatorfunc'	  'opfunc'  function to be called for |g@| operator
+'packpath'	  'pp'      list of directories used for packages
 'paragraphs'	  'para'    nroff macros that separate paragraphs
 'paste'			    allow pasting text
 'pastetoggle'	  'pt'	    key code that causes 'paste' to toggle
 'patchexpr'	  'pex'     expression used to patch a file
 'patchmode'	  'pm'	    keep the oldest version of a file
 'path'		  'pa'	    list of directories searched with "gf" et.al.
+'perldll'		    name of the Perl dynamic library
 'preserveindent'  'pi'	    preserve the indent structure when reindenting
 'previewheight'   'pvh'     height of the preview window
 'previewwindow'   'pvw'     identifies the preview window
@@ -810,6 +814,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'printmbfont'	  'pmbfn'   font names to be used for CJK output of :hardcopy
 'printoptions'	  'popt'    controls the format of :hardcopy output
 'pumheight'	  'ph'	    maximum height of the popup menu
+'pythondll'		    name of the Python 2 dynamic library
+'pythonthreedll'	    name of the Python 3 dynamic library
 'quoteescape'	  'qe'	    escape characters used in a string
 'readonly'	  'ro'	    disallow writing the buffer
 'redrawtime'	  'rdt'     timeout for 'hlsearch' and |:match| highlighting
@@ -820,6 +826,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'revins'	  'ri'	    inserting characters will work backwards
 'rightleft'	  'rl'	    window is right-to-left oriented
 'rightleftcmd'	  'rlc'     commands for which editing works right-to-left
+'rubydll'		    name of the Ruby dynamic library
 'ruler'		  'ru'	    show cursor line and column in the status line
 'rulerformat'	  'ruf'     custom format for the ruler
 'runtimepath'	  'rtp'     list of directories used for runtime files
@@ -873,10 +880,11 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'switchbuf'	  'swb'     sets behavior when switching to another buffer
 'synmaxcol'	  'smc'     maximum column to find syntax items
 'syntax'	  'syn'     syntax to be loaded for current buffer
-'tabstop'	  'ts'	    number of spaces that <Tab> in file uses
 'tabline'	  'tal'     custom format for the console tab pages line
 'tabpagemax'	  'tpm'     maximum number of tab pages for |-p| and "tab all"
+'tabstop'	  'ts'	    number of spaces that <Tab> in file uses
 'tagbsearch'	  'tbs'     use binary searching in tags files
+'tagcase'	  'tc'      how to handle case when searching in tags files
 'taglength'	  'tl'	    number of significant characters for a tag
 'tagrelative'	  'tr'	    file names in tag file are relative
 'tags'		  'tag'     list of file names used by the tag command

runtime/doc/quotes.txt

@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
-*quotes.txt*    For Vim version 7.4.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03
-
-
-		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
-
-
-							*quotes*
-Here are some nice quotes about Vim that I collected from news and mail.
-
-
-vim (vim) noun - Ebullient vitality and energy.  [Latin, accusative of vis,
-strength]  (Dictionary)
-
-Vim is so much better than vi that a great many of my old vi :map's became
-immediately obsolete! (Tony Nugent, Australia)
-
-Coming with a very GUI mindset from Windows, I always thought of people using
-Vi as some kind of outer space alien in human clothes.  Once I tried I really
-got addicted by its power and now I found myself typing Vim keypresses in the
-oddest places! That's why I would like to see Vim embedded in every
-application which deals with text editing.  (Jos<6F> Fonseca)
-
-I was a 12-year emacs user who switched to Vim about a year ago after finally
-giving up on the multiple incompatible versions, flaky contributed packages,
-disorganized keystrokes, etc.  And it was one of the best moves I ever made.
-(Joel Burton)
-
-Although all of the programs were used during the preparation of the new and
-revised material, most of the editing was done with Vim versions 4.5 and 5.0
-under GNU-Linux (Redhat 4.2).  (Arnold Robbins, Israel, author of "Learning
-the Vi editor")
-
-Out of all the open software i've ever seen and used, and i've seen a lot, Vim
-is the best, most useful and highest quality to work with, second only to the
-linux kernel itself.  (Peter Jay Salzman)
-
-It's well worth noting that the _entirety_ of SourceForge was written using
-Vim and its nifty PHP syntax highlighting.  I think the entire SF.net tech
-staff uses Vim and we're all excited to have you aboard! (Tim Perdue)
-
-Vim is one of a select bunch of tools for which I have no substitute.  It is
-a brilliant piece of work! (Biju Chacko)
-
-A previous girlfriend of mine switched to emacs.  Needless to say, the
-relationship went nowhere.  (Geoffrey Mann)
-
-I rarely think about Vim, in the same way that I guess a fish rarely thinks
-about water.  It's the environment in which everything else happens.  I'm a
-fairly busy system administrator working on a lot of different platforms.  Vim
-is the only thing that's consistent across all my systems, and it's just about
-the only thing that doesn't break from time to time.  When a new system comes
-in the door without Vim, I install it right away.  Great to have a tool that's
-the same everywhere, that's completely reliable, so I can ignore it and think
-about other things.  (Pete Schaeffer)
-
-Having recently succeeded in running Vim via telnet through a Nokia
-Communicator, I can now report that it works nicely on a Palm Pilot too.
-(Allan Kelly, Scotland)
-
-You've done a tremendous job with 'VIM', Bram!  The more I use it, the more
-impressed I get (I am an old 'vi' die hard who once started out with early
-versions of 'emacs' in the late 1970's and was relieved by finding 'vi' in the
-first UNIX I came across in 1983).  In my opinion, it's about time 'VIM'
-replace 'emacs' as the standard for top editors.  (Bo Thide', Sweden)
-
-I love and use VIM heavily too.  (Larry Wall)
-
-Vi is like a Ferrari, if you're a beginner, it handles like a bitch, but once
-you get the hang of it, it's small, powerful and FAST! (Unknown)
-VIM is like a new model Ferrari, and sounds like one too - "VIIIIIIMMM!"
-(Stephen Riehm, Germany)
-
-Schon bei Nutzung eines Bruchteils der VIM-Funktionen wird der Benutzer recht
-schnell die Vorzuege dieses Editors kennen- und schaetzenlernen.
-Translated: Even when only using a fraction of VIM-functions, the user will
-quickly get used to and appreciate the advantages of this editor.  (Garry
-Glendown, conclusion of an article on VIM in iX magazine 9/1998)
-
-I've recently acquired the O'Reilly book on VI (it also discusses VIM
-in-depth), and I'm amazed at just how powerful this application is.  (Jeffrey
-Rankin)
-
-This guide was written using the Windows 9.x distribution of GVIM, which is
-quite possibly the greatest thing to come along since God created the naked
-girl.  (Michael DiBernardo)
-
-Boy, I thought I knew almost everything about VIM, but every time I browse the
-online documentation, I hit upon a minor but cool aspect of a VIM feature that
-I didn't know before!  I must say the documentation is one the finest I've
-ever seen in a product -- even better than most commercial products.
-(Gautam Mudunuri)
-
-VIM 4.5 is really a fantastic editor.  It has sooooo many features and more
-importantly, the defaults are so well thought out that you really don't have
-to change anything!!  Words cannot express my amazement and gratitude to the
-creators of VIM.  Keep it up.  (Vikas, USA)
-
-I wonder how long it will be before people will refer to other Vi editors as
-VIM clones?  (Darren Hiebert)
-
-I read about [auto-positioning-in-file-based-on-the-errors-from-make] in one
-of those "Perfect Programmer's Editor" threads and was delighted to discover
-that VIM already supports it.  (Brendan Macmillan, Australia)
-
-I just discovered VIM (5.0) and I'm telling everyone I know about it!
-I tell them VIM stands for VI for the new (M)illenium.  Thanks so much!
-(Matt F. Valentine)
-
-I think from now on "vi" should be called "Vim Imitation", not the other way
-around.  (Rungun Ramanathan)
-
-The Law of VIM:
-For each member b of the possible behaviour space B of program P, there exists
-a finite time t before which at least one user u in the total user space U of
-program P will request b becomes a member of the allowed behaviour space B'
-(B' <= B).
-In other words: Sooner or later everyone wants everything as an option.
-(Negri)
-
-Whenever I move to a new computing platform, the first thing I do is to port
-VIM.  Lately, I am simply stunned by its ease of compilation using the
-configure facility.  (A.M. Sabuncu, Turkey)
-
-The options are really excellent and very powerful.  (Anish Maharaj)
-
-The Spring user-interface designs are in, and word from the boutiques is that
-80x24 text-only mode is back with a *vengeance! Vi editor clone VIM burst onto
-March desk-tops with a dazzling show of pastel syntax highlights for its 5.0
-look.  Strident and customizable, VIM raises eyebrows with its interpretation
-of the classic Vi single-key macro collection.
-http://www.ntk.net/index.cgi?back=archive98/now0327.txt&line=179#l
-
-I just wanted to take this opportunity to let you know that VIM 5 ROCKS!
-Syntax highlighting: how did I survive without it?!  Thank you for creating
-mankind's best editor!  (Mun Johl, USA)
-
-Thanks again for VIM.  I use it every day on Linux.  (Eric Foster-Johnson,
-author of the book "UNIX Programming Tools")
-
-The BEST EDITOR EVER (Stuart Woolford)
-
-I have used most of VIM's fancy features at least once, many frequently, and I
-can honestly say that I couldn't live with anything less anymore.  My
-productivity has easily doubled compared to what it was when I used vi.
-(Sitaram Chamarty)
-
-I luv VIM.  It is incredible.  I'm naming my first-born Vimberly.  (Jose
-Unpingco, USA)
-
-Hint:  "VIM" is "vi improved" - much better! (Sven Guckes, Germany)
-
-I use VIM every day.  I spend more time in VIM than in any other program...
-It's the best vi clone there is.  I think it's great.  (Craig Sanders,
-Australia)
-
-I strongly advise using VIM--its infinite undo/redo saved me much grief.
-(Terry Brown)
-
-Thanks very much for writing what in my opinion is the finest text editor on
-the planet.  If I were to get another cat, I would name it "Vim".
-(Bob Sheehan, USA)
-
-I typed :set all and the screen FILLED up with options.  A whole screen of
-things to be set and unset.  I saw some of my old friends like wrapmargin,
-modelines and showmode, but the screen was FILLED with new friends!   I love
-them all!   I love VIM!   I'm so happy that I've found this editor!  I feel
-like how I once felt when I started using vi after a couple of years of using
-ed.  I never thought I'd forsake my beloved ed, but vi ... oh god, vi was
-great.  And now, VIM.  (Peter Jay Salzman, USA)
-
-I am really happy with such a wonderful software package.  Much better than
-almost any expensive, off the shelf program.  (Jeff Walker)
-
-Whenever I reread the VIM documentation I'm overcome with excitement at the
-power of the editor.  (William Edward Webber, Australia)
-
-Hurrah for VIM!! It is "at your fingertips" like vi, and has the extensions
-that vi sorely needs: highlighting for executing commands on blocks, an easily
-navigable and digestible help screen, and more.  (Paul Pax)
-
-The reason WHY I don't have this amazingly useful macro anymore, is that I
-now use VIM - and this is built in!! (Stephen Riehm, Germany)
-
-I am a user of VIM and I love it.  I use it to do all my programming, C,
-C++, HTML what ever.  (Tim Allwine)
-
-I discovered VIM after years of struggling with the original vi, and I just
-can't live without it anymore.  (Emmanuel Mogenet, USA)
-
-Emacs has not a bit of chance to survive so long as VIM is around.  Besides,
-it also has the most detailed software documentation I have ever seen---much
-better than most commercial software!  (Leiming Qian)
-
-This version of VIM will just blow people apart when they discover just how
-fantastic it is! (Tony Nugent, Australia)
-
-I took your advice & finally got VIM & I'm really impressed.  Instant convert.
-(Patrick Killelea, USA)
-
-VIM is by far my favorite piece of shareware and I have been particularly
-pleased with version 3.0.  This is really a solid piece of work.  (Robert
-Colon, USA)
-
-VIM is a joy to use, it is so well thought and practical that I wonder why
-anybody would use visual development tools.  VIM is powerful and elegant, it
-looks deceptively simple but is almost as complex as a 747 (especially when I
-look at my growing vimrc), keep up that wonderful job, VIM is a centerpiece
-of the free software world.  (Louis-David Mitterand, USA)
-
-I cannot believe how great it is to use VIM.  I think the guys at work are
-getting tired of hearing me bragging about it.  Others eyes are lighting up.
-(Rick Croote)
-
-Emacs takes way too much time to start up and run, it is too big and bulky for
-effective use and the interface is more confusing than it is of any help.  VIM
-however is short, it is fast, it is powerful, it has a good interface and it
-is all purpose.  (Paal Ditlefsen Ekran)
-
-From the first time I got VIM3.0, I was very enthusiastic.  It has almost no
-problems.  The swapfile handling and the backup possibilities are robust, also
-the protection against editing one file twice.  It is very compatible to the
-real VI (and that is a MUST, because my brain is trained over years in using
-it).  (Gert van Antwerpen, Holland)
-
-Visual mode in VIM is a very powerful thing! (Tony Nugent, Australia)
-
-I have to say that VIM is =THE= single greatest piece of source code to ever
-come across the net (Jim Battle, USA).
-
-In fact, if you do want to get a new vi I'd suggest VIM-3.0.  This is, by
-far, the best version of vi I've ever seen (Albert W. Schueller).
-
-I should mention that VIM is a very good editor and can compete with anything
-(Ilya Beloozerov).
-
-To tell the truth sometimes I used elvis, vile, xvi, calvin, etc.  And this is
-the reason that I can state that VIM is the best! (Ferenc Deak, Hungary)
-
-VIM is by far the best editor that I have used in a long time, and I have
-looked at just about every thing that is available for every platform that I
-use.  VIM is the best on all of them.  (Guy L. Oliver)
-
-VIM is the greatest editor since the stone chisel.  (Jose Unpingco, USA)
-
-I would like to say that with VIM I am finally making the 'emacs to vi'
-transition - as an Editor it is so much better in many ways: keyboard layout,
-memory usage, text alteration to name 3.  (Mark Adam)
-
-In fact, now if I want to know what a particular setting does in vi, I fire up
-VIM and check out its help!  (Nikhil Patel, USA)
-
-As a vi user, VIM has made working with text a far more pleasant task than
-before I encountered this program.  (Steinar Knutsen, Norway)
-
-I use VIM since version 3.0.  Since that time, it is the ONLY editor I use,
-with Solaris, Linux and OS/2 Warp.  I suggest all my friends to use VIM, they
-try, and they continue using it.  VIM is really the best software I have ever
-downloaded from the Internet, and the best editor I know of.  (Marco
-Eccettuato, Italy)
-
-
-In summary:
-     __     ___		    _	    _	_  ___ _____ `
-     \ \   / (_)_ __ ___   (_)___  | | | |/ _ \_   _| `
-      \ \ / /| | '_ ` _ \  | / __| | |_| | | | || | `
-       \ V / | | | | | | | | \__ \ |  _  | |_| || | `
-	\_/  |_|_| |_| |_| |_|___/ |_| |_|\___/ |_| `
-	     ____ _____ _   _ _____ _____ _ _ `
-	    / ___|_   _| | | |	___|  ___| | | `
-	    \___ \ | | | | | | |_  | |_  | | | `
-	     ___) || | | |_| |	_| |  _| |_|_| `
-	    |____/ |_|	\___/|_|   |_|	 (_|_)	    (Tony Nugent, Australia) `
-
-
- vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/remote_plugin.txt

@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@ Nvim support for remote plugins 		  *remote-plugin*
 
 Extensibility is a primary goal of Nvim. Any programming language may be used
 to extend Nvim without changes to Nvim itself. This is achieved with remote
-plugins, coprocesses that have a direct communication channel (via
-|msgpack-rpc|) with the Nvim process.
+plugins, coprocesses that have a direct communication channel (via |RPC|) with
+the Nvim process.
 
 Even though these plugins run in separate processes they can call, be called,
 and receive events just as if the plugin's code were executed in the main
@@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ check whether a plugin host is available for their chosen programming language.
 
 Plugin hosts are programs that provide a high-level environment for plugins,
 taking care of most boilerplate involved in defining commands, autocmds, and
-functions that are implemented over |msgpack-rpc| connections. Hosts are
-loaded only when one of their registered plugins require it, keeping Nvim's
-startup as fast as possible, even if many plugins/hosts are installed.
+functions that are implemented over |RPC| connections. Hosts are loaded only
+when one of their registered plugins require it, keeping Nvim's startup as
+fast as possible, even if many plugins/hosts are installed.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Example					    *remote-plugin-example*
@@ -93,22 +93,22 @@ approach with |rpcnotify()|, meaning return values or exceptions raised in the
 handler function are ignored.
 
 To test the above plugin, it must be saved in "rplugin/python" in a
-'runtimepath' directory (~/.config/nvim/rplugin/python/limit.py for example). 
-Then, the remote plugin manifest must be generated with 
-`:UpdateRemotePlugins`.
+'runtimepath' directory (~/.config/nvim/rplugin/python/limit.py for example).
+Then, the remote plugin manifest must be generated with
+|:UpdateRemotePlugins|.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Remote plugin manifest			    *remote-plugin-manifest*
+						      *:UpdateRemotePlugins*
 
 Just installing remote plugins to "rplugin/{host}" isn't enough for them to be
-automatically loaded when required. You must execute `:UpdateRemotePlugins`
+automatically loaded when required. You must execute |:UpdateRemotePlugins|
 every time a remote plugin is installed, updated, or deleted.
 
-`:UpdateRemotePlugins` generates the remote plugin manifest, a special
+|:UpdateRemotePlugins| generates the remote plugin manifest, a special
 Vimscript file containing declarations for all Vimscript entities
 (commands/autocommands/functions) defined by all remote plugins, with each
-entity associated with the host and plugin path. The manifest is a generated
-extension to the user's vimrc (it even has the vimrc filename prepended).
+entity associated with the host and plugin path.
 
 Manifest declarations are just calls to the `remote#host#RegisterPlugin`
 function, which takes care of bootstrapping the host as soon as the declared
@@ -125,10 +125,20 @@ the example, say the Java plugin is a semantic completion engine for Java code.
 If it defines the autocommand "BufEnter *.java", then the Java host is spawned
 only when Nvim loads a buffer matching "*.java".
 
-If the explicit call to `:UpdateRemotePlugins` seems incovenient, try to see it
+If the explicit call to |:UpdateRemotePlugins| seems incovenient, try to see it
 like this: It's a way to provide IDE capabilities in Nvim while still keeping
 it fast and lightweight for general use. It's also analogous to the |:helptags|
 command.
 
+						*$NVIM_RPLUGIN_MANIFEST*
+Unless $NVIM_RPLUGIN_MANIFEST is set the manifest will be written to a file
+named `rplugin.vim` at:
+
+	Unix ~
+	  $XDG_DATA_HOME/nvim/ or ~/.local/share/nvim/
+
+	Windows ~
+	  $LOCALAPPDATA/nvim/ or ~/AppData/Local/nvim/
+
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: